MIMO Rel-17

 RAN1#102-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-193133 for detailed scope of the WI

 

R1-2007383        Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR)       Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)

 

R1-2006125         High-level work plan for Rel.17 FeMIMO WI             Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2006126        Moderator summary for Rel.17 FeMIMO EVM offline       Moderator (Samsung)

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1

 

R1-2005560        Considerations on the enhancement of multi-beam operation           Sony

·        Proposal 1: Study and specify (if necessary) the L1/L2-centric approach of both DL and UL beam management considering the use cases of inter-cell mobility

o   Incorporate PCI into TCI state for DL beam management

o   Incorporate PCI into Spatial Relation for UL beam management

·        Proposal 2: Specify the QCL assumption among SSB/CSI-RS resource sets on different BWPs/CCs (intra band).

·        Proposal 3: For inter-band CCs, a common beam management procedure, including TCI states across bands, should be considered for data/control, DL/UL, multiple BWPs, multiple TRPs and multiple UE panels.

·        Proposal 4: The reporting of UE capabilities related to the ability of the UE to simultaneously steer in the same direction beams belonging to CCs in different bands should be considered.

·        Proposal 5: For the optimization of TCI states across bands, the polarization property of beams should be considered.

·        Proposal 6: Study and specify (if necessary) a unified TCI state framework which can be applied to UL beam management in addition to DL beam management.

·        Proposal 7: An ID explicitly configured in spatialRelationInfo can be used for UL panel-specific beam selection.

·        Proposal 8: Confirm the working assumption on explicit panel-specific indication on PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS and include PRACH with conditions FFS.

·        Proposal 9: For UE supporting beam correspondence without UL beam sweeping, RAN1 should study and, if necessary, specify MPE-aware beam reporting.

·        Proposal 10: For UE supporting beam correspondence with the aid of UL beam sweeping, RAN1 specifies UE behavior on MPE-aware UL beam sweeping.

·        Proposal 12: Associate the P-MPR values with the spatial relation for UL transmission to mitigate the coverage loss due to the MPE.

·        Proposal 13: Introducing a panel-specific P-MPR associated to a panel ID.

·        : To avoid UL MPE issue, it would be beneficial for RAN1 to study and, if necessary, specify the mechanism of UE triggered UL beam/panel switch.

·        Proposal 14: We suggest that definition of a UE panel and the related properties are addressed prior to further advancing discussions related to UE panel enhancements.

·        Proposal 15: A beam can be defined as a spatial filtering associated with one or two antenna ports carrying one or two layers separated in the polarization domain.

·        Proposal 16: RAN1 needs to study and specify (if necessary) whether additional signaling is necessary when a beam can support up to two independent layers separated by polarization.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005842        Enhancements to multi-beam operation    Ericsson

·        Proposal 1: Focus on reducing the activation delay and speeding up the signaling.

·        Proposal 2: After performing a measurement on an aperiodic CSI-RS, the UE would update the TCI state used as QCL source for the PDCCH/PDSCH DMRS to the QCL source corresponding to the best CSI-RS.

·        Proposal 3: Include a PCI in the TCI state to facilitate the use of reference signals from non-serving cells as QCL sources.

·        Proposal 4: Define the CSI-SSB-ResourceSet so that one report can contain measurements from different cells.

·        Proposal 5: Introduce a PCI in the configurations related to UL transmissions: spatial relations and pathloss reference RS.

·        Proposal 6: Implement complete support for common beam operation that considers restrictions in the UE hardware relevant for intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation.

·        Proposal 7: Introduce an UL TCI which could serve as a direct source for the spatial properties of all UL signals: SRS, PUCCH and PUSCH.

·        Proposal 8: UL TCI is optionally configured.

·        Proposal 9: The UE orientation is vertical, with a random orientation in azimuth.

·        Proposal 10: Confirm the orientation for each UE antenna panel once the UE orientation is clarified.

·        Proposal 11: One UE per cell is baseline for the intra-cell mobility evaluations.

·        Proposal 12: One UE is dropped randomly per cell for the MPE evaluations.

·        Proposal 13: Do not evaluate inter-cell mobility using SLS in the feMIMO WI.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2006991        Multi-Beam Enhancements           Samsung              (rev of R1-2006128)

·        Proposal 1: A common beam indication (TCI state update) is used by the UE when:

o   receiving DL data and UE-dedicated DL control.

o   transmitting UL data and UL control.

·        Proposal 2: When beam correspondence is assumed between DL and UL transmissions, a unified beam indication framework indicates a joint TCI state for DL and UL. When beam correspondence is not assumed between DL and UL transmissions, a unified beam indication framework indicates a DL TCI state separate from an UL TCI state.

·        Proposal 3: For multiple CCs, investigate how to extend the common beam indication framework to include common beam indication for a subset of CCs, cross-carrier beam indication (e.g., DCI on CC1 indicating the common beam for CC2), and cross-carrier scheduling (e.g., beams for receiving PDCCH on CC1 and PDSCH on CC2).

·        Proposal 4: To support common TCI state update for DL data and the associated DL assignment (UE-dedicated control), L1-control-based beam indication is introduced in Rel-17.

·        Proposal 5: Investigate the use of UE-group beam indication to further reduce DL signalling overhead, baseband power consumption, as well as improve reliability.

o   Also investigate the use of two-part beam indication to further enhance the efficiency of UE-group beam indication

·        Proposal 6: For L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility, support

o   beam measurement based on RSs associated with serving as well as neighbouring cells

o   beam report which includes indicator for (RS-ID, cell-ID)

o   TCI state definition which includes or is associated with cell-ID

·        Proposal 7: Investigate combining TX and RX beam refinement in beam management procedure.

·        Proposal 8: Investigate CSI-RS design by allowing partial repetition of the CSI-RS resources across DL spatial domain transmission filters, wherein a UE may assume that a subset of CSI-RS resources have a same spatial domain transmission filter.

·        Proposal 9: For multi-panel UEs, fast panel selection is facilitated by including an index of RS resource or resource set associated with a panel into the UL TCI state definition.

·        Proposal 10: For MPE mitigation, investigate a mechanism for providing an alternate UL TX beam as well as a UE-initiated UL TX beam update.

·        Proposal 11: Consider additional simulation scenarios with multiple users in a cell to evaluate beam-design enhancement proposals in more realistic scenarios.

·        Proposal 12: For the evaluation of mobility scenarios, inter-cell mobility is evaluated in addition to intra-cell mobility.

·        Proposal 13: Table 2 can be the baseline assumptions for SLS for additional simulation assumptions for dense urban mobility scenario in FR2.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005246         Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2005290         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2005363         Discussion on multi beam enhancement        vivo

R1-2005454         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2005482         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005619         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2005683         Discussion on enhancement on multi-beam operation CATT

R1-2005750         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2005782         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2005820         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2006950         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation      Intel Corporation (Revision of R1-2005858)

R1-2005954         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation      AT&T

R1-2005983         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2006200         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2006248         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2006499         On Beam Management enhancement             Apple

R1-2006540         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Beijing Xiaomi Electronics

R1-2006565         Enhancement on multi-beam operation for UE with multi-panel             Sharp

R1-2006596         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2006636         Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation           Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd

R1-2006951         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.       (Revision of R1-2006717)

R1-2006790         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2006843         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2006127        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2006985        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: proposal categorization               Moderator (Samsung)

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation by 8/28

R1-2007151        Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: EVM             Moderator (Samsung)

Agreement

The three proposals on R1-2007151 on the evaluation methodology for multi-beam enhancement are agreed.

 

R1-2007189        Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: category       Moderator (Samsung)

Agreement

Note: the enumeration for issues (such as “issue 1a), 1b), 6) in the proposal below refers to the enumeration within the proposals, not Table 1 in the FL summary.

·         [Issue 1] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on the unified TCI framework

a)      Support joint TCI for DL and UL based on and analogous to Rel.15/16 DL TCI framework

§  The term “TCI” at least comprises a TCI state that includes at least one source RS to provide a reference (UE assumption) for determining QCL and/or spatial filter

§  The source reference signal(s) in M TCIs provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all or subset of CORESETs in a CC

·        FFS: Optionally this common QCL information can also apply to CSI-RS resource for CSI, CSI-RS resource for BM, and CSI-RS for tracking

·        FFS: Applicability on PDSCH includes PDSCH default beam

·        Working Assumption: Select between M=1 and M>=1

§  The source reference signal(s) in N TCIs provide a reference for determining common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC,

·        Optionally, this UL TX spatial filter can also apply to all SRS resources in resource set(s) configured for antenna switching/codebook-based/non-codebook-based UL transmissions

·        FFS:  applicability of this UL TX spatial filter to SRS configured for beam management (BM)

·        FFS: PUSCH port determination based on the TCI, e.g., to be mapped with SRS ports analogous to Rel.15/16

·        Working Assumption: Select between N=1 and N>=1

§  FFS: extension to common QCL information applied to only some of the CORESETs or PUCCH resources in a CC, e.g. for mTRP

§  FFS: When used for the purpose of joint beam indication for UL and DL, whether a joint TCI pool for DL and UL dedicated for the purpose is used, or the same TCI pool as that used for the purpose of separate DL/UL beam indication is used

§  Note: The resulting beam indication directly refers to the associated source RS(s)

§  FFS (RAN1#103-e): Details on extension to intra- and inter-band CA

§  FFS (RAN1#103-e): The supported number of active TCI states considering factors such as multi-TRP and issue 6

§  FFS (RAN1#103-e): Applicable QCL types, and co-existence with DL TCI and spatial relation indication in Rel.15/16

b)      In RAN1#103-e, investigate, for the purpose of down selection, the following alternatives for accommodating the case of separate beam indication for UL and DL

§  Alt1. Utilize the joint TCI to include references for both DL and UL beams

§  Alt2. Utilize two separate TCI states, one for DL and one for UL. The TCI state for the DL is the same as agreed in 1a. The TCI state for the UL can be newly introduced.

·        Alt 2-1: The UL TCI state is taken from the same pool of TCI states as the DL TCI state

·        Alt 2-2: The UL TCI state is taken from another pool of TCI states than the DL TCI state

§  Note: The resulting beam indication directly refers to the associated source RS(s)

§  FFS (RAN1#103-e): Details on extension to intra- and inter-band CA

§  Note: This may be related to issue 5 as well as other reasons for different TCIs such as network flexibility/scheduling

c)      Support the use of SSB/CSI-RS for BM and/or SRS for BM as source RS to determine a UL TX spatial filter in the unified TCI framework

§  Whether the UL TX spatial filter corresponds to UL TCI (separate from DL TCI) depends on the outcome of 1b) above

§  FFS: Support the use of non-BM CSI-RS and/or non-BM SRS in addition

d)      In RAN1#103-e, decide if SRS for BM can be configured as a source RS to represent a DL RX spatial filter in the unified TCI framework

e)      In RAN1#103-e, decide/finalize all other parameters included in or concurrent with (but not included in) the TCI, e.g. UL-PC-related parameters (involving P0/alpha, PL RS, and/or closed loop index), UL-timing-related parameters 

f)       In RAN1#103-e, identify issues pertaining to alignment between DL and UL default beam assumptions using the unified TCI framework

·        [Issue 2] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility:

a)      In RAN1#103-e, finalize scope and use cases for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility, including:

§  Applicability in various non-CA and CA setups such as intra-band and inter-band CA

§  Use cases in comparison to Rel.15 L3-based handover (HO) taking into account potential extension of DAPS-based Rel.16 mobility enhancement to FR2-FR2 HO

§  The extent of RAN2 impact (MAC CE, RRC, user plane protocols)

§  Network architecture, e.g. NSA vs. SA, inter-RAT scenarios

b)      In RAN1#103-e, depending on the outcome of 2a), further identify additional components –along with the associated alternatives –required for supporting inter-cell mobility based on the same unified TCI framework as that for intra-cell mobility (including dynamic TCI state update signaling), including

§  Method(s) for incorporating non-serving cell information associated with TCI

§  Method(s) for DL measurements and UE reporting (e.g. L1-RSRP) associated with non-serving cell(s)

§  UE behavior for reception of signals and non-UE-specific control and data channels associated with non-serving cell(s)

§  UL-related enhancements, e.g. related to RA procedure including TA

§  Beam-level event-driven mechanism for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility

·        [Issue 3] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on dynamic TCI state update signaling medium:

a)      In RAN1#103-e, investigate, for the purpose of down selection, the following alternatives:

§  Alt1. DCI

§  Alt2. MAC CE

§  Note: Combination between DCI and MAC CE for, e.g. different use cases or control information partitioning can also be considered

§  Note: The study should consider factors such as feasibility for pertinent use cases, performance (based on at least the agreed EVM), overhead (including PDCCH capacity), latency, flexibility, reliability including the support of retransmission

§  Note: This may be related to outcome of issue 1a), 1b), and 6a)

b)      In RAN1#103-e, depending on the outcome of 3a), identify candidates for more detailed design issues for the dynamic TCI state update such as

§  Exact content

§  Signaling format

§  Reliability aspects including the support of retransmission

§  Extensions, including the support of UE-group (in contrast to UE-dedicated) signaling

·        [Issue 4] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on MP-UE assumption to facilitate fast UL panel selection:

a)      The following assumptions are used:

§  In terms of RF functionality, a UE panel comprises a collection of TXRUs that is able to generate one analog beam (one beam may correspond to two antenna ports if dual-polarized array is used)

§  UE panels can constitute the same as well as different number of antenna ports, number of beams, and EIRP

§  No beam correspondence across different UE panels

§  FFS: For each UE panel, it can comprise an independent unit of PC, FFT timing window, and/or TA.

§  FFS: Same or different sets of UE panels can be used for DL reception and UL transmission, respectively

b)      In RAN1#103-e, identify candidate use cases including MPE, and consider remaining aspects if use cases are identified

c)      In RAN1#103-e, identify candidate signaling schemes for the following:

§  NW to MP-UE (taking into account potential extension of the unified TCI framework in issue 1)

§  MP-UE to NW

·        [Issue 5] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on MPE mitigation (that is, minimizing the UL coverage loss due to the UE having to meet the MPE regulation), in RAN1#103-e:

a)      If needed, identify candidate solutions to be down-selected in future meeting(s). The following sub-categories can be used:

§  CAT0. The need for specification support for MPE event detection and, if needed, candidate solutions

§  CAT1. The need for UE reporting associated with an MPE and/or a potential/anticipated MPE event if the UE selects a certain UL spatial resource, e.g., corresponding to DL or UL RS

§  CAT2. The need for NW signaling in response to the reported MPE event (taking into account issue 1) and UE behavior after receiving the NW signaling

§  Note: RAN4 has agreed to specify P-MPR reporting (cf. CRs for TS 38.101/102/133) which can be used as a baseline scheme for further enhancement

§  Note: This may be related to outcome of issue 4b)

b)      Companies are encouraged to submit evaluation results based on the agreed EVM to justify the benefits of the candidate solutions

·        [Issue 6] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO,

a)      add another category on performing study and, if needed, specifying feature(s) for beam acquisition (including beam tracking and refinement) latency reduction, especially for scenarios with high-speed UEs and large number of configured TCI states

b)      Partial BFR will be handled in ITEM 2c (BM enhancement for mTRP)

Note: The target “RAN1#103-e” is understood as best-effort, i.e. to finalize as many components as possible based on the status of companies’ contributions.

R1-2007370        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: advanced beam acquisition               Moderator (Samsung)

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

R1-2006718         Discussion on UL dense deployment             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2006791        Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH      Qualcomm Incorporated

·        Proposal 1: For PDCCH reliability enhancements in Rel. 17, FDM and TDM schemes have higher priority compared to SDM scheme.

·        Proposal 2: Study pros and cons of the following approaches to enable transmission of one DCI with two TCI states:

o   One CORESET associated with two TCI states

o   One SS set associated with two CORESETs

o   One combined PDCCH candidate defined in two SS sets

·        Proposal 3: Multi-TCI state PDCCH schemes should not introduce TCI state dependent rate matching for PDCCH (Rel. 15 rate matching should be assumed for PDCCH).

·        Proposal 4: Support extending Rel. 15 inter-slot PUCCH repetition mechanisms to

o   Two PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId’s

o   PUCCH formats 0 and 2 in addition to PUCCH formats 1, 3, and 4.

·        Proposal 5: RAN1 should study pros and cons of the following two alternatives before deciding how to enable intra-slot multi-beam PUCCH transmission:

o   Alternative 1: Reusing intra-slot frequency hopping mechanisms to enable beam-hopping within one PUCCH resource.

o   Alternative 2: Allowing PUCCH repetition in two different non-overlapping PUCCH resources in a given slot, where the two PUCCH resources are configured / activated with different beams.

·        Proposal 6: Support extending PUSCH repetition Type A and Type B to repetitions with different sets of UL beams / different sets of transmission parameters for codebook based UL transmission and non-codebook based UL transmission including

o   Indication of two sets of power control parameters (by enhancing SRI signalling in the DCI)

o   Indication of two spatial relation Info’s (by enhancing SRI signalling in the DCI)

o   Indication of two TPMIs for codebook based UL transmission (by enhancing “Precoding information and number of layers” signaling in the DCI)

·        Proposal 7: Enhancements for reliability and robustness of PUSCH should be extended to the case of configured grant for both cases of Type 1 and Type 2 configured grant.

·        Proposal 8: RAN1 should study if and how multi-DCI based multi-PUSCH transmission can be optimized to enhance the flexibility and performance of PUSCH.

o   Compared to single-DCI based approach, multi-DCI based approach has lower priority.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005285         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2005364         Discussion on enhancement on PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH in MTRP scenario     vivo

R1-2005455         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2005483         Discussion on Multi-TRP Physical Channel Enhancements      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005542         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2005561         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2005621         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2005684         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               CATT

R1-2005728         Discussion on multi-TRP enhancement         China Telecom

R1-2005751         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2005783         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2005821         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2005859         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2005984         Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               OPPO

R1-2006129         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2006201         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2006258         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2006367         On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH robustness             Ericsson

R1-2006391         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2006500         On multi-TRP reliability enhancement          Apple

R1-2006543         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Beijing Xiaomi Electronics

R1-2006566         Enhancement on multi-TRP operation for PDCCH and PUSCH              Sharp

R1-2006597         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2006627         Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH   Convida Wireless

R1-2006637         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels              Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd

R1-2006719         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2006844         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2006868         Discussion on enhancement on M-TRP         ASUSTeK

R1-2006901         Discussion on multi-TRP/multi-panel transmission    TCL Communication Ltd.

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH by 8/28

R1-2007179        Summary of EVM discussion for mTRP PDCCH reliability enhancements               Moderator (Qualcomm)

R1-2007180        Summary #1 of email discussion [102-e-NR-feMIMO-02]   Moderator (Qualcomm)

R1-2007181        Summary #2 of email discussion [102-e-NR-feMIMO-02]   Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

The following is agreed for evaluation of PDCCH

·        According to the evaluation scenario (e.g., at FR1 in urban macro / at FR1 in indoor hotspot / at FR2 in indoor hotspot), one of three Tables (Table A.3-1 ~ A.3-3) of 38.824 can be a baseline of EVM for Rel-17 FeMIMO item 2a.

o   System bandwidth other than those mentioned in the Tables can be considered and reported by the companies.

·        In addition, the following table is used for EVM for Rel-17 FeMIMO item 2a (Common assumptions for PDCCH/PUCCH/PUSCH)

Parameters

Values

The number of TRPs

2

Channel model

TDL for FR1 (CDL for FR1 can be optionally used)

CDL for FR2 (TDL for FR2 can be optionally used)

Path-loss modeling

{0,3,6} dB gap between TRPs

Blockage

Blockage model from Rel-16 (x dB power offset with probability p): Companies to report x and p, and other assumptions, if any.

Target BLER

[10^-3, 10^-4, 10^-5]: BLER values shown in plots should be based on enough number of samples, e.g., ~100/BLER samples

·        The following table is used for detailed assumptions for PDCCH

Parameters

Values

Baseline schemes

Option 1: Rel-15 PDCCH

Option 2: Spec transparent SFN

For FR1: Both options 1 and 2 can be considered

For FR2: Option 1.

AL

8 as baseline. Companies are encouraged to simulate other AL’s additionally for different code rate regimes.

# of RBs/symbols

1 or 2 symbols. Companies to report # of RBs.

DCI payload

40+24(CRC)=64 as baseline. Other payload values are not precluded.

CCE-to-REG mapping

Both Interleaved and non-interleaved can be considered. Companies to report the assumptions including interleaverSize in the case of interleaved.

REG bundling size

6 and 2 as baseline.

Precoding assumptions

Precoding cycling, precoder granularity=REG bundle as baseline.

Closed-loop precoding can be used optionally

Schemes

Details of the schemes used (including TDM,FDM, etc.) to be reported by companies.

Receiver assumption

Up to companies to report

 

Agreement

To enable a PDCCH transmission with two TCI states, study pros and cons of the following alternatives:

·        Alt 1: One CORESET with two active TCI states

·        Alt 2: One SS set associated with two different CORESETs

·        Alt 3: Two SS sets associated with corresponding CORESETs

·        At least the following aspects can be considered: multiplexing schemes (TDM / FDM/ SFN / combined schemes), BD/CCE limits, overbooking, CCE-REG mapping, PDCCH candidate CCEs (i.e. hashing function), CORESET / SS set configurations, and other procedural impacts.

Agreement

For non-SFN based mTRP PDCCH reliability enhancements, study the following options:

o   Study both intra-slot repetition and inter-slot repetition

o   Study both cases of DCIs in the same slot and DCIs in different slots

Note 1: Companies are encouraged to evaluate the different options based on agreed LLS assumptions for possible down-selection in RAN1#103-e.

Note 2: The actual encoding / rate matching chain for PDCCH polar coding (i.e. 38.212 Sections 5.3.1 / 5.4.1 / 7.3.3 / 7.3.4) is not changed in the options above.

 

Agreement

For mTRP PDCCH reliability enhancements, study the following multiplexing schemes

·        TDM : Two sets of symbols of the transmitted PDCCH / two non-overlapping (in time) transmitted PDCCH repetitions / non-overlapping (in time) multi-chance transmitted PDCCH are associated with different TCI states

o   Aspects and specification impacts related to intra-slot vs inter-slot to be discussed

·        FDM : Two sets of REG bundles / CCEs of the transmitted PDCCH / two non-overlapping (in frequency) transmitted PDCCH repetitions / non-overlapping (in frequency) multi-chance transmitted PDCCH are associated with different TCI states

·        SFN : PDCCH DMRS is associated with two TCI states in all REGs/CCEs of the PDCCH

o   Note: There is dependency between this scheme and AI 2d (HST-SFN )

·        Note: Combinations of the schemes are not precluded, and they can be discussed at a later stage.

Agreement

For Alt 1 (one CORESET with two active TCI states), study the following

·        Alt 1-1: One PDCCH candidate (in a given SS set) is associated with both TCI states of the CORESET.

·        Alt 1-2: Two sets of PDCCH candidates (in a given SS set) are associated with the two TCI states of the CORESET, respectively

·        Alt 1-3: Two sets of PDCCH candidates are associated with two corresponding SS sets, where both SS sets are associated with the CORESET and each SS set is associated with only one TCI state of the CORESET

·        Note 1: A set of PDCCH candidates contain a single or multiple PDCCH candidates, and a PDCCH candidate in a set corresponds to a repetition or chance

·        Note 2: How one or more PDCCH candidates are counted for monitoring (for BD limit) is FFS

o   The note is applicable also to other alternatives

Agreement

For Alt 1-2/1-3/2/3, study the following

·        Case 1: Two (or more) PDCCH candidates are explicitly linked together (UE knows the linking before decoding)

o   FFS: How the explicit linkage is derived/determined by the UE

·        Case 2: Two (or more) PDCCH candidates are not explicitly linked together (UE does not know the linking before decoding)

o   FFS: How the UE knows the linkage after decoding

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH by 8/28

R1-2007182        Summary of AI:8.1.2.1 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

 

Agreement

·        Detailed assumptions for PUCCH evaluation:

Parameters

Potential values

Baseline scheme

Rel-15 PUCCH repetition

PUCCH format

Format 1 and 3.

Other PUCCH Formats can be optionally considered.

# of RBs/symbols

PUCCH Format 1: 4 symbols, 1 RB

PUCCH Format 3: 4 and 8 symbols, 1 RB

Other combinations are not precluded.

UCI payload

2 bits for PUCCH Format 1 (and Format 0, if considered). 

Companies to report assumptions on other PUCCH Formats

Frequency hopping

Reported by companies

Number of repetitions (when applicable)

2, 4, 8

Schemes

TDM

Details to be reported by companies

Receiver assumption

Reported by companies

·        Detailed assumptions for PUSCH evaluation:

Parameters

Potential values

Baseline scheme

Rel-15/-16 PUSCH repetition

# of RBs/symbols

Companies to Report.

DMRS pattern

DM-RS configuration type 1

DM-RS Configuration type 2 (optional)

# of layers

1, 2 (optional)

Code rates

Low (<0.2) and moderate (<0.4)

Frequency hopping

Reported by companies

UL transmission scheme

Codebook based UL transmission is baseline. Non-codebook based can be optional.

Redundancy Version

Reported by companies

Number of repetitions (when applicable)

2, 4, 8

Other numbers are not precluded

Schemes

TDM

Details to be reported by companies

Receiver assumption

Reported by companies

 

Agreement

To improve reliability and robustness for PUCCH using multi-TRP and/or multi-panel, consider all PUCCH formats.

 

Agreement

To enable TDMed PUCCH transmission with different beams, support configuring/activating of multiple PUCCH Spatial Relation Info. RAN1 shall further study the exact schemes considering the following aspects,

·        Method of configuration/activation of multiple spatial relation info

·        Use of the same PUCCH resource or different PUCCH resource for PUCCH transmission

·        Mapping between PUCCH repetition/symbol and spatial relation info among multiple PUCCH repetitions / multiple PUCCH symbols.

Agreement

For configuration/indication of the number of PUCCH repetitions, RAN1 shall further study the following, 

·        Alt.1: Use Rel-15 like framework

·        Alt.2: Dynamic indication of the number of PUCCH repetitions

Agreement

For multi-TRP PUCCH transmission, further investigate required power control enhancement.

 

Agreement

Further study M-TRP CG PUSCH reliability enhancements in Rel-17.

 

Agreement

Support TDMed PUCCH scheme(s) to improve reliability and robustness for PUCCH using multi-TRP and/or multi-panel. Study the following alternatives,

·        Alt.1: supporting both inter-slot repetition and intra-slot repetition / intra-slot beam hopping.

·        Alt.2: supporting only inter-slot repetition

·        Note1: It is not precluded to study the use of multiple PUCCH resources to repeat the same UCI in both inter-slot repetition and intra-slot repetition.  

·        Note2: The alternatives are clarified as below,

o   inter-slot repetition: One PUCCH resource carries UCI , another one or more PUCCH resources or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more slots carries a repetition of the UCI .

o   intra-slot repetition: One PUCCH resource carries UCI , another one or more PUCCH resources or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more sub-slots carries a repetition of the UCI

o   intra-slot beam hopping: UCI is transmitted in one PUCCH resource in which different sets of symbols have different beams

 

Agreement

For M-TRP PUSCH reliability enhancement, support single DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s). 

·        Further study multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s) to identify potential gains and required enhancements. 

·        Note: This agreement does not reflect any prioritization of single DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition over multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition. Ran1 can further discuss that in the next meeting.  

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH reliability enhancement, support TDMed PUSCH repetition scheme(s) based on Rel-16 PUSCH repetition Type A and Type B.

·        Further study PUSCH transmission without repetition as a potential candidate M-TRP PUSCH scheme

 

Agreement

To support single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition scheme(s), up to two beams are supported. RAN1 shall further study the details considering,

1.     Codebook based and non-codebook based PUSCH  

2.     Enhancements on SRI/TPMI/power control parameters/any other 

Note1: Companies are encouraged to provide additional details on how above enhancements are applied to different PUSCH repetitions (e.g. mapping between PUSCH repetitions and beams)

Note2: Studying enhancements/aspects related to TA is not precluded.

 

Agreement

On the mapping between PUSCH repetitions and beams in single DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and Type B, further study the following, 

 

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2005286        Inter-cell multi-TRP operation    FUTUREWEI

·        Proposal 1: For inter-cell multi-TRP enhancement:

o   Clarify the scenario and key assumptions on time/frequency synchronization, backhaul, inter-cell signal delay spread, and UL support

o   Discuss necessary UE assumptions/behaviour/capability to support multiple QCL assumptions linking to multiple SSBs on the same carrier/OFDM symbol

·        Proposal 2: For inter-cell multi-TRP enhancement, QCL/TCI state can include a non-serving cell SSB, and CORESET pool indexes may not need to be explicitly configured.

·        Proposal 3: For inter-cell multi-TRP UL enhancement, support to acquire and maintain multiple TA values for multiple TRPs on the same carrier.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005365        Discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation  vivo

·        Proposal 1: Inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 should be enhanced towards seamless mobility between cells for targeted mobility scenarios in Rel-17 FeMIMO.

·        Proposal 2: Inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 should consider both ideal backhaul and non-ideal backhaul scenarios.

·        Proposal 3: Inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 should consider both QCL enhancement for DL and spatial relation enhancement for UL.

·        Proposal 4: Inter-cell m-TRP enhancement should consider both of the following two aspects:

o   TCI state configuration/activation enhancement with additional information of the target cells (at least including PCI information)

o   Enhanced configuration/activation of L1 measured SSBs with additional information of the target cells (at least including PCI information)

·        Proposal 5: It should be clarified that whether UE is expected to receive channels/RS that are not within CP of each other in Rel-17 discussion.

·        Proposal 6: Spatial relation and power control related configurations should be enhanced for SRS, PUCCH, PUSCH transmission towards target cell.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005456         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2005484         TCI/QCL Enhancements for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005562         Considerations on inter-cell operation           Sony

R1-2005685         Discussion on multi-TRP/panel inter-cell operation    CATT

R1-2005822         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2005860         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2005985         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2006130         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2006202         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2006259         Discussion on enhancement multi-TRP inter-cell operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2006368         On inter-cell operation for mTRP    Ericsson

R1-2006392         Enhancements on inter-cell Multi-TRP operations in Rel-17    Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2006501         On Inter-cell multi-TRP operation  Apple

R1-2006545         Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations       Beijing Xiaomi Electronics

R1-2006567         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          Sharp

R1-2006598         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2006720         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2006792         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2006845         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation

-        Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/19 (EVM should be highest priority if there is any new EVM assumptions needed)

R1-2007313        Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

Agreement

Study the following aspects of QCL /TCI-related enhancement to enable inter-cell multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation.

·        Details on configuration of non-serving cell RS;

·        Allowed source and target RS types for RS transmitted from the non-serving cell TRP ;

·        Allowed QCL types for RS transmitted from the non-serving cell TRP ;

·        Measurement and reporting related to QCL /TCI enhancement except for that in 8.1.1, if any;

·        Clarification on potential UE behavior for associating/multiplexing non-serving cell RS with other RS/channels;

·        Other details not precluded.

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2005686        Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP  CATT

·        Proposal 1: Reuse the same CSI measurement framework in Rel.16 for M-TRP, with additional measurement restriction tailored for M-TRP.

·        Proposal 2: Amend group-based reporting with restrictions on beam pairing for M-TRP.

·        Proposal 3: For L1-SINR group-based reporting, only CMR is configured, while for each beam index (e.g. CRI1, CRI2), the other reported beam index points to the interference resource.

·        Proposal 4: Introduce Rx-panel-specific group-based reporting, where multiple CSI reporting configs, when enabled, shall be measured on different Rx panels.

·        Proposal 5: The rule in Rel-15 can be reused to handle the multiplexing of PDCCH and PDSCH.

·        Proposal 6: Define association relation between a CSI-RS resource and PDCCH (or CORESET, or CORESET group) in the same symbol.

·        Proposal 7: M-TRP based partial failure recovery can be considered in Rel-17.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2006260        Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP  Spreadtrum Communications

·        Proposal 1: Support to enhance on PDCCH reception for multi-DCI based multi-TRP case.

·        Proposal 2: In overlapping PDCCH monitoring occasions in multiple CORESETs that have same or different QCL-TypeD properties on active DL BWP(s) from different TRPs, for each TRP priority rule of monitoring PDCCHs should reuse R15.

·        Proposal 3: Support to enhance on DL SPS PDSCH reception for multi-DCI based multi-TRP case.

·        Proposal 4: In overlapping PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH transmissions receiving occasions from multiple TRP, one PDSCH with lowest configured sps-ConfigIndex for each TRP could be received.

·        Proposal 5: PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH transmission associates with the same value of CORESETPoolIndex as CORESET where PDCCH activating the PDSCH lies in.

·        Proposal 6: Not support to enhance on beam management for multi-TRP transmission.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005287         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2005366         Discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement           vivo

R1-2005457         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2005485         Discussion on Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005563         Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP  Sony

R1-2005620         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   MediaTek Inc.

R1-2005752         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2005784         On beam management enhancements for multi-TRP  Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2005823         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2005861         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2005955         Views on beam management enhancement for multi-TRP        AT&T

R1-2005986         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2006131         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2006203         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2006393         Enhancements on multi-TRP for multi-panel reception in Rel-17           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2006502         On multi-TRP BM enhancement     Apple

R1-2006546         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Beijing Xiaomi Electronics

R1-2006599         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2006638         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd

R1-2006654         Discussion on beam management for Multi-TRP        ITRI

R1-2006681         On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception         Ericsson

R1-2006721         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2006793         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2006846         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)

Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

-        Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/19 (EVM should be highest priority if there is any new EVM assumptions needed)

R1-2007294        Summary on email discussion on beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multiple Rx panels              Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

For L1-RSRP, consider measurement / reporting enhancement to facilitate inter-TRP beam pairing

·        Option-1: Group-based reporting,  

o   e.g., beam restriction to facilitate inter-TRP pairing.

·        Option-2: Non-group-based reporting

Agreement

Evaluate and study at least but not limited to the following issues for multi-beam enhancement

·        Issue 1: Consideration of inter-beam interference

·        Issue 2: For group-based reporting, increased number of groups and/or beams per group

·        Issue 3: UE Rx panel related beam measurement/report

o   NOTE: “UE panel” is used for discussion purpose only

Agreement

·        Evaluate enhancement to enable per-TRP based beam failure recovery starting with Rel-15/16 BFR as the baseline.

·        Consider following potential enhancement aspects to enable per-TRP based beam failure recovery 

o   Issue 1: TRP-specific BFD

o   Issue 2: TRP-specific new candidate beam identification

o   Issue 3: TRP-specific BFRQ

o   Issue 4: gNB response enhancement

o   Issue 5: UE behavior on QCL/spatial relation assumption/UL power control for DL and UL channels/RSs after receiving gNB response

Agreement

Study Rel.17 enhancements on beam management for multi-TRPs with following priority

·        High priority:

o   Beam measurement/reporting enhancement

o   Beam failure recovery for multi-TRP

·        Low priority

o   Simultaneous reception of same type of channel/RS with different QCL-TypeD

o   Simultaneous reception of different type of channel/RS with different QCL-TypeD

 

In RAN1#102-e, the following combinations of physical channels were discussed but there was no consensus among the companies whether or not to study further in future meetings

Study simultaneous reception of the same type of channels/RS with different QCL-TypeD assumption, including at least the following combinations:

o   PDCCH+PDCCH, CSI-RS + CSI-RS

Study simultaneous reception of different types of channels with different QCL-TypeD assumptions, including at least the following combinations:

o   SSB+PDCCH/PDSCH,  PDCCH+PDSCH, PDCCH+CSI-RS, PDSCH+CSI-RS

o   Other combinations of channels/RS are not precluded.

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2005486        Enhanced M-TRP for HST-SFN   InterDigital, Inc.

·        Proposal 1: Develop new solutions and enhancements based on clustering of QCL, TCI and CSI framework to support HST-SFN operation using M-TRP transmission.

·        Proposal 2: Study zone-based resource pooling to mitigate potential high signalling overhead.

·        Proposal 3: Enhanced QCL configuration to indicate relative polarity of Doppler shift between configured TCI states.

·        Proposal 4: Use non-SFN TRS to enable the UE to perform independent Doppler measurements per TRP.

·        Proposal 5: Study solutions for TRS transmission that could help balance resource utilization and the accuracy of measurements.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005367         Evaluation and discussion on HST-SFN schemes       vivo

R1-2005458         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2005564         Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony

R1-2005592         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2005687         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            CATT

R1-2005753         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2005862         On HST SFN enhancements            Intel Corporation

R1-2005925         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2005987         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2006132         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2006204         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2006261         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2006394         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for high speed train in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2006475         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Ericsson

R1-2006503         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2006600         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2006722         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2006794         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2006847         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment by 8/28

-        Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/19 (EVM should be highest priority)

R1-2007201        Summary of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment     Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Agreement

Proposal on evaluation methodology in section 2.1 of R1-2007201 with following modifications (yellow part of proposal is not agreed)

·        FFS: Propagation condition for FR1, FR2 whether CDL extension is optional or baseline

·        FFS: UE height for both FR1, FR2

 

Agreement

For HST evaluation in FR2, Alt 2-3 is mandatory, other alternatives, i.e. Alt 2-4 and Alt. 2-1, are optional.

·        Alt 2-1: Ds=700m, Dmin=150m

·        Alt 2-3: Ds=200-300m, Dmin=30-50m

·        Alt 2-4: Ds=580m, Dmin=5m

 

R1-2007244        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Agreement

·        For Alt 2-1 in Table 1 - TRP height is 35m

·        For Alt 2-3 in Table 1 - TRP height is 20m

·        For Alt 2-4 in Table 1 - TRP height is 5m

 

Agreement

Adopt directional antenna model in Table 6 based on TR 38.802

Table 6 Antenna radiation pattern for UE

Parameter

Values

Antenna element radiation pattern in  dim (dB)

Antenna element radiation pattern in  dim (dB)

Combining method for 3D antenna element pattern (dB)

Maximum directional gain of an antenna element GE,max

5dBi

 

Agreement

Antenna downtilt and azimuth directions point to the midpoint between the two TRPs

 

Agreement

UE height of 1.5m is baseline. Results for other UE heights can be reported by each company.

 

Agreement

The results should be reported

·        Per track location (at specific SNR) or

·        Throughput vs SNR at specific location

o   Ds/2 (mid track point)

o   Results for other locations can be reported by each company.

 

Agreement

CDL extension is baseline channel model for HST-SFN evaluations in addition to 4-tap channel model

 

Agreement

Number of TRP antenna ports for FR1 evaluations

·        Support 8 antenna ports as optional configuration

 

Agreement

·        Perfect synchronization as baseline

·        Non-perfect time and frequency synchronization between the TRPs and UE, i.e., modeling of TRP CFO error (where CFO have temporal variation), UE receiver CFO, TRP timing errors may be optionally considered

o   Companies to provide details on how this was modelled in their evaluations

§  For example, uniform distribution between [-ppm ppm]*fc (Hz) for each simulation point where fc is the carrier center frequency and the values of maximum frequency error in ppm are captured TR 38.101-1/2 and TR 38.104

 

Agreement

·        It is recommended to provide results for SNR = 8, 12, 16, 20 dB

·        Other SNR values are not precluded

·        SNR defined relative ONLY to the reference point closest to TRP

 

R1-2007315        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Agreement

·        Replace row “TRP antenna configuration including number of antennas, pattern, ports, orientation, etc” in Table 1 with following table:

TRP antenna configuration including number of antennas, pattern, ports, orientation, etc

CDL based extension:

2 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1, 1, 8, 2, 2], antenna model in Table 5, 16-to-1 mapping is used to virtualize the 16 antenna elements in the adjacent columns with fixed weight to form an antenna

4 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1,1,8,4,2], antenna model in Table 5, virtualization, 16-to-1 mapping is used to virtualize the 16 antenna elements in the two adjacent columns with fixed weight to form an antenna

Optional 8 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1, 1, 8, 4, 2], antenna model in Table 5, 8-to-1 mapping is used to virtualize the 8 antenna elements in a column with fixed weight to form an antenna port

 

4-tap channel model:

2 ports: omni-directional, MIMO matrix according to TS 38.101-4 (Annex B.1)

4 ports and 8 ports: antenna model and mapping are the same as for CDL based extension

 

Note: The results for other antenna configurations can be also provided

2 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1, 1, 4, 8, 2],

Antenna model in Table 5

Note: The results for other antenna configurations can be also provided

 

Table 5 Antenna radiation pattern for TRP

Radiation power pattern of a single antenna element for TRP

Vertical cut of the radiation power pattern (dB)

Horizontal cut of the radiation power pattern (dB)

3D radiation power pattern (dB)

Maximum directional gain of an antenna element GE,max

8 dBi

 

 

Agreement

For the discussion purpose consider the following categorization of the enhanced DL transmission schemes

·        Scheme 1:

o   TRS is transmitted in TRP-specific / non-SFN manner

o   DM-RS and PDCCH/PDSCH from TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner

·        Scheme 2:

o   TRS and DM-RS are transmitted in TRP-specific / non-SFN manner

o   PDSCH from TRPs is transmitted in SFN manner

 

Agreement

Study the following aspects of the enhanced transmission schemes:

·        For scheme 1:

o   Target DL physical channels, i.e., PDSCH only or PDSCH + PDCCH

o   Whether more than 2 QCL/TCI states are required and corresponding signaling details

o   Whether and how to indicate scheme 1 for differentiation with Rel-16 non-SFNed transmission schemes with multiple QCL/TCI states

o   QCL relationship between TRS and DMRS ports

o   Note: Other schemes/aspects are not precluded

·        For scheme 2:

o   Association of each MIMO layer of PDSCH to DM-RS antenna ports

o   Whether more than 2 QCL/TCI states are required and corresponding signaling details

o   Whether and how to indicate scheme 2 for differentiation with Rel-16 non-SFNed transmission schemes with multiple QCL/TCI states

o   Note: Other schemes/aspects are not precluded

 

Agreement

For discussion purpose consider the following three steps for TRP-based frequency offset pre-compensation scheme:

·        1st step: Transmission of the TRS resource(s) from TRP(s) without pre-compensation

·        2nd step: Transmission of the uplink signal(s)/channel(s) with carrier frequency determined based on the received TRS signals in the 1st step

·        3rd step: Transmission of the PDCCH/PDSCH from TRP(s) with frequency offset pre-compensation determined based on the received signal/channel in the 2nd step

·        Note: A second set of TRS resource(s) may be transmitted at 3rd step.

 

Agreement

Study TRP-based frequency offset pre-compensation including the following aspects:

·        Aspects related to indication of the carrier frequency determined based on the received TRS resource(s) in the 1st step

o   Option 1: Implicit indication of the Doppler shift(s) using uplink signal(s) transmitted on the carrier frequency acquired in the 1st step

§  Indication for QCL-like association of the resource(s) received in the 1st step with UL signal transmitted in the 2nd step

§  Type of the uplink reference signals / physical channel used in the 2nd step, necessity of new configuration and corresponding signaling details

o   Option 2: Explicit reporting of the Doppler shift(s) acquired in the 1st step using CSI framework

§  FFS: Indication for QCL-like association of the resource(s) received in the 1st step with UL signal transmitted in the 2nd step

§  CSI reporting aspects, configuration, quantization, signalling details, etc.

·        New QCL types/assumption for TRS with other RS (e.g., SS/PBCH), when TRS resource(s) is used as target RS in TCI state

·        New QCL types/assumptions for TRS with other RS (e.g., DM-RS), when TRS resource(s) is used as source RS in the TCI state

·        Target physical channels (e.g., PDSCH only or PDSCH/PDCCH) and reference signals that should be supported for pre-compensation

·        Signaling/procedural details on whether/how the pre-compensation is applied to target channels

·        Whether multiple sets of TRS and pre-compensation on TRS is needed in 3rd step.

·        Note: Other aspects/schemes are not precluded

 

R1-2007393        Summary of HST-SFN evaluation assumptions after RAN1#102-e   Moderator (Intel Corporation)

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2006963        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity     ZTE       (Revision of R1-2005459)

·        Proposal 1: For an aperiodic SRS resource set triggered by DCI in slot n, the aperiodic SRS resource set is transmitted on the (k+1)-th valid slot counting from slot n, where k is the configured SRS triggering offset.

o   The slot is considered as valid if there are available UL symbol(s) for the configured time-domain location(s) in a slot for all the SRS resources in the resource set and if it satisfies the minimum timing requirement between triggering PDCCH and all the SRS resources in the resource set.

·        Proposal 2: Support aperiodic SRS to be triggered by DCI format 0_1/0_2 with UL-SCH=0 and without CSI request.

·        Proposal 3: Support more flexible triggering for SRS antenna switching by allowing the aperiodic resource set to use a different number of Tx/Rx antennas from the periodic resource set.

·        Proposal 4: For usage/overhead reduction of SRS, study resource reuse/multiplexing among multiple usages, incl. the case UE has different number of Tx antennas for antenna switching and PUSCH.

·        Proposal 5: For SRS antenna switching up to 8 antennas, support xTyR where (x, y) = (2, 8) and (4, 8).

o   FFS (x, y) = {(1, 6), (1, 8), (2, 6), (4, 6)}.

·        Proposal 6: For SRS coverage and capacity enhancements, evaluate and select scheme(s) from the above three categories

o   Cat. 1 (Time bundling): Enable joint processing of two different resources;

o   Cat. 2 (Increase repetitions): Increase maximum number of repetitions in one resource;

o   Cat. 3 (Partial-frequency sounding): Support more flexible configuration on SRS frequency pattern to allow SRS transmission on only partial frequency resources within the SRS band.

·        Proposal 7: On the remaining issues of FeMIMO SRS evaluation methodology

o   If one baseline scheme is pursued, use mSRS,3 = 4 and R=1

o   Companies to state whether angle scaling is performed, and if so, the desired angle spread and mean angle

o   No need to further extend CDL for MU MIMO

o   No need to consider directional antenna in FR1

o   The candidate values for DL and UL SNR difference are {6dB, 9dB}

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005622        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity     MediaTek Inc.

·        Proposal 1: Consider one or both approaches below for flexible A-SRS triggering

o   Introduce dynamic signalling in DCI of slot/symbol offset to trigger A-SRS

o   Flexible SRS triggering by configuring multiple SRS Resources (Sets)

§  use MAC CE to update associated trigger list for each SRS Resource Set.

·        Proposal 2: Increase SRS nrofSymbols to X

o   Candidate value X=14

·        Proposal 3: For SRS slot bundling

o   For coherent sounding, consider contiguous symbols allocation first

o   Study impact of performance due to phase discontinuity

·        Proposal 4: Adopt Rel-16 type 2 Low-PAPR sequence in Rel-17 SRS

·        Proposal 5: {1t6r,2t6r,4t6r,1t8r,2t8r,4t8r} are included in candidate values for UE capability report.

·        Proposal 6: For sharing SRS resource across usage

o   The implication on UE implementation need to be carefully discussed.

o   UE should know the SRS use purpose (codebook, antennaSwitching, or both) explicitly.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005247         Enhancements on SRS for Rel-17   Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2005288         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2005368         Discussion on SRS enhancement    vivo

R1-2005487         Discussion on SRS Enhancements  InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005565         Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity         Sony

R1-2005688         Discussion on enhancements on SRS  flexibility, coverage and capacity CATT

R1-2005754         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2005824         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2005863         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2005988         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2006133         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2006205         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2006255         Considerations on SRS enhancement             Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2006364         Discussion on enhancement of SRS in Rel. 17 further enhanced MIMO                CEWiT

R1-2006504         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2006568         Enhancement on SRS        Sharp

R1-2006601         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2006610         SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements           Ericsson

R1-2006723         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2006795         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2006848         Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity by 8/28

-        Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/20 (EVM should be highest priority)

 

R1-2007076        FL summary on SRS enhancements           Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2007173        FL summary#2 on SRS enhancements       Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

LLS is used to evaluate SRS enhancements in Rel-17 FeMIMO, while SLS can be used additionally for evaluating data throughput for a given SRS design.

 

Agreement

Adopt the following LLS assumptions at least for SRS enhancements on coverage/capacity in Rel-17.

Parameter

Value

Metric

UL/DL BLER or throughput

Note: Other metrics like MSE can be considered optionally.

Baseline

Rel-15 SRS. Companies to state the detailed configuration used as baseline scheme.

Note: It has been agreed that FG 10-11 can be applied on licensed band. If no further restriction on the usage of FG 10-11 is agreed in Rel-16, it can be included in baseline.

Carrier frequency, SCS, System BW

FR1: 3.5GHz, 30kHz, 20, 40 or 100 MHz as baseline, 4GHz can be optionally used

FR2: 30 GHz, 120kHz

Channel model

CDL-B or CDL-C in TR 38.901 with 30ns or 300ns delay spread as baseline for MU-MIMO and SU-MIMO

Note: Other delay spread is not precluded.

Note: Simulation using TDL-A with 30ns or 300ns for MU-MIMO is not precluded.

Companies to state whether angle scaling is performed, and if so, the desired angle spread and mean angle.

UE speed

3km/h , 30km/h or 120km/h

Number of UE antennas

1T4R, 2T4R or 4T4R

Number of gNB antennas

32T32R or 64T64R

UE antenna configuration

FR1: omni as baseline

-         Companies are not precluded to simulate directional antennas for 4Tx

FR2: directional

Rank, precoder and MCS

Precoder is adaptive. Rank/MCS can be adaptive or fixed.

Precoding granularity

Fixed: 2, 4 or wideband for DL, wideband for UL.

SRS periodicity

Companies to state the used SRS periodicity.

 

SRS Comb

Comb 2 or 4

SRS frequency hopping

Companies to state whether SRS frequency hopping is enabled and the hopping pattern if so.

DL SNR

Companies to state the used difference between DL SNR and UL SNR

Phase coherency

Companies to state whether the phase coherency in time domain is modelled and if so, use the following

-          Random phase rotation of each SRS transmission is modeled as a uniform distribution between [-fmax, fmax within a time window of Twindow, where companies should state the value of fmax and Twindow.

-          Companies can choose from the following two options for fmax

          Opt-1: 40 degrees

          Opt-2: pi*Δf*x/Ts, where Δf denotes the gap between central frequency and UE's SRS frequency position and Ts for sampling frequency. x can be 0.1, 0.2, 0.4

-          Twindow = 20ms

-          Other values of fmax and Twindow are not precluded

 

Agreement

Adopt the following SLS assumptions at least for SRS capacity enhancements in Rel-17.

Parameter

Value

Metric

DL throughput

Baseline

Rel-15 SRS. Companies to state the detailed configuration used as baseline scheme.

Note: It has been agreed that FG 10-11 can be applied on licensed band. If no further restriction on the usage of FG 10-11 is agreed in Rel-16, it can be included in baseline.

SRS error modelling

Table A.1-2 of TR 36.897

Δ=9 dB is assumed for baseline. Companies to state the detailed SRS configuration if it is different from baseline.

Note: The phase coherency model in LLS assumptions can be considered additionally.

SRS periodicity

Companies to state the simulated SRS periodicity.

Note: SRS triggering may be aperiodic

Carrier frequency,  SCS and system bandwidth

3.5GHz, 30KHz and 20MHz/40MHz/100MHz as baseline

Number of gNB antennas

(M, N, P, Mg,Ng; Mp, Np) = (8,8,2,1,1,4,8). (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ

Number of UE antennas

1T4R, 2T4R or 4T4R

Omni antennas are used as baseline. Companies are not precluded to simulate directional antennas for 4Tx.

Traffic model

FTP 1 or FTP 3 with 20%, 50% or 70% traffic load

Note: Full buffer can also be considered optionally.

Handover margin

3dB

Scenario

UMi/UMa with 200m ISD.

Note: UMa with 500m ISD can also be considered.

Note: Simulation of rural scenario with necessary adjustment of relevant parameters is not precluded.

Duplex, Waveform

TDD, OFDM

Multiple access

OFDMA

Channel model

According to the TR 38.901

BS Tx power

44, 47, and 51 dBm for 20, 40, and 100 MHz, respectively

BS antenna height

25 m

UE antenna height & gain

Follow TR 36.873

UE receiver noise figure

9 dB

Modulation

Up to 256QAM

Coding on PDSCH

LDPC

Max code-block size=8448bit

Slot

14 OFDM symbols

Frame structure

Companies to state the used frame structure

MIMO scheme

SU/MU-MIMO

Overhead

Companies to state the downlink overhead assumption

UE distribution

80% indoor (3km/h), 20% outdoor (30km/h)

UE receiver

MMSE-IRC as the baseline receiver

 

Agreement

Enhance the determination of aperiodic SRS triggering offset, with at least one of the following alternatives

-          Alt 1: Delay the SRS transmission to an available slot later than the triggering offset defined in current specification, including possible re-definition of the triggering offset

-          Alt 2: Indicate triggering offset in DCI explicitly or implicitly

-          Alt 3: Update triggering offset in MAC CE

-          Further consideration aspects may include the cost v.s. the total combinations PDCCH and SRS locations for gNB to choose, DCI overhead, multi-UE SRS multiplexing, CA aspect, whether to have multiple opportunities to transmit SRS, etc.

 

R1-2007234        FL summary#3 on SRS enhancements       Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

For SRS coverage/capacity enhancements, evaluate and, if needed, specify one or more from three categories based on the following definition.

·        Class 1 (Time bundling): Utilize relationship among two or more occasions of one or more SRS resources in one or more slots to enable joint processing within time domain.

o   Study aspects include the issue of phase discontinuity, interruption of SRS transmission by other UL signals, etc..

·        Class 2 (Increase repetition): Change the legacy SRS pattern in one resource and one occasion from time domain by increasing SRS symbols for repetition.

o   Study aspects include to use TD-OCC to compensate the negative impact on SRS capacity, inter-cell interference randomization, whether these SRS symbols are in one slot or consecutive slots, etc..

·        Class 3 (Partial frequency sounding): Support more flexibility on SRS frequency resources to allow SRS transmission on partial frequency resources within the legacy SRS frequency resources.

o   Study aspects include the partial frequency resources are with RB level or subcarrier level (e.g., larger comb, partial bandwidth), PAPR issue, etc..

 

Agreement

Study the following two alternatives in the scope to enhance at least one DCI format for aperiodic SRS triggering

·         Alt 1: Use UE-specific DCI, e.g., extending DCI 0_1 without uplink data and without CSI

·         Alt 2: Use group-common DCI, e.g., extending DCI 2_3 for cases other than carrier switching

·         Further consideration aspects may include simultaneous or CC-specific SRS triggering for multiple CCs, dynamic indication of SRS frequency resources, etc..

 

Agreement

For SRS overhead reduction, study reusing same resources among multiple usages, at least for “codebook” and “antenna switching”. Study aspects include

·        Whether implementation approach based on legacy SRS configuration is sufficient

o   If not, and if there are benefits other than RRC overhead reduction, study further on the case that antenna switching and PUSCH have different number of Tx antennas, whether UL BWP for different SRS usages is the same or different, whether and how to ensure UE to use same virtualization, the set of applicable usages, UE implementation complexity and overhead, etc..

 

Agreement

For SRS antenna switching up to 8Rx, study the configuration of {1T6R, 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, 4T6R, 4T8R}.

·        Study points may include CSI latency, performance considering aspects like insertion loss, use cases, antenna structure, UE power saving, SRS resource configuration, etc…

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2005248        Enhancements on CSI for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

·        Proposal 1: Opt.1 based on Section 5.3 of TR 36.897 is designed specifically for FDD reciprocity and preferred for evaluating CSI enhancements in Rel-17.

·        Proposal 2: Consider SLS parameters for CSI feedback enhancement as following:

o   Frequency range: FR1, 2.1GHz with duplexing distance 200MHz.

o   SRS modelling for UL channel estimation:

§  SRS periodicity with 5ms/10ms

§      SRS error model in Table A.1-2 in 36.897 with

o   The antenna calibration error shown in R1-144943 can be considered. The standard deviation of and  could be 0.35dB and 2.5 degrees, respectively.

·        Proposal 3: Rel-17 Type II port selection codebook can be enhanced by utilizing reciprocity of propagation angle and delay using

which can be further enhanced or relaxed on top of Rel-16 codebooks as following and PMI quantization/reporting can be further discussed

o        is enhanced by relaxing restrictions of to improve performance, e.g. more than 4 ports can be selected freely;

o        can be limited with very few vector(s), e.g. one or two;

o        can be enabled with a larger value of R (numberOfPMISubbandsPerCQISubband) , e.g. R=4.

·        Proposal 4: Joint CSI measurement and reporting for multi-TRP transmission can be supported in Rel-17.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2005289         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2005369         Evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity        vivo

R1-2005460         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2005488         On Type II Port Selection Codebook Enhancement    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005566         Considerations on CSI enhancements            Sony

R1-2005623         CSI enhancement for NCJT             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2005689         CSI enhancements on for MTRP and FR1 FDD with partial reciprocity CATT

R1-2005755         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2006998         On FDD channel reciprocity in real-world scenarios  Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI        (rev of R1-2005785)

R1-2005864         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD reciprocity             Intel Corporation

R1-2005926         CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2005956         CSI enhancements: FDD reciprocity and multi-TRP   AT&T

R1-2005989         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2006134         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung

R1-2006206         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2006262         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multiple TRP/Panel transmission   Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2006505         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2006569         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Sharp

R1-2006602         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2006685         On CSI enhancements in Rel-17 feMIMO    Ericsson

R1-2006724         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2006796         CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2006849         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[102-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity by 8/28

-        Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/20 (EVM should be highest priority)

 

R1-2006973        Discussion Summary for CSI enhancements MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity               Moderator (Huawei)

Agreement

The EVM assumptions in Section 4 (except for Proposal 2 and 4) of R1-2006973 for Rel-17 CSI enhancements are agreed.

 

Agreement

For EVM for FDD CSI enhancement in Rel-17, use following Alt 1 as the baseline and Alt 2 as the optional

o   Different per-cluster shadowing is generated for DL and UL, and DL (or UL) angles are generated based on DL (or UL) cluster powers. Then UL (or DL) uses the same angles and its own cluster powers to generate the channel matrix.

o   XPR is generated independently for DL and UL.

 

Agreement

For EVM for FDD CSI enhancement in Rel-17, using the following calibration error model

·         is the spatial UL channel at gNB side with calibration error

·         is the ideal spatial UL channel without calibration error

·        E represents the mismatch of transmission and reception circuits of gNB

·        ai is the amplitude error

·        qi is the phase error

·        N is the number of antennas at gNB side 

With amplitude error (expressed in decibel of ) and phase error are normal distribution with 0.7dB and 5 degrees standard deviation, respectively. Both amplitude/phase errors are assumed to be constant during a simulation drop at time, and constant either across whole simulation bandwidth or per 4 PRB at frequency. Companies shall report the assumption of error modelling at frequency. 

 

R1-2007268        Technical Categorization for CSI enhancements for  MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity          Huawei

Agreement

Taking Type II port selection codebook enhancement (based on Rel.15/16 Type II port selection) as a starting point, study following aspects, taking into account trade-off among UE complexity, performance and reporting/RS overhead:

 

Agreement

For CSI enhancement for multi-TRP, study following aspects taking into account trade-off among UE complexity, performance and reporting/RS overhead

Note that companies are encouraged to clarify applicable transmission schemes/scenarios and strive to unify Rel-17 MTRP CSI framework enhancements.

8.1.55        Other

R1-2005291         Sounding enhancement for interference probing in TDD cooperative MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2005370         Discussion on higher layer aspects for multi-TRP enhancement              vivo

R1-2005461         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2005489         Evaluation of Multi-TRP MIMO Deployment with Multi-panel UEs      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2005825         HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs               Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2007011         Simulation results for multi-beam enhancements        Samsung              (rev of R1-2006135)

R1-2006369         Critical MIMO issue from observations in field          Ericsson

Withdrawn

R1-2006965         Discussion on field measurement and evaluation assumptions for FDD CSI enhancements in Rel-17    Huawei, HiSilicon             (rev of R1-2006414)

R1-2006570         Considerations on TRS for HST-SFN scenario            Sharp

R1-2006949         Critical MIMO issue from observations in field          Ericsson LM


 RAN1#103-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI

 

R1-2009832        Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR)       Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1

 

R1-2007546         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2007586         Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007626         Discussions on Multi-beam Enhancement     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007644         Further discussion on multi beam enhancement          vivo

R1-2007763         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2007824         Discussion on enhancement on multi-beam operation CATT

R1-2008000         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2008148         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2008217         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2008308         Enhancements on NR multi-beam operation AT&T

R1-2008346         Considerations on the enhancement of multi-beam operation   Sony

R1-2008438         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2008573         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2008899         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2008903         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2008910         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2008943         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2008956         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2008977         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2009027         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2009060         Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation           Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd

R1-2009129         Enhancements on multi-beam pperation        Sharp

R1-2009141         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009155         Discussion on multi-beam operation              ASUSTeK

R1-2009158         Multi-beam Enhancements              Convida Wireless

R1-2009174         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009250         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2009288         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Ericsson

 

 

R1-2008147        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: From GTW session on Nov 2nd,

Agreement

On beam indication signaling medium to support joint or separate DL/UL beam indication in Rel.17 unified TCI framework:

·        Support L1-based beam indication using at least UE-specific (unicast) DCI to indicate joint or separate DL/UL beam indication from the active TCI states

o   The existing DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 are reused for joint beam indication

§  FFS: If additional DCI format(s) are supported, e.g. existing DCI formats 0_0, 0_1, 0_2, 1_0 as well as new DCI format(s) dedicated for beam indication

o   Support a mechanism for UE to acknowledge successful decoding of beam indication

§  The ACK/NAK of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the beam indication can be used as an ACK also for the DCI

§  FFS: Whether any additional specification support is needed

o   FFS beam indication for the TCI state assumption/update for the following cases:

§  The beam indication UE-specific DCI (i.e. the CORESETs with the DCI received by UE), the scheduled PDSCH by the DCI and the associated PUCCH for the acknowledgment of the beam indication DCI

§  Non-UE-specific CORESETs and PUSCH/PDSCH scheduled/activated and PUCCH transmission triggered by non-UE-specific CORESETs  

·         Support activation of one or more TCI states via MAC CE analogous to Rel.15/16:

o   At least for the single activated TCI state, the activated TCI state is applied

o   The content for the MAC CE is determined based on the outcome of issue 1

o   FFS: If supported, default TCI state when more than one TCI states are activated by MAC CE

o   Note: There is no implications on the support of single TRP or multi-TRP

·        Support a UE capability for the minimum beam indication delay

o   FFS: Whether to measure beam indication delay from DCI reception or from acknowledgment of DCI

o   FFS: The exact supported values e.g. {0.5ms, 2ms, 3ms}

·        FFS: Additional enhancement such as L1-based beam indication with group-common DCI

·        FFS: Whether the Rel.17 beam indication can also apply to beam indication for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET) or a subset of channels

·        FFS: Additional details on extending the support of L1-based beam indication when separate UL (from DL) common beam indication is configured

 

Continue email discussion on the yellow part.

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

R1-2009499        Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement          Moderator (Samsung)

Above agreement is modified as follows:

Agreement

On beam indication signaling medium to support joint or separate DL/UL beam indication in Rel.17 unified TCI framework:

·        Support L1-based beam indication using at least UE-specific (unicast) DCI to indicate joint or separate DL/UL beam indication from the active TCI states

o   The existing DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 are reused for beam indication

o   Support a mechanism for UE to acknowledge successful decoding of beam indication

§  The ACK/NAK of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the beam indication can be used as an ACK also for the DCI

§  FFS: Whether any additional specification support is needed

·        Support activation of one or more TCI states via MAC CE analogous to Rel.15/16:

o   At least for the single activated TCI state, the activated TCI state is applied

o   The content for the MAC CE is determined based on the outcome of issue 1

o   FFS: If supported, default TCI state when more than one TCI states are activated by MAC CE

o   Note: There is no implications on the support of single TRP or multi-TRP

·        FFS: Additional enhancement such as L1-based beam indication with group-common DCI

·        FFS: Whether the Rel.17 beam indication can also apply to beam indication for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET) or a subset of channels

·        FFS: Additional details on extending the support of L1-based beam indication when separate UL (from DL) common beam indication is configured

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, to accommodate the case of separate beam indication for UL and DL:

·        Utilize two separate TCI states, one for DL and one for UL.

o   FFS: Contents of separate UL TCI state

o   Note: For FR1, UE does not expect UL TCI to provide a reference for determining common UL TX spatial filter(s), if UL TCI is supported for FR1

·        For the separate DL TCI:

o   The source reference signal(s) in M TCIs provide QCL information at least for UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC

·        For the separate UL TCI:

o   The source reference signal(s) in N TCIs provide a reference for determining common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC

o   Optionally, this UL TX spatial filter can also apply to all SRS resources in resource set(s) configured for antenna switching/codebook-based/non-codebook-based UL transmissions

·        FFS: Whether the UL TCI state is taken from a common/same or separate TCI state pool from DL TCI state

o   Note that TCI state pool for joint DL and UL beam indication is still FFS

·        FFS: Whether Rel.17 supports TCI configured for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET)

·        Note: This does not preclude the type of UE supporting only 1 beam tracking loop, i.e. UE reports value of 1 in UE FG 2-62.

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements to enable L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility:

·        The following use cases are assumed:

o   Network architecture:

§  NSA, i.e. LTE PCell and NR-PSCell

§  SA

o   Intra-band CA

§  FFS: If inter-band CA is also included

o   Intra- RAT (excluding inter-RAT)

o   Intra-frequency scenario:

§  The SSBs of non-serving cells have the same center frequency and SCS as the SSBs of the serving cell

§  An SSB of a non-serving cell is associated with a PCI different from the PCI of the serving cell

§  FFS: Support for inter-frequency scenario

o   FFS: Whether to support intra-DU only operation, or whether inter-DU is also allowed

·        The following enhancement scope is assumed:

o   Facilitating measurement and reporting of non-serving RSs via incorporating non-serving cell info with some TCI(s), along with the necessary measurement and reporting scheme(s)

§  FFS: Detailed/exact method(s)

§  FFS: Whether this also implies the support of beam indication (TCI state update along with the necessary TCI state activation) for TCI(s) associated with non-serving cell RS(s)

§  FFS: Metric for the measurement and reporting, e.g. L1-RSRP or L3-RSRP or time- or spatial-domain-filtered L1-RSRP

§  FFS: Beam-level event-driven mechanism, using serving cell RS and/or non-serving cell RS

o   Facilitate serving cell to provide configurations for non-serving cell SSBs via RRC

§  FFS: details for the configurations, e.g. time/frequency location, transmission power, etc.

§  FFS: other information needed for inter-cell mobility

o   Note: In RAN1's understanding, non-serving cell SSB and non-serving cell RS can be part of the serving cell configuration

·        FFS: The following enhancement scope is assumed by RAN1:

o   Whether RRC reconfiguration signaling is needed or not when a TCI associated with non-serving cell RS is indicated

§  A non-serving cell RS is an RS that is or has an SSB of a non-serving cell as direct or indirect QCL source

§  This implies no C-RNTI update when UE receives DL channel RS associated to non-serving cell RS as QCL source.

§  FFS whether TCI associated with non-serving cell can be indicated to or are applicable for all channels.

o   Whether some RRC parameters need to be updated without additional RRC signaling, e.g. some RRC parameters are pre-configured, which are associated with TCI states with neighbor cell RS as QCL source

o   Whether UE needs/can change serving cell during L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility.

o   The above assumption to be verified by RAN2

 

Conclusion

There is no consensus in RAN1 to include the following as part of RAN1 agreement for AI 8.1.1 in RAN1 #103e:

·        FFS beam indication for the TCI state assumption/update for the following cases:

o   The beam indication UE-specific DCI (i.e. the CORESETs with the DCI received by UE), the scheduled PDSCH by the DCI and the associated PUCCH for the acknowledgment of the beam indication DCI

o   Non-UE-specific CORESETs and PUSCH/PDSCH scheduled/activated and PUCCH transmission triggered by non-UE-specific CORESETs 

 

Agreement

In Rel-17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection, the following use cases are assumed:

·        MPE mitigation

·        UE power saving

·        UL interference management

·        Support different configurations across panels

·        UL mTRP

 

Agreement

In Rel-17 enhancement on MP-UE to facilitate fast UL panel selection and MPE mitigation, UL Tx panel(s) are assumed to be a same set or subset of DL Rx panel(s)

 

Agreement

In Rel.17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection, UE-initiated UL panel selection/activation are supported:

·        FFS: Whether NW-initiated panel selection/activation is also supported

·        FFS: Whether specification support for this feature is necessary and if so the details of such spec support.

 

Agreement

On UE reporting for MPE mitigation for Rel-17, investigate and, if needed, specify the following:

·        Reporting of P-MPR report based on Rel.16 framework.

o   FFS: Whether panel/beam level based P-MPR report is supported

o   FFS: Maximum reported number of panels, e.g. single or multiple 

·        Reporting SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or indication of panel selection for the purpose of indicating:

o   Alt1: alternative UE panel(s) or TX beam(s) for UL transmission

o   Alt2: feasible UE panel(s) or TX beam(s) for UL transmission taking the MPE effect into account

o   FFS: indication of panel selection details (e.g. explicit/implicit)

·        Any additional reporting content: down-select from the following in RAN1#104-e

o   Alt0: no additional reporting content

o   Alt1: Additional reporting content is included (for example P-MPR + L1-RSRP, virtual PHR + L1-RSRP, L1-RSRP/SINR with and without MPE effect, virtual PHR, P-MPR or virtual PHR + CRI/SSBRI, estimated max UL RSRP)

§  Note: Other options are not precluded

§  FFS: Whether the above reporting is triggered by UE or configured by NW

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, support common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) across a set of configured CCs:

·        The above applies to intra-band CA

·        The above applies to joint DL/UL and separate DL/UL beam indications

·        Just as Rel.16, the RS in the TCI state that provides QCL-TypeA [or QCL-TypeB] shall be in the same CC as the target channel or RS

·        The common TCI state ID implies that the same/single RS determined according to the TCI state(s) indicated by a common TCI state ID is used to provide QCL Type-D indication and to determine UL TX spatial filter across the set of configured CCs

·        FFS: The above also applies to inter-band CA

·        FFS: TCI state pool for CA

o   Opt-1: sharing a single RRC TCI state pool for the set of configured CCs, e.g., cell-group TCI state pool, or reuse TCI state pool for PDSCH in a reference cell; A CC ID for QCL-Type A RS is absent in a TCI state, and the CC ID for QCL-Type A RS is determined according to a target CC of the TCI state.

§  FFS: Whether it is possible that a single TCI state in the pool includes all source RSs from different CCs

o   Opt-2: configuring RRC TCI state pool per individual CC

·        FFS: Whether the Rel-17 common beam update across multiple CCs applies to beam indication for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET), a subset of channels, or all channels

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework:

·        A pool of joint DL/UL TCI state is used for joint DL/UL TCI state update (beam indication).

·        FFS: The pool for separate DL and UL TCI state update (beam indication)

·        Note: Here, TCI state pool refers to a pool configured via higher-layer (RRC) signaling

·        FFS: Whether joint TCI may include UL specific parameter(s) such as UL PC/timing parameters, PL RS, panel-related indication,etc. and if it is included, it is used only for UL transmission of the DL and UL transmissions to which the joint TCI is applied

 

R1-2009715        Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement          Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

In RAN1#104-e, on the Rel-17 L1-based TCI state update (beam indication) for the unified TCI framework, interested companies are to provide the following:

·        How to use DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 for UL-only (in case of separate DL/UL) TCI state update (beam indication)

o   Note: The agreement implies that DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 can be used for UL-only TCI state update beam indication).

o   FFS: Using DCI format 1_1 and 1_2 without DL assignment, and with a new acknowledgment mechanism directly in response to decoding DCI format 1_1 and 1_2, e.g., analogous to SPS PDSCH release

·        Whether/how to support at least one additional DCI format dedicated for UL-only beam indication (in case of separate DL/UL), including:

o   Whether the format can also be used for DL-only beam indication (in case of separate DL/UL) and joint DL/UL beam indication

o   Whether it is a “brand new” format or based on some extension of the existing DCI formats other than 1_1 and 1_2 (e.g. 1_0, 0_0, 0_1, or 0_2)

§  If UL-related DCI is used, whether it is accompanied with UL grant or not

o   Acknowledgment mechanism

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication:

 

R1-2009749        Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement          Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication, the beam application time is to be down-selected or modified from the following:

·        Alt1: The beam application time can be configured by the gNB based on UE capability

o   Support a UE capability for the minimum value of beam application time

o   FFS: the exact minimum values of beam application time supported by UE

o   FFS: whether existing UE capability can be reused as this UE capability.

o   FFS: whether different beam application time values are supported for uplink and downlink

o   FFS: whether UE capability needs to be introduced for the maximum value of beam application time

·        Alt2: The beam application time is fixed and defined in specification

·        Alt3: The beam application time can be configured by the gNB where the minimum value of beam application time is fixed and defined in specification

·        Consider multi-panel UE, layer 1/2 inter-cell cases, carrier aggregation aspects

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2007540         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2007587         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007627         Reliability Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH   InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007645         Further discussion on enhancement of MTRP operation            vivo

R1-2007764         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2007783         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Fujitsu

R1-2007793         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2007825         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               CATT

R1-2008001         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2008149         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2008218         Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               OPPO

R1-2008347         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2008439         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2008574         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2008898         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2008904         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2008911         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2008944         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2008958         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2008978         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2009028         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Xiaomi

R1-2009054         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels              Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd

R1-2009130         Enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH      Sharp

R1-2009142         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCHPUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009159         Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH   Convida Wireless

R1-2009175         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009223         On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements with multiple TRPs    Ericsson

R1-2009251         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

 

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 6th,

Agreement

For PDCCH reliability enhancements, support SFN scheme + Alt 1-1.

·        FFS: TCI state activation for CORESET, impact on default beam, BFD resource for BFR

 

Agreement

For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes, support at least Option 2 + Case 1.

·        Maximum number of linked PDCCH candidates is two

·        FFS: Details including how the two PDCCH candidates are counted toward the BD limits and impact on overbooking, if any

·        Down-select at least one Alt from Alts 1-2 / 1-3 / 2 / 3

·        FFS: Linking options such as a fixed rule based on the same PDCCH candidate index, based on start CCE, based on configuration, etc.

o   FFS: additional restriction to facilitate soft combining

·        FFS: implicit PUCCH resource determination for >8 PUCCH resources in the resource set, scheduling offset for “timeDurationForQCL”, Out-of-order / in-order definition for PDCCH-to-PDSCH and PDCCH-to-PUSCH, DAI for Type-2 codebook, Slot offset  for scheduling the same PDSCH/PUSCH/CSI-RS/SRS, rate matching PDSCH around the scheduling DCI.

·        FFS: whether and how to support for DCI format 2_x

 

R1-2009683        Summary of email discussions [103-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Working Assumption

For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes and Option 2 + Case 1, support Alt3 (two SS sets associated with corresponding CORESETs).

 

Agreement

For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes and Option 2 + Case 1, CCEs of the two PDCCH candidates are counted separately following Rel. 15/16 procedures. Further study the BD limit by considering the following

·        With respect to the complexity associated with RE de-mapping / demodulation, 2 units are required

·        With respect to the complexity associated with decoding, the following assumptions can be further discussed:

o   Assumption 1: UE only decodes the combined candidate without decoding individual PDCCH candidates

o   Assumption 2: UE decodes individual PDCCH candidates

o   Assumption 3: UE decodes the first PDCCH candidate and the combined candidate

o   Assumption 4: UE decodes each PDCCH candidate individually, and also decodes the combined candidate

·        Note 1: The Assumptions 1-4 are for discussion purpose only, and they may or may not have specification impact.

o   FFS: The relationship between UE capability, RRC configuration, and the BD limit, and whether the Assumptions 1-4 are relevant for this purpose.

·        Note 2: the BD /CCE limit here is counted based on the configuration of PDCCH monitoring capability (e.g. per slot or per span).

 

Conclusion

Group-common DCI formats (DCI formats 2_x) are not precluded for multi-TRP PDCCH reliability enhancements and can be discussed with a lower priority compared to UE-specific DCI formats.

Note: Enhancements required for DCI formats 2_x, if any, can be discussed case-by-case.

 

R1-2009761        Summary #2 of email discussions [103-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

When DL DCI is transmitted via PDCCH repetition (Option2 + Case 1), for PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-Ack when the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight:

·        Alt 1: Ensure same start CCE index (based on linking options) and the same number of CCEs in the two CORESETs (based on CORESET configuration restriction)

·        Alt 2: Starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of one of the linked PDCCH candidates is applied

o   FFS:  Which one of the linked PDCCH candidates is used.

·        Alt 3: It is up to the UE to determine the PUCCH resource based on the starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of any of the two linked PDCCH candidates

·        Other alternatives are not precluded.

 

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH

R1-2009480        Summary of Multi-TRP URLLC for PUCCH and PUSCH  Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

Decision: From GTW session on Nov 2nd,

Agreement

For multi-TRP PUCCH transmission schemes. 

·        Support multi-TRP inter-slot repetition (Scheme 1)

o   One PUCCH resource carries UCI, another PUCCH resource or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more slots carries a repetition of the UCI.

o   FFS: Number of repetitions

·        Further study the support (one or both) of the following schemes

o   Multi-TRP intra-slot beam hopping (Scheme 2)

§  UCI is transmitted in one PUCCH resource in which different sets of symbols within the PUCCH resource have different beams.

§  FFS: More than 2 beam hopping instances per PUCCH resource.

o   Multi-TRP intra-slot repetition (Scheme 3)

§  One PUCCH resource carries UCI, another PUCCH resource or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more sub-slots within a slot carries a repetition of the UCI.

·        Note1: whether to support two PUCCH resources or the same PUCCH resource with different beams for Scheme 1 and 3 to be discussed separately.

 

Agreement

For multi-TRP PUCCH transmission schemes,

·        For Scheme 1, at least PUCCH format 1/3/4 can be used.

·        FFS: Support of PUCCH format 0/2 for Scheme 1

·        FFS: Support of PUCCH formats for Scheme 2 and/or Scheme 3 (if schemes are agreed).

 

R1-2009757        Summary of Multi-TRP URLLC for PUCCH and PUSCH  Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, support codebook based PUSCH transmission with following enhancements.

·        Support the indication of two SRIs.

o   Alt1: Bit field of SRI shall be enhanced.

o   Alt2: No changes on SRI field

·        Support the indication of two TPMIs.

o   The same number of layers are applied for both TPMIs if two TPMIs are indicated

o   The number of SRS ports between two TRPs should be same.

o   FFS: Details on indicating two TPMIs (e.g, one TPMI field or two TPMI fields)

·        Increase the maximum number of SRS resource sets to two

·        FFS: configuration details of each SRS resource set (e.g., number of SRS resources in a resource set)

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, support non-codebook based PUSCH transmission with following considerations.

·        Increase the maximum number of SRS resource sets to two, and associated CSI-RS resource can be configured per SRS resource set.

·        FFS: Enhancements on SRI field in DCI to indicate the two beams for repetitions

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 7th,

Agreement

For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in FR2,

·        Support separate power control parameters for different TRP via associating power control parameters via PUCCH spatial relation info.

o   Note: No spec impact.

·        For per TRP closed-loop power control for PUCCH, further study the following alternatives considering TPC command when the “closedLoopIndex” values associated with the two PUCCH spatial relation info’s are not the same. 

o   Option.1: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and the TPC value applied for both PUCCH beams

o   Option.2: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and the TPC value applied for one of two PUCCH beams at a slot. The TPC value may be applied for the other PUCCH beam at an another slot.

o   Option 3: A second TPC field is added in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2.

o   Option 4: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and indicates two TPC values applied to two PUCCH beams, respectively.

·        FFS: Transition period for beam / power / frequency change.

·        FFS: Required power control enhancements for FR1

 

Agreement

For configuration/indication of the number of PUCCH repetitions for Scheme 1, there is no restriction on using Rel-15 framework on configuring the number of repetitions. 

·        Rel-17 feMIMO may additionally consider supporting the dynamic indication of the number of repetitions in RAN1 #104 meeting. 

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type B, at least nominal repetitions are used to map beams

·        Further study details and applicability of each mapping method

·        Further study the slot based beam mapping in the cases of nominal repetition across slot boundaries

 

Agreement

For PUSCH multi-TRP enhancements,

·        For per TRP closed-loop power control for PUSCH, further study the following alternatives when the “closedLoopIndex” values are different.

o   Option.1: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, and the TPC value applied for both PUSCH beams

o   Option.2: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, and the TPC value applied for one of two PUSCH beams at a slot.

o   Option 3: A second TPC field is added in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2.

o   Option 4: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, and indicates two TPC values applied to two PUSCH beams, respectively.

·        FFS: Transition period for beam / power / frequency change.

 

Agreement

Support both type 1 and type 2 CG PUSCH transmission towards MTRP. Further study the following alternatives,

·        Alt.1 : single CG configuration

o   Repetitions of a TB transmitted towards MTPR on multiple PUSCH transmission occasions of single CG configuration.

o   At least for codebook-based CG PUSCH, support configuring 2 SRIs/TPMIs.

·        Alt.2 : multiple CG configurations

o   Repetitions of a TB transmitted towards MTRP on more than one PUSCH transmission occasions, where one or more transmission occasions are from one CG configuration and another one or more PUSCH transmission occasions are from another CG configuration.

o   1 SRI/TPMI is configured/indicated for each CG configuration.

·        Further study required beam mapping principals, low overhead mechanisms for beam selection, and other enhancements for Alt.1 and Alt.2.

 

 

Agreement

For multi-TRP TDM-ed PUCCH transmission schemes,

·        FFS: Required enhancements for FR1

FFS: Use of multiple PUCCH resources. 

 

Agreement

For M-TRP PUSCH reliability enhancement, further discuss multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s) considering the following aspects.  

Companies are encouraged to provide simulation results to decide the support of the scheme in next RAN1 meetings

The support of multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s) in Rel-17 will be decided in RAN1#104-e

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 12th,

Agreement

For single DCI based PUSCH multi-TRP enhancements, support the following RV mapping for PUSCH repetition Type A,

 

Agreement

For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in FR1,

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, further study required enhancements on PTRS-DMRS association.

 

From GTW sessions:

Working Assumption

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of UL beams.

·          The support of cyclic mapping can be optional UE feature for the cases when the number of repetitions is larger than 2.

·          FFS: Support of half-half mapping.

·          FFS: Additional considerations on mapping patterns (including required beam switching gaps)

·          Companies are encouraged to provide further simulation results to decide details.

 

Working Assumption

For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in Scheme 1, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of spatial relation info’s over PUCCH repetitions.

o   Sequential mapping pattern: the first beam is applied to the first and second PUCCH repetitions, and the second beam is applied to the third and fourth PUCCH repetitions, and the same beam mapping pattern continues to the remaining PUCCH repetitions.

 

R1-2009807        LS on Beam switching gaps for Multi-TRP UL transmission             RAN1, Nokia

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov.16th, the LS is approved.

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2007541         Inter-cell multi-TRP operation        FUTUREWEI

R1-2007588         Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operations in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007628         Synchronization Analysis for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation        InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007646         Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation        vivo

R1-2007765         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2007826         Discussion on multi-TRP/panel inter-cell operation    CATT

R1-2008002         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2008150         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2008219         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2008348         Considerations on inter-cell operation           Sony

R1-2008440         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2008575         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2008905         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2008912         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2008945         Discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell operation              NEC

R1-2008979         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2009029         Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations       Xiaomi

R1-2009070         Enhancement on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation         Ericsson

R1-2009143         Discussion on enhancement on multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009176         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009252         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation

R1-2009415        FL summary on inter-cell MTRP operation            Moderator (vivo)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 11th,

Agreement

For QCL /TCI related enhancement for enhanced inter-cell multi-TRP operations, support RRC configuration of non-serving cell information

·        Non-serving cell information can be associated with the TCI state and/or QCL -info at least when “neighbor cell SSB” is used as “QCL referenceSignal ”

o   FFS : Whether beam indication enhancement is needed in addition to QCL -info enhancement

o   FFS : Whether the association is explicit or implicit

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 12th,

Agreement

The information provided by SSB-Configuration-r16/ssb-InfoNcell-r16 and/or MeasObject can be starting point for providing non-serving cell information

 

Final summary in:

R1-2009731        Feature lead summary#2 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

For future meetings, consider rate matching behavior related to non-serving cell SSB.

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2007542         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2007589         Discussion on multi-TRP for multi-panel reception in Rel-17  Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007629         Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007647         Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement              vivo

R1-2007766         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2007784         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2007827         Beam management enhancement for multi-TRP simultaneous reception CATT

R1-2008003         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2008151         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2008220         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2008309         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   AT&T

R1-2008349         Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP  Sony

R1-2008441         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2008576         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2008906         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2008913         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2008946         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2008957         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   MediaTek Inc.

R1-2008980         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2009030         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Xiaomi

R1-2009052         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd

R1-2009144         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009156         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ASUSTeK

R1-2009160         On Per-TRP Beam Failure Recovery             Convida Wireless

R1-2009177         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009213         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2009225         On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception         Ericsson

R1-2009253         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)

Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2009500        Summary on beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multiple Rx panels           Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 6th,

Agreement

·        For M-TRP beam failure detection, support independent BFD-RS configuration per-TRP, where each TRP is associated with a BFD-RS set.

o   FFS: The number of BFD RSs per BFD-RS set, the number of BFD-RS sets, and number of BFD RSs across all BFD-RS sets per DL BWP

o   Support at least one of explicit and implicit BFD-RS configuration

§  With explicit BFD-RS configuration, each BFD-RS set is explicitly configured

·        FFS: Further study QCL relationship between BFD-RS and CORESET

§  FFS: How to determine implicit BFD-RS configuration, if supported

·        For M-TRP new beam identification

o   Support independent configuration of new beam identification RS (NBI-RS) set per TRP if NBI-RS set per TRP is configured

§  FFS: detail on association of BFD-RS and NBI-RS

§  Support the same new beam identification and configuration criteria as Rel.16, including  L1-RSRP, threshold

 

From GTW sessions:

Agreement

Support TRP-specific BFD counter and timer in the MAC procedure

·        The term TRP is used only for the purposes of discussions in RAN1 and whether/how to capture this is FFS

 

Agreement

·        Support a BFRQ framework based on Rel.16 SCell BFR BFRQ

o   In RAN1#104-e, select one from the following options

§  Option 1: Up to one dedicated PUCCH-SR resource in a cell group

·        A cell group refers to either MCG, SCG, or PUCCH cell group

·        FFS: number of spatial filters associated with the PUCCH-SR resources 

·        FFS: How the SR configuration is done

§  Option 2:  Up to two (or more) dedicated PUCCH-SR resources in a cell group

·        A cell group refers to either MCG, SCG, or PUCCH cell group

·        FFS: whether each PUCCH-SR resource is restricted to be associated to one spatial filter

·        FFS: How the SR configuration is done

o   FFS: Whether no dedicated PUCCH-SR resource can be supported in addition to Option 1 or Option 2

·        Study whether and how to provide the following information in BFRQ MAC-CE

o   Index information of failed TRP(s)

o   CC index (if applicable)

o   New candidate beam index (if found)

o   Indication whether new beam(s) is found

o   FFS: whether/how to incorporate multi-TRP failure

 

Agreement

Down-select at least one of the following options for beam measurement/reporting enhancement to facilitate inter-TRP beam pairing in RAN1 #104-e

·        Option 1: In a CSI-report, UE can report N>1 pair/groups and M>=1 beams per pair/group

o   Different beams in different pairs/groups can be received simultaneously

o   FFS: whether M is equal or can be different across different pair/group

·        Option 2: In a CSI-report, UE can report N(N>=1) pairs/groups and M (M>1) beams per pair/group

o   Different beams within a pair/group can be received simultaneously

·        Option 3: UE report M(M>=1) beams in N (N>1) CSI-reports corresponding to N report setting

o   Different beams in different CSI-reports can be received simultaneously

o   FFS: whether/how to introduce an association between different CSI-reports

o   FFS: whether/how to differentiate reported measurements for beams that are received simultaneously vs. beams that are not received simultaneously 

§  Whether/how to introduce an indication along with the CSI-reports to indicate whether the beams in different CSI-reports can be received simultaneously

·        FFS: value of N and M in each option

·        FFS: Association between different beams in above options and different TRP/UE panels

·        FFS: Identify new use cases per option compared with R16 (including backhaul)

·        FFS: whether different beams in different pairs/groups/reports can be received by same spatial filter per option

 

Final summary in:

R1-2009728        Moderator summary on round#3 discussion on M-TRP beam management               Moderator (CATT)

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2007543         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2007590         Discussion on multi-TRP for high speed train in Rel-17            Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007630         Enhancements for M-TRP to Support HST-SFN Deployment  InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007648         Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes          vivo

R1-2007767         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2007828         On enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CATT

R1-2008004         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2008152         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2008221         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2008350         Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony

R1-2008442         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2008577         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2008907         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2008947         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2008981         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2009557         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Ericsson (rev of R1-2009523, rev of R1-2009069)

R1-2009099         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2009145         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009178         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009254         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

 

R1-2009476        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Intel Corporation

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2009646        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Intel Corporation

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 12th,

Agreement

Support at least the following configuration for HST scenario in Rel-17

Note: DMRS and PDCCH/PDSCH from different TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner

 

Agreement

At most two TCI states are supported for HST scenario in Rel-17

Note: DMRS and PDCCH/PDSCH from different TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner

 

R1-2009750        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Coorporation)

 

Agreement

When the same DMRS port(s) are associated with two TCI states containing TRS as source reference signal, at least one variant is supported for Rel-17 HST-SFN scenario based on further evaluations

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2007544         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2007591         Discussion on SRS enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007631         Discussion on SRS Enhancements  InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007649         Further discussion on SRS enhancement       vivo

R1-2007768         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          ZTE

R1-2007829         On enhancements on SRS  flexibility, coverage and capacity   CATT

R1-2008005         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2008153         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2008222         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2008351         Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity         Sony

R1-2008443         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2008578         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2008900         Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity       Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2009421         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell      (rev of R1-2008908)

R1-2008914         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2008948         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2008959         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          MediaTek Inc.

R1-2008982         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2009031         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2009131         Enhancements on SRS       Sharp

R1-2009146         Considerations on SRS enhancement             Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009179         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009211         SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements           Ericsson LM

R1-2009255         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2009286         Discussion on enhancement of SRS in Rel. 17 further enhanced MIMO                CEWiT

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity

R1-2009384        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

A given aperiodic SRS resource set is transmitted in the (t+1)-th available slot counting from a reference slot, where t is indicated from DCI, or RRC (if only one value of t is configured in RRC), and the candidate values of t at least include 0. Adopt at least one of the following options for the reference slot.

 

Agreement

Support at least DCI 0_1 and 0_2 to trigger aperiodic SRS without data and without CSI.

 

Agreement

In Rel-17 SRS coverage and capacity enhancement, support at least one scheme from Class 2 and Class 3, and deprioritize Class 1.

 

R1-2009650        FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

Candidate schemes for Class 2:

Candidate schemes for Class 3:

 

Agreement

·        For antenna switching up to 8Rx, support SRS resource configurations for {1T6R, 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, [4T6R], 4T8R}.

Final summary in:

R1-2009723        FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2007545         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2007592         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2007632         CSI Enhancements for the Support of MTRP and FDD Reciprocity       InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2009509         Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo       (rev of R1-2009495, rev of R1-2007650)

R1-2007769         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2007830         CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD with partial reciprocity      CATT

R1-2008006         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2008154         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung

R1-2008223         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2008352         Considerations on CSI enhancements            Sony

R1-2008444         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2008579         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2008901         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2008909         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2008949         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2008960         CSI enhancement for NCJT             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2009452         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD reciprocity             Intel Corporation (rev of R1-2009416, rev of R1-2008983)

R1-2009100         CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2009147         Discussion on CSI enhancement for M-TRP transmission and FR1 FDD reciprocity               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2009180         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009224         On CSI enhancements in Rel-17 feMIMO    Ericsson

R1-2009256         CSI enhancements - MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[103-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity – Min (Huawei)

R1-2009529        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD            Moderator (Huawei)

 

Agreement

·        Port selection codebook enhancements utilizing DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay is supported in Rel-17.

Agreement

·        Rel-17 CSI measurement and reporting for DL multi-TRP and/or multi-panel transmission shall be enhanced to support and enable more dynamic channel/interference hypotheses for NCJT.

Agreement

·        Study following alternatives, and select one or a combination of multiple alternatives for Rel-17 in RAN1#104-e:

 

 

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT, [at least for multi-DCI based and single-DCI based schemes (scheme 1a)], NZP CSI-RS resources for channel measurement are associated to different TRPs/TCI states at resource level

·        CMRs corresponding to different TRPs respectively shall be configured within the same resource set (i.e. scheme 1-2) and have the same number of ports among CMRs.

·        At least ‘typeI-SinglePanel’ codebook is supported

o   FFS: Other codebook types

·        Note that RAN1 shall strive to finalize NCJT CSI enhancement with single reporting setting firstly.

·        The support of larger than 32 ports across two CMRs is optional for a UE supporting Rel. 17 mTRP CSI

 

Working Assumption

For CSI measurement for multi-DCI based NCJT, down select one of following two options:

·        Option 1 (Explicit): CMRs corresponding to different TRPs can be associated with different reporting settings respectively, with the same configurations between two settings except for PUCCH/PUSCH resources and CMR/IMR resources setting(s)

·        Option 2 (Implicit): a single CSI reporting setting associated with each TRP where a NZP CSI-RS is configured for interference measurement from another TRP

·        FFS: how interference from CMR in the linked reporting settings in option 1 or from the NZP CSI-RS configured as IMR in option 2 is considered in CQI calculation

Following restrictions apply to both options:

·        At least ‘typeI-SinglePanel’ codebook is supported

o   FFS: Other codebook types

·        Only ‘periodic’ and ‘semiPersistentOnPUCCH’ cases are supported;

·        The number of ports of two CMRs associated to two reporting settings for NCJT CSI measurement are the same;

·        The support of larger than 32 ports across two CMRs is optional for a UE supporting Rel. 17 mTRP CSI

 

R1-2009530        Summary of Further Email discussion for Rel-17 CSI enhancements               Moderator (Huawei)

 

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, the UE is expected to report

·        two RIs, two PMIs, two LIs and one CQI per codeword, for single-DCI based NCJT when the maximal transmission layers is less than or equal to 4

o   FFS: Maximal transmission layers larger than 4

o   FFS: Whether/how a subset of above reporting quantities are allowed to be configured to the UE

·        FFS: whether/how to support two RIs, two PMIs, two LIs and two CQIs, for multi-DCI based NCJT

·        FFS: whether/how to support CRI(s) to be reported in a CSI

·        FFS: restrictions among reported CSI quantities, e.g. among reported RIs and PMIs

·        FFS: whether/how to support non-PMI based port-selection

·        FFS: whether/how to support single value of reported LI

Note that other NCJT CSI measurement/reporting enhancement for other scenarios is not precluded, e.g. for HST-SFN

 

Agreement

For a CSI reporting setting, support one or more of the following UE reporting mechanism:

·        Alt 1: the UE can be expected to report one CSI associated with the best single-TRP measurement hypothesis and one CSI associated with the best NCJT measurement hypothesis, if configured 

o   FFS omission of CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis

·        Alt 2: the UE can be expected to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and/or single-TRP measurement hypotheses, if configured

o   FFS how to report recommended measurement hypothesis associated with that CSI report

·        Alt 3:  the UE can be expected to report two CSIs associated with the two best single-TRP measurement hypotheses associated with CMRs from two TRPs and one CSI associated with the best NCJT measurement hypothesis, if configured 

o   FFS omission of CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis

o   Whether/How to report a subset of the CSI report quantities

·        FFS: CSI reporting configuration details

Note supporting which one or more mechanisms is to be determined in RAN1#104-e

 

Agreement

For NCJT CSI measurement configured with single reporting setting, study following measurement resource configuration/association mechanism

·        Whether/how to support interference measurement based on NZP CSI-RS given by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference or based on CSI-IM given by csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference

·        Whether/how to interpret measurement based on CMRs associated with different TRPs/TCI states respectively for a NCJT measurement hypothesis

·        CMR/IMR resource configuration restrictions/associations, e.g. for reference resource/time domain behavior/frequency domain behavior  

·        Note that RAN1 shall strive for commonality of CSI measurement/reporting mechanisms for NCJT CSI measurement configured by single or two reporting settings

 

Final summary in:

R1-2009759        Summary of Phase 3 Email discussion for Rel-17 CSI enhancements               Moderator (Huawei)

8.1.55        Other

R1-2007547         Sounding enhancement for interference probing in TDD massive MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2007633         Updated Results on Multi-TRP MIMO Deployments with Multi-Panel UEs               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2007651         Discussion on higher layer aspects for multi-TRP enhancement              vivo

R1-2007770         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2007831         Evaluation of multi-TRP enhancement          CATT

R1-2009367         Simulation results for multi-beam enhancements        Samsung              (rev of R1-2008155)

R1-2008323         Discussion on field measurement and evaluation assumptions for FDD CSI enhancements in Rel-17    Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2008755         Analysis of Control Signaling for multi-beam operation           Dongguan OPPO Precision Elec.

R1-2008902         On FDD channel reciprocity in real-world scenarios  Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2008915         HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs               Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2009010         Evaluation of multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception          ETRI

R1-2009132         Other enhancements for beam management. Sharp

R1-2009181         Discussion on UL dense deployment             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2009290         Additional simulation results on multi-beam operation              Ericsson


 RAN1#104-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI

 

R1-2102250        Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR)       Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1

 

R1-2100044         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2100063         Discussions on Rel-17 Beam Management   InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100118         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2100208         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2100273         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2100285         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2100343         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CATT

R1-2100421         Further discussion on multi beam enhancement          vivo

R1-2100534         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2100588         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2100618         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2100636         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2100737         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Fujitsu

R1-2100779         Enhancements on multi-beam operations      AT&T

R1-2100783         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100844         Further enhancement on multi-beam operation            Sony

R1-2100949         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2100964         Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation           Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2101005         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101023         Discussion on multi-beam operation              ASUSTeK

R1-2101032         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2101092         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2101186         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2101313         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Ericsson

R1-2101350         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2101414         Multi-beam Enhancements              Convida Wireless

R1-2101446         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101597         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2101644         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation      TCL Communication Ltd

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101185        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

 

Conclusion

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, based on the agreements in RAN1#102-e and 103-e, the following terms are defined as follows (at least for the purpose of discussion and reaching agreements).

For M=1:

·        DL TCI: The source reference signal(s) (analogous to Rel.15, two, if qcl_Type2 is configured in addition to qcl_Type1) in the DL TCI provides QCL information at least for UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all of CORESETs in a CC

For N=1:

·        UL TCI: The source reference signal in the UL TCI provides a reference for determining UL TX spatial filter at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH and all of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC

For M=N=1:

·        Joint DL/UL TCI:  A TCI refers to at least a common source reference RS used for determining both the DL QCL information and the UL TX spatial filter

·        Separate DL/UL TCI: The DL TCI and UL TCI are distinct (therefore, separate).

For M>1:

·        DL TCI: Each of the M source reference signals (or 2M, if qcl_Type2 is configured in addition to qcl_Type1) in the M DL TCIs provides QCL information at least for one of the M beam pair links for UE-dedicated receptions on PDSCH and/or subset of CORESETs in a CC

For N>1:

·        UL TCI: Each of the N source reference signals in the N UL TCIs provide a reference for determining UL TX spatial filter at least for one of the N beam pair links associated with dynamic-grant(s)/configured-grant(s) based PUSCH, and/or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC

For M>1 and/or N>1:

·        Joint DL/UL TCI:  A TCI refers to at least a common source reference RS used for determining both the DL QCL information and the UL TX spatial filter. In this case, M=N. 

·        Separate DL/UL TCI: The M DL TCIs and N UL TCIs are distinct (therefore, separate).

Note: Other TCI types/terms such as “common TCI” are not used.

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the supported source/target QCL relations in the current TS38.214 V16.4.0 is supported for QCL Type D.  

·        Note: This implies that the following source RS types for DL QCL (Type D, for DL RX spatial filter reference) information for DL UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all/subset of CORESETs are supported:

o   CSI-RS for beam management

o   CSI-RS for tracking

·        FFS (to be decided by RAN1#104bis-e): If SSB, CSI-RS for CSI, and/or SRS for BM are also supported as source RS types

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the following source RS types for UL TX spatial filter are supported:

·        CSI-RS for tracking

·        Note: SRS for BM, SSB, and CSI-RS for BM have been agreed in RAN1#102-e

·        FFS (to be decided by RAN1#104bis-e): non-BM CSI-RS other than for tracking, non-BM SRS

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework:

·        For joint and separate DL/UL TCI, DL large scale QCL properties are inferred from one (qcl-Type1) or two RSs (qcl-Type1 and qcl-Type2) analogous to Rel.15/16

·        For joint DL/UL TCI, UL spatial filter is derived from the RS of DL QCL Type D

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, by RAN1#104bis-e, down select or modify at least one from the following alternatives:

·        Alt1. A UE can be dynamically indicated with either joint DL/UL TCI or separate DL/UL TCI

o   Details on dynamic indication are FFS

o   FFS: UE capability for the support of joint DL/UL TCI and/or separate DL/UL TCI

·        Alt2A. A UE can be configured with either joint DL/UL TCI or separate DL/UL TCI via RRC signaling

·        Alt2B. A UE can be configured with either joint DL/UL TCI, separate DL/UL TCI, or both via RRC signaling

·        Alt3. A UE can be configured with either joint DL/UL TCI or separate DL/UL TCI via MAC CE signaling

o   Details on how this is signaled in relation to TCI activation are FFS

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, decide by RAN1#104bis-e:

·        Whether DL or, if applicable, joint TCI also applies to the following signals. If not, FFS any other enhancement over Rel.15/16:

o   CSI-RS resources for CSI

o   Some CSI-RS resources for BM, if so, which ones (e.g. aperiodic, repetition ‘ON’)

o   CSI-RS for tracking

·        Whether UL or, if applicable, joint TCI also applies to the following signals

o   Some SRS resources or resource sets for BM

 

Agreement

On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework:

·        The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is at least associated with UL channel or UL RS

·         Select or modify from one of the following alternatives by RAN1#104bis-e for PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS separately:

o   Alt1. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is also associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

o   Alt2. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is included with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

o   Alt3. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is neither associated with nor included in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

o   Alt4. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is determined as in Rel-16 without enhancement

 

Agreement

On the beam application time for Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication, the beam application time can be configured by the gNB based on UE capability

 

Conclusion

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UL beam selection for MP-UE, the following terms are used at least for the purpose of discussion:

·        ‘Panel activation’ (at least for DL/UL measurement): activating L out of P available UE panel(s) at least for the purpose of DL and UL beam measurements (e.g. reception of DL measurement RS, transmission of SRS)

·        ‘Panel selection’ (for UL transmission): selecting 1 out of L activated UE panel(s) for the purpose of UL transmission

·        Note: UE-initiated panel activation and selection have been agreed in RAN1#103-e

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation,

·        On further enhancing the P-MPR report in Rel.16 (already agreed RAN4 framework, including triggering), down select between beam-level and panel-select reporting

·        On SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or indication of panel selection, focus study on the following:

o   Reporting of at least SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) to indicate gNB beam(s) that is feasible for UL transmission: additional reporting quantities are FFS

o   Reporting of at least an indicator associated with a UE ‘panel’ that is feasible for UL transmission: additional reporting quantities are FFS

·        Note: Just as agreed in RAN1#103-e, the purpose is to assess whether specification is needed or not

 

R1-2101913        Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 2        Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements based on the unified TCI framework, perform study and, if needed, specify the following:

·        Group1: Beam management with reduced DL signaling to reduce latency

·        Group2: Reducing activation delay of TCI states and PL-RSs (including other WGs, e.g. RAN4)

o   On RAN4-related matters, assessment/study phase can be done in RAN1. If RAN4-based enhancements are found necessary, a LS to RAN4 will be sent (to prepare RAN4 work)

Note: Given its dependence on the maturity compared to other issues (1 to 5), when to start the work and how much work is done on issue 6 should depend on the progress on the other issues.

Note: Aim for at most one solution for each of the group in Rel-17 to address issue 6

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Jan 30th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 multi beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP:

·        A quality of up to K beams associated at least with non-serving cell(s) can be reported in a single CSI reporting instance

o   For each beam, the UE can report at least: (1) a Measured RS Indicator, and (2) a Beam Metric associated with the Measured RS Indicator

o   FFS: Maximum value of K

o   FFS: If K is fixed, configured, reported by UE capability, or dynamically selected 

o   FFS: The type of beam metric (e.g. L1-RSRP, L3-RSRP, or hybrid L1/L3-RSRP) and related measurement behavior

o   FFS: Whether or not beam reporting associated with non-serving cell(s) can be mixed with that with serving-cell in one reporting instance

At the end of RAN1#104-e, send an LS to RAN2 with all the RAN1-related inter-cell mobility agreements done so far during Rel-17.

 

R1-2101969         Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement (round 2B)            Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 2nd,

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework:

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 multi beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP:

·        Rel.15 L1-RSRP is used as reporting quantity for measurement and reporting of non-serving-cell(s)

o   Support SSB as a measurement RS for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, and Rel.15 SS-RSRP calculated from SSB of non-serving cell(s)

§  FFS: Whether the measurement for SS-RSRP is limited within SMTC

§  FFS: Detailed reporting method, e.g. via including existing L1-RSRP report, UE-initiated report etc.

o   FFS: Whether or not to support CSI-RS (for e.g. mobility and/or tracking) of non-serving cell(s) as a measurement RS for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP. If the support of CSI-RS (for e.g. mobility and/or tracking) of non-serving cell(s) as a measurement RS for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP is confirmed, Rel.15 CSI-RSRP is also supported 

§  Whether the support applies to CSI-RS with or without QCL source, or both

o   FFS: The number of non-serving cell(s) for measurement/reporting

o   FFS: time behavior of the reporting, i.e. periodic, semi-persistent, aperiodic, or UE-initiated

·        FFS: If other reporting quantities are supported, e.g. L3-RSRP, hybrid L1/L3-RSRP

·        FFS: Dynamic activation/deactivation/selection of the beam measurement on the RS(s) associated with non-serving cell(s) via MAC CE

·        FFS: Timing assumption (e.g. time of arrival and time of the measurement) for measurement of non-serving cell RS measurement

 

Agreement

On the Rel.17 DCI -based beam indication, in RAN1#104bis-e, down-select at least one of the following alternatives regarding the support of DCI format(s) for beam indication in addition to the agreed DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment (in RAN1#103-e):

o   Support DCI acknowledgment mechanism, e.g. based on SPS PDSCH release, based on triggered SRS , based on DCI indicating SCell dormancy

o   FFS : How to identify DCI formats 1_1/1_2 used for beam indication only (not for scheduling a PDSCH reception, not indicating a SPS PDSCH release, or not indicating SCell dormancy), considering impacts on PDCCH coverage and scheduling mechanism

o   FFS : Whether the UE can/shall assume the gNB configured application time is after ACK transmission

o   Support DCI acknowledgment mechanism, e.g. based on SPS PDSCH release, based on triggered SRS , based on DCI indicating SCell dormancy

o   FFS : If the format is based on an existing DCI format, how to identify the DCI format used for beam indication only

o   FFS : Whether the UE can/shall assume the gNB configured application time is after ACK transmission

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection,

o   Additional spec support in TCI state definition to accommodate UL panel

o   UE reporting to facilitate UL panel selection

o   UE reporting, e.g. panel-specific report, including UE -panel state, e.g. inactive, active for DL /UL measurement, active for DL reception only, active for UL transmission, or other combination(s) of UE -panel states

o   Support for linking or association of UE panels with CSI-RS/SSB resources or resource sets, SRS resource sets, and/or PUCCH resource groups, etc.

 

R1-2102054         Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement (round 3) Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 4th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, decide in RAN1#104bis-e whether to support at least one the following (not necessarily, but can be, in one reporting instance):

o   Option 1A: Virtual PHR or a modified version associated with each activated UL TCI or, if applicable, joint TCI

o   Option 1B: {SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication}

o   Option 1C: {SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication} + virtual PHR or a modified version associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)

o   Option 1D: No additional reporting quantity

o   Option 2A: L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] or a modified version that accounts for MPE effect associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)

§  FFS: How panel-level L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is reported if L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is associated with panel

§  FFS: Whether/how to account for MPE effect in L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] report, e.g. by using scaled L1-RSRP [L1-SINR]

§  FFS: Whether/how to enhance existing beam reporting format to support Option 2A

o   Option 2B: Virtual PHR or a modified version associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)

o   Option 2C: No additional reporting quantity

 

R1-2102112        Moderator summary#6 for multi-beam enhancement (round 3B)     Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 5th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication: if beam indication is successfully received and the newly indicated beam in the beam indication is different from the previously indicated beam, down-select (no later than RAN1#105-e) one from the following. No other alternatives will be considered:

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection, for discussion purpose, a panel entity corresponds to one or more RS resources:

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility,

 

R1-2102008        DRAFT LS on Agreements Pertaining to L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility               Samsung

Decision: The draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2102209.

 

Email discussion for LS to RAN2 on TCI state update (beam indication) using non-serving source RS configured for non-serving cell(s) for DL reception and UL transmission – Eko (Samsung), Feb 22 ~ Feb 26.

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2100038         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2100064         Discussion on M-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100119         Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               OPPO

R1-2100209         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2100274         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2100286         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2100344         Enhancements on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH   CATT

R1-2100422         Further discussion on enhancement of MTRP operation            vivo

R1-2100535         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2100582         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2100619         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2100637         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2100738         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2100784         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100845         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2100950         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2100965         Discussion on Enhancements on Multi-TRP for Uplink Channels           Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2101006         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101033         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2101093         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Xiaomi

R1-2101187         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2101351         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2101415         Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH   Convida Wireless

R1-2101447         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101537         Enhancements on Multi-TRP PUSCH            Sharp

R1-2101598         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2101653         Discussion on enhancement on Multi-TRP PDCCH    ASUSTeK

R1-2101654         On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements       Ericsson

R1-2101662         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             TCL Communication Ltd.

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101838        Discussion Summary for mTRP PDCCH Reliability Enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

Confirm the working assumption:

For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes and Option 2 + Case 1, support Alt3 (two SS sets associated with corresponding CORESETs).

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Jan 28th,

Agreement

When DL DCI is transmitted via PDCCH repetition, for PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-Ack when the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight, starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of one of the linked PDCCH candidates is applied. Down-select one of the following options in RAN1 #104-bis-e

 

Agreement

For Option 2, at least for the following purposes, a reference PDCCH candidate is defined as the candidate that ends later in time among the two linked PDCCH candidates in the time domain:

 

Agreement

If two PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition do not belong to the same PDCCH monitoring occasion, the earlier PDCCH monitoring occasion is used as the reference for the following:

 

Agreement

Study whether / how to resolve the following potential issues in the case of PDCCH repetition:

 

R1-2101839        Summary #2 of email discussions [104-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition, support linking two SS sets by RRC configuration:

 

Agreement

For number of BDs corresponding to two PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition, down-select one of the following options in RAN1 #104-bis-e

Note: Specification should not be designed in such a way that the UE is required to disclose it receiver implementation

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 1st,

Agreement

At least for FR1, if a PDSCH is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, and the resources in the CORESET(s) containing the PDCCH candidates overlap with the resources of the PDSCH, the PDSCH is rate matched around the union of two PDCCH candidates and the corresponding DMRS.

 

R1-2101954        Summary #3 of email discussions [104-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

When two SS sets are linked for PDCCH repetition, they do not contain individual PDCCH candidates.

·        Note 1: For configuration of individual PDCCH candidates, a different SS set can be configured by network.

·        Note 2: When one of the linked PDCCH candidates uses the same set of CCEs as an individual PDCCH candidate, and they both are associated with the same DCI size, scrambling, and CORESET, Rel. 15 rule is followed wrt not counting an additional BD.

 

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition, two PDCCH candidates in two SS sets are linked based on

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 3rd,

Conclusion.

The agreed PDCCH repetition framework (Option 2 + Case 1 + Alt3) supports both TDM and FDM multiplexing schemes. 

 

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101784        Summary of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH  Moderator (Nokia)

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type B, support the following RV mapping,

·        DCI indicates the first RV for the first PUSCH actual repetition, and the RV pattern (0 2 3 1) is applied separately to PUSCH actual repetitions of different TRPs with a possibility of configuring RV offset for the starting RV for the first actual repetition towards second TRP (The same method as PDSCH scheme 4).

 

Agreement

Support CG PUSCH transmission towards M-TRPs using a single CG configuration.

·        Use same beam mapping principals as dynamic grant PUSCH repetition scheme.

·        FFS: Required changes on CG parameters (ConfiguredGrantConfig)

·        The feature is UE optional

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Jan 28th,

Agreement

For M-TRP PUCCH scheme 1,

·        Support PUCCH formats 0 and 2 (in addition to agreed PUCCH formats 1,3,4)

 

Agreement

For M-TRP PUCCH scheme 1,

·        For PUCCH formats 1/3/4, values for the total number of repetitions at least contain values 2, 4, and 8. 

o   FFS: maximum repetition number can be extended to 16.

·        For PUCCH formats 0/2, the total number of repetitions at least contain 2. 

o   FFS: other values.

·        RRC configured number of slots (repetitions) are applied across both TRPs (e.g if the number of repetitions given by nrofSlots in PUCCH-config is 8, per TRP limit is 4).

 

Agreement

To support per TRP power control for multi-TRP PUCCH schemes in FR1,

·        Two sets of power control parameters are used, and each set has a dedicated value of p0, pathloss RS ID and a closed-loop index.

·        FFS: details on how a PUCCH resource can be linked to one or both of the two sets of power control parameters.

·        FFS: whether PUCCH resource group can be linked to power control parameter sets.

 

Agreement

For single-DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, up to two power control parameter sets (using SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl) can be applied when SRS resources from two SRS resource sets indicated in DCI format 0_1/0_2.

·        FFS1: Details on linking SRI fields to two power control parameters,

o   Alt. 1: Add second sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList, and select two SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl from two sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList

o   Alt. 2: Add SRS resource set ID in SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl, and select SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl from sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList considering the SRS resource set ID

o   Alt. 3: Let RAN2 handle this

o   Alt.4: Add second sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id/sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId/sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex in SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl.

·        FFS2: Enhancements on open-loop power control parameter set indication

·        FFS3: Consideration on srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates

·        FFS4: Impact of multi-TRP PUSCH repetition on PHR reporting

·        FFS5: Enhancement on power control parameters per TRP when SRI(s) indication of two SRS resource sets is absent.

 

R1-2101900        Summary #2 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH            Moderator (Nokia)

 

Working Assumption

For PUCCH reliability enhancement, support multi-TRP intra-slot repetition (Scheme 3) for all PUCCH formats.

·        The same PUCCH resource carrying UCI is repeated for X = 2 [consecutive] sub-slots within a slot.

·        Refer the design details related to sub-slot configurations (e.g. other values of X) to Rel-17 eIIoT

Note1: The decision of supporting scheme 3 is only applicable for multi-TRP operation.

 

Conclusion

For Multi-TRP PUCCH Scheme 1/3 at least containing HARQ ACK, supporting dynamic switching between multi-TRP PUCCH scheme and single-TRP PUCCH transmission is not restricted, and can be done by associating,

·        a PUCCH resource activated with one or two spatial-relation-info and PRI bit-field indicating a PUCCH resource,

·        or a PUCCH resource with one or two power control parameter sets and PRI bit-field indicating a PUCCH resource

FFS: Support of dynamic switching for Scheme 2 (if the schemes supported)

 

R1-2102060        Summary #3 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH            Moderator (Nokia)

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, in codebook based PUSCH,

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 3rd,

Agreement

Further study following alternatives to support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUCCH , select  from the below options during the RAN1 #104-e-bis meeting.

 

Working assumption

For beam mapping /power control parameter set mapping for PUCCH repetitions,

 

Agreement

Further study following alternatives to support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUSCH , select from the below options during the RAN1 #104-e-bis meeting.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 4th,

Conclusion

Strive to reuse the specification support for dynamic indication of number of repetitions introduced in the Rel-17 coverage enhancement work item for multi-TRP operation. Decide whether further enhancements for multi-TRP operation are necessary in RAN1#106bis. No further discussion on this topic until RAN1#106bis under agenda item 8.1.

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH Type B repetition schemes,

 

Agreement

For s-DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, if the DCI schedules A-CSI, support multiplexing A-CSI on the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam and the X-th PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam.

 

Agreement

Further study following aspects related to beam mapping and default behaviors for multi-TRP PUCCH/PUSCH schemes, 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 5th,

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, in codebook based PUSCH,

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, in non-codebook based PUSCH,

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2100039         Clarification on network synchronization for inter-cell multi-TRP operation               FUTUREWEI, InterDigital

R1-2100065         Synchronization Analysis for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation and RRC Configurations               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100120         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2100210         Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operations in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2100275         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2100287         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2100345         Inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel       CATT

R1-2100423         Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation        vivo

R1-2100620         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2100638         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2100785         Discussion on enhancement multi-TRP inter-cell operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100846         Considerations on inter-cell operation           Sony

R1-2100966         Discussion of enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2101007         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101034         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2101094         Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations       Xiaomi

R1-2101144         Enhancement on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation         Ericsson

R1-2101188         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2101352         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2101448         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101599         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101829        Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

Agreement

Non-serving cell information at least includes non-serving cell PCI to support inter-cell multi-DCI multi-TRP operation

·        FFS: Whether the indication of PCI is implicit or explicit

 

Conclusion

Reuse Rel-15/16 QCL rule between the source and target RS/channel for non-serving cell RS/channel.

 

R1-2101934        Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

Agreement

At least following non-serving cell SSB information are needed in inter-cell MTRP operation

·        SSB time domain position

·        SSB transmission periodicity

·        SSB transmission power

FFS: Other non-serving cell information

FFS: Whether indication of these information is implicit or explicit

 

R1-2102084        Feature lead summary#3 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

Decision: As per email posted on Feb 3rd,

Conclusion

The UE may assume received DL transmission from multiple TRP within a CP in FR1 and FR2.

·        Note: This does not imply that RAN1 intends to ask RAN4 to tighten network synchronization requirements.

Decision: As per email posted on Feb 5th,

Agreement

Agree on scheme1

·        Scheme1: PDSCH/PDCCH from non-serving cell (PCI) associated with TCI state and/or QCL-info is rate matched around non-serving cell SSB with the same PCI

·        FFS: whether PDSCH /PDCCH from serving cell (PCI) is rate matched around non-serving cell SSB

·        FFS: whether PDSCH/PDCCH from non-serving cell (PCI) associated with TCI state and/or QCL-info is rate matched around serving cell SSB

Decision: As per email posted on Feb 6th,

Agreement

For inter-cell MTRP operation, further discuss following options and down select in RAN1#104bis-e

·        Option1: Indicate/associate non-serving cell PCI in the TCI state

o   FFS other non-serving cell information

·        Option2: Introduce a flag to indicate whether a TCI state/QCL information is associated with non-serving cell information or serving cell

o   FFS: how the flag is linked to non-serving cell

·        Option3: Explicit or implicit grouping of TCI states associated with non-serving cell information corresponding to the serving cell and the non-serving cell respectively.

o   FFS: Each group is associated with a CORESETPoolIndex value.

o   FFS: how to link the group of TCI states to non-serving cell.

·        Option4: Re-index the non-serving cell RS, e.g., in the TCI state/QCL-Info, so that the UE can differentiate between a serving cell RS and a non-serving cell RS

o   Example: serving cell RSs are indexed from #0, #1, …, #N-1, while non-serving cell RSs are re-indexed from #N, #N+1, …

o   FFS: detailed re-indexing rule(s) of non-serving cell RSs

·        Option5: Introduce a new indicator (e.g., re-index the non-serving cell) to indicate the non-serving cell information that a TCI state/QCL information is associated with

o   FFS: how the indicator is linked to non-serving cell

o   Note: when there is only one non-serving cell, it means the same as Option2.

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2100040         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2100066         Discussion on M-TRP Beam Management Enhancements        InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100121         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2100211         Multi-panel reception for multi-TRP in Rel-17            Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2100276         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2100288         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2100346         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CATT

R1-2100424         Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement              vivo

R1-2100589         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   MediaTek Inc.

R1-2100621         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2101775         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation (rev of R1-2100639)

R1-2100739         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2100780         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   AT&T

R1-2100786         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100847         Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP  Sony

R1-2100951         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2100967         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP         Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2101008         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101026         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ASUSTeK

R1-2101035         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2101074         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   ETRI

R1-2101095         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Xiaomi

R1-2101189         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2101353         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2101416         On Per-TRP Beam Failure Recovery             Convida Wireless

R1-2101449         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101568         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2101600         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2101686         On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception         Ericsson

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)

Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101862        Moderator summary on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels (round 0) Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email posted on Jan 30th,

Agreement

For M-TRP BFR

·        Support 2 BFD-RS sets per BWP, and up to N resources per BFD-RS set

o   FFS: value of N (e.g. fixed in specification, or UE capability)

·        FFS: number of BFD RSs across all BFD-RS sets per DL BWP (e.g. fixed maximum value or UE capability)

 

R1-2101973        Moderator summary on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels (round 1) Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

For M-TRP BFR

Support 1-to-1 association between each BFD-RS set and an NBI-RS set

·        FFS: Association details

 

Agreement

BFRQ response

·        Support at least the same gNB response as in Rel.16 SCell BFR (i.e. DCI with toggled NDI scheduling a same HARQ process ID as the PUSCH carrying BFRQ MAC-CE)

 

Agreement

For BFRQ of M-TRP BFR

·        Option 3: Up to two dedicated PUCCH-SR resources in a cell group

·        FFS: Whether PUCCH-SR for SCell can be reused for M-TRP

·        Support BFRQ MAC-CE that can convey information of failed CC indices, one new candidate beam for the failed TRP/CC (if found), and whether new candidate beam is found

o   Support at least indication of a single TRP failure

§  FFS: whether/what information of failed TRP(s) is conveyed in the MAC-CE

§  FFS: whether/how to support  indication of more than one TRP failure, corresponding BFR procedure, and applicable cell type (SCell vs. SpCell)

·        FFS: UE behavior when TRP failure status is different across cells

·        FFS: Whether PUCCH SR resource can be configured with 2 spatial relations

 

R1-2102153        Moderator summary on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels (round 2) Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

For beam measurement in support of M-TRP simultaneous transmission

o   Support M = 2

o   Support extending the maximum value of N > 1, exact value FFS

o   N=1 and N=2

§  FFS: Other values larger than 2

§  FFS: Whether the UE could report beams are received with different RX beams

·        Further study the support of option 1 and option 3

·        The above applies at least for L1-RSRP

o   FFS: L1-SINR

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2100041         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2100067         Enhancements for M-TRP Transmission to Support HST-SFN in Rel-17               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100122         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2100212         Enhancements for high speed train for multi-TRP in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2100289         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2100347         Discussion on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment            CATT

R1-2100425         Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes          vivo

R1-2100622         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2100640         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2100787         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100848         Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony

R1-2100952         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2100988         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2101009         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101036         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2101143         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Ericsson

R1-2101190         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2101354         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2101450         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101601         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

 

R1-2101865        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

Decision: As per email posted on Jan 27th,

Agreement

Scheme 1 is supported in Rel-17

·        TRS is transmitted in TRP-specific / non-SFN manner

·        DM-RS and PDCCH/PDSCH from TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner

·        FFS other details

Agreement

For scheme 1 and SFN transmission of PDCCH support Variant E for QCL assumption in TCI state when TRS is used as source RS

 

Agreement

Two TCI states are supported for scheme 1 in FR2

 

Agreement

·        Support MAC CE activation of two TCI states for PDCCH

·        FFS other details

 

R1-2102056        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

R1-2102139        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

 

Conclusion

The decision on support of specification based TRP pre-compensation scheme for HST-SFN scenario to be made in RAN1#104-e-bis meeting. To facilitate RAN1 decision, companies are encouraged to provide evaluation results according to the agreed evaluation assumptions. The evaluations not compliant with agreed assumptions will not be considered by RAN1 in the decision process.

 

Agreement

For HST-SFN scenario:

 

Final summary in R1-2102214.

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2100042         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2100068         Flexible SRS Transmission and Antenna Switching    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100123         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2100213         Enhancements on SRS for Rel-17   Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2100277         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2100290         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          ZTE

R1-2100348         Discussion on SRS enhancement for Rel-17 CATT

R1-2100426         Further discussion on SRS enhancement       vivo

R1-2100590         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          MediaTek Inc.

R1-2100623         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2100641         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2100788         Considerations on SRS enhancement             Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100849         Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity         Sony

R1-2100953         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2101010         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101037         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2101096         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2101191         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2101355         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2101451         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101519         SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements           Ericsson

R1-2101538         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Sharp

R1-2101602         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2101684         Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101783        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email posted on Jan 28th,

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption with modifications

An “available slot” is a slot satisfying there are UL or flexible symbol(s) for the time-domain location(s) for all the SRS resources in the resource set and it satisfies UE capability on the minimum timing requirement between triggering PDCCH and all the SRS resources in the resource set.

·        From the first symbol carrying the SRS request DCI and the last symbol of the triggered SRS resource set, UE does not expect to receive SFI indication, UL cancellation indication or dynamic scheduling of DL channel/signal(s) on flexible symbol(s) that may change the determination of “available slot”.

·        Note: Collision handling between the triggered SRS and any other UL channel/signal is performed after the determination of available slot.

·        FFS: Rules to handle the case of multiple SRS resource sets with overlapping symbols and/or triggered by a same DCI

 

Decision: As per email posted on Jan 30th,

Agreement

·        For aperiodic antenna switching SRS, support to configure N <=N_max resource sets, where totally K resources are distributed in the N resource sets flexibly based on RRC configuration.

o   For 1T6R, K=6, N_max = [4], and each resource has 1 port.

o   For 1T8R, K=8, N_max = [4], and each resource has 1 port.

o   For 2T6R, K=3, N_max = [3], and each resource has 2 ports.

o   For 2T8R, K=4, N_max = [4], and each resource has 2 ports.

o   (Working Assumption) For 4T8R, K=2, N_max = [2], and each resource has 4 ports.

o   FFS the number of supported candidate values of N for each xTyR.

·        FFS extension to increase N_max for 1T4R, 2T4R, T=R and 1T2R cases for aperiodic, periodic and semi-persistent SRS resources

·        FFS the number of resources and resource sets for semi-persistent and periodic antenna switching SRS

·        Note: SRS could be transmitted over the last 6 OFDM symbols, or over any OFDM symbols within the slot subject to UE capability.

 

Decision: As per email posted on Feb 1st,

Agreement

For Rel-17 SRS capacity and coverage enhancement, support the following

·        Increase the maximum number of repetition symbols in one slot and one SRS resource to S

o   Support at least one S value from {8, 10, 12, 14}

§  FFS other candidate values

·        Support to transmit SRS only in  contiguous RBs in one OFDM symbol, where  indicates the number of RBs configured by BSRS and CSRS

o   Support at least one PF value from {2, [3], 4, 8}

§  FFS other candidate values, e.g., non-integer values for PF

o   Note: SRS sequence shorter than the minimum length supported in the current specification is not pursued.

o   No new sequence including length is introduced

o   FFS it is applicable to frequency hopping and non-frequency hopping

o   FFS detailed signaling mechanism to determine PF and the location of the  RBs

·        Support Comb 8

o   Note: SRS sequence shorter than the minimum length supported in the current specification is not pursued.

·        FFS whether and if needed, how to use harmonized approach to define the three supported schemes

·        Note: other schemes for SRS capacity and coverage enhancements are not supported in Rel-17.

 

R1-2101917        FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

Further study whether and if needed, how to achieve further enhancements on aperiodic SRS triggering and resource management based on repurposing unused fields in DCI format 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI. Consider the following examples

·        CAT A: Time-domain parameters

o   A-1: Indication of available slot position, i.e., the t values

o   A-2: Indication of slot offset

o   A-3: Indication of SRS symbol-level offset

o   A-4: Indication of time-domain behavior for SRS transmission over multiple OFDM symbols, e.g., repetition, hopping, and/or splitting

·        CAT B: Frequency-domain parameters

o   B-1: Indication of a group of CCs for SRS transmission

o   B-2: Indication of frequency domain resource in a BWP for SRS transmission

o   B-3: Indication of whether DL/UL BWP is applied for SRS transmission

·        CAT C: Power control parameters

o   C-1: Re-purpose ‘TPC command for PUSCH’ as ‘TPC command for SRS’

§  FFS impact on power control, impact from triggering a group of CCs for SRS

o   C-2: Indication of open loop power control parameter e.g., p0.

·        CAT D: Spatial-domain parameters, i.e., indication of SRS port and beamforming

·        CAT E: Extend the number of DCI codepoints for aperiodic SRS trigger states

·        Other examples are not precluded

 

Agreement

A list of t values is configured in RRC for each SRS resource set. Adopt at least one of the following for DCI indication of t.

·        In DCI format 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI request,

o   Alt 1-1: Reuse the same scheme used for DCI format 0_1/0_2/1-1/1-2 that schedules a PDSCH or PUSCH

o   Alt 1-2: Re-purpose unused DCI field to indicate t

o   Alt 1-3: t is indicated by a configurable DCI field, where the DCI field may contain bits from unused fields and additional bits configured by gNB

§  FFS design details with other potential field(s)

o   FFS: whether t can be slot offset

·        In DCI format 0_1/0_2/1-1/1-2 that schedules a PDSCH or PUSCH

o   Alt 2-1: t is indicated by adding a new configurable DCI field

o   Alt 2-2: t is indicated without adding DCI payload

·        Note: The size of DCI payload does not change dynamically

·        Note: RAN1 should strive for unified solution for different DCI formats.

·        FFS: The number of RRC configured t values per SRS resource set and DCI bit field size.

 

Final summary in R1-2102079.

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2100043         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2100069         CSI Enhancements for the Support of NCJT MTRP    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100124         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2100214         CSI Enhancements for Rel-17         Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom

R1-2100291         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2100349         Further discussion on CSI enhancements for Rel-17   CATT

R1-2100427         Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo

R1-2100536         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2100583         CSI enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2100624         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2100642         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD   Intel Corporation

R1-2100789         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2100850         Further considerations on CSI enhancements Sony

R1-2100954         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2100989         CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2101011         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2101038         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2101857         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung              (rev of R1-2101192)

R1-2101356         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2101452         CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2101603         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2101687         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    Ericsson

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

-        1st check point: Jan 27

-        2nd check point: Feb 1

-        3rd check point: Feb 5

R1-2101884         Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)              Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

R1-2101885        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

Decision: As per email posted on Feb 1st,

Agreement

For PS codebook enhancements utilization DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, support codebook structure W=W1W2 WfH where

·        W1 is a free selection matrix, with identity matrix as special configuration

o   FFS polarization-common/specific selection

·        Wf is a DFT based compression matrix in which N3 = NCQISubband*R and Mv>=1

o   At least one value of Mv>1 is supported

§  Decide on the value(s) of Mv, e.g. Mv=2,  in RAN1# 104bis-e

o   Working assumption:  Support of Mv>1 is a UE optional feature if the UE supports Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement, taking into account UE complexity related to codebook parameters

o   FFS candidate value(s)  of R, mechanism for configuring/indicating to the UE and/or mechanism for selecting/reporting by UE for Wf

·        Wf can be turned off by gNB. When turned off, Wf  is an all-one vector (FFS; the length of all-one vector)

·        FFS other signaling/CSI reporting mechanism for trade-off among signaling overhead, UE complexity and UPT gain

 

R1-2101886         Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2)              Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

R1-2102061        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

 

Agreement

For PS codebook enhancements utilization DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay,

·        W1 N^{P×K1} (K1≤P) is a port selection matrix in order to freely select K1 ports out of P CSI-RS ports or K1/2 ports out of P /2 CSI-RS ports

·        Note that P is the number of CSI-RS ports for port selection (whose value depends on the outcome of the CSI-RS related study).  

 

Agreement

For PS codebook enhancements utilization DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, study following options (or combinations) for CSI-RS configurations associated with Rel-17 PS codebook for supporting low CSI-RS overhead and/or CSI-RS processing complexity considering the impact on UPT performance under realistic CSI-RS measurement: 

·        Option 0: No further CSI-RS enhancement as the baseline

·        Option 1: Support configuring a lower CSI-RS density per CSI-RS resource, e.g. 0.25

·        Option 2: Support configuring one or multiple CSI-RS patterns per CSI-RS resource associated with Rel-17 PS codebook

·        Option 3: Support configuring multiple CSI-RS resources per CSI reporting configuration associated with Rel-17 PS codebook

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT, the UE can be configured with Ks ≥ 2 NZP CSI-RS resources in a CSI-RS resource set for CMR and N ≥ 1 NZP CSI-RS resource pairs whereas each pair is used for a NCJT measurement hypothesis

·        Configure UE with two CMR groups with Ks=K1+K2 CMRs. CMR pairs are determined from two CMR groups by following method(s).

§  signalling mechanism can be discussed further, e.g. using a bitmap

§  FFS: Whether MAC-CE or RRC+MAC CE indication is needed

§  FFS: how to support NCJT measurement hypotheses in FR2

·        Support N=1 and Ks =2, FFS other maximal values of N>1 and Ks>2 

·        Note: for CPU/resource/port occupation, NCJT hypothesis is considered separately from single TRP hypothesis

 

Agreement

·        Strive to agree at most one of the following options, if needed

o   Option 1: Confirm the Working Assumption from RAN1 103e.

o   Option 2: The UE can be expected to report one RI, one PMI, one LI and one CQI per TRP, up to 2 TRPs, for Multi-DCI based NCJT

·        The time of decision is RAN1#105e (May 2021)

 

R1-2102062        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 4)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

Decision: As per email posted on Feb 5th,

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, support following two options:

·        Option 1: the UE can be configured to report X CSIs associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis

o   X = 0, 1, 2

§  If X=2, two CSIs are associated with two different single-TRP measurement hypotheses with CMRs from different CMR groups

§  Support of X=1,2 is UE optional for the UE supporting option 1

o   FFS omission of CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis

·        Option 2: the UE can be configured to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and single-TRP measurement hypotheses

o   FFS how to report recommended measurement hypothesis associated with that CSI report

8.1.55        Other

R1-2100070         Further Results on Multi-Panel UE Performance in a Multi-TRP Deployment               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2100278         HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs               Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2100292         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2100350         Evaluation of enhancements for multi-TRP  CATT

R1-2100428         Discussion on IRC receiver performance      vivo

R1-2101761         On FDD channel reciprocity in real-world scenarios  Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI        (rev of R1-2100537)

R1-2101193         Additional enhancements for multi-beam      Samsung

R1-2101274         Further details on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17         Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom

R1-2101318         Additional simulation results on multi-beam operation              Ericsson

R1-2101604         Discussion on UL dense deployment             NTT DOCOMO, INC.


 RAN1#104-bis-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI

 

R1-2104138        Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR)       Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1

 

R1-2103220        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2103830         Moderator summary for offline discussion on multi-beam enhancement: SSB and SRS as QCL Type-D source RS      Moderator (Samsung)

 

R1-2102333         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2102378         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2102432         Remaining Issues on Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102441         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102506         Further discussion on multi beam enhancement          vivo

R1-2102598         Discussions on enhancements on multi-beam operation            CATT

R1-2102660         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2102675         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2102712         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Fujitsu

R1-2102725         Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation           Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2102767         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2102808         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2102838         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2102877         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2102954         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Ericsson

R1-2102959         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2103014         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2103088         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2103150         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103221         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2103287         Further enhancement on multi-beam operation            Sony

R1-2103365         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103408         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Convida Wireless

R1-2103440         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        AT&T

R1-2103504         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2103521         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2103559         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103637         Discussion on multi-beam operation              ASUSTeK

 

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103854        Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 1        Moderator (Samsung)

 

From GTW session

Conclusion

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH and all of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC, there is no consensus in supporting non-BM CSI-RS other than for tracking and non-BM SRS as source RS types for UL TX spatial filter reference

No further discussion in Rel-17

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, perform study (for the purpose of down-selection and/or combining) and, if needed, specify the following candidate schemes from Group 1:

·        Opt 1-1A: Beam measurement/reporting/refinement/selection triggered by beam indication (without CSI request)

·        Opt 1-1B: UE-initiated beam selection/activation based on beam measurement (without beam indication or activation from NW)

·        Opt 1-2: Semi-static NW-configured beam selection (without beam indication and measurement/reporting)

·        Opt 1-3: SSB grouping to reduce beam training

·        Opt 1-4: Aperiodic beam measurement/reporting based on multiple resource sets for reducing beam measurement latency

·        Note: Aim for at most one solution for Group 1 in Rel-17 to address issue 6

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, perform study (for the purpose of down-selection and/or combining) and, if needed, specify the following candidate schemes from Group 2:

·        Opt 2-1A: Latency reduction for MAC CE based TCI state activation, or frequency/time/beam tracking

·        Opt 2-1B: Latency reduction for MAC CE based PL-RS activation

·        Opt 2-1C: Latency reduction for MAC CE based PUCCH resource/resource group activation

·        Opt 2-2: Direct SCell TCI state activation

·        Opt 2-3: Replacing RRC-based with MAC CE (or DCI) based for DL QCL or UL information update

·        Opt 2-4: One-shot timing update for TCI state update

·        Note: Aim for at most one solution for Group 2 in Rel-17 to address issue 6

·        Note: At least for Opt 2-1A/B, 2-2, and 2-4, RAN2 and RAN4 will at least have to be involved (some may be exclusively RAN2 and/or RAN4 work)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 15th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, in RAN1#105-e, further discuss to down-select at least one or combine from the following options:

·        Opt 1A. {Rel.16 P-MPR based (beam/panel-level)} + Virtual PHR or a modified version

o   The modified version may be associated with each activated UL TCI or, if applicable, joint TCI, or associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured) from candidate pool, if reported.

o   The reporting reuses the event-driven mechanisms from the Rel-16 P-MPR reporting

o   FFS: how to determine the virtual PHR or the modified version.

·        Opt 1D. {Rel.16 P-MPR based (beam/panel-level)}

o   The reporting reuses the event-driven mechanisms from the Rel-16 P-MPR reporting

·        Opt 2A. {SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication} + L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] or a modified version that accounts for MPE effect associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)

o   FFS: How panel-level L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is reported if L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is associated with panel

o   FFS: Whether/how to account for MPE effect in L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] report, e.g. by using scaled L1-RSRP [L1-SINR]

o   FFS: Whether/how to enhance existing beam reporting format to support Option 2A

o   FFS: When multiple SSBRIs/CRIs and their corresponding metrics are reported in the same reporting instance, whether to allow mixture between the SSBRI(s)/CRI(s)) intended for MPE mitigation and for DL beam reporting

o   FFS: Whether the reporting is UE-initiated (event-driven) and/or NW-initiated

o   FFS: If Opt2A is selected and there is no consensus on a modified L1-RSRP definition, at least the Rel-15 L1-RSRP definition is reused and virtual PHR may be added

FFS: If gNB acknowledges MPE report from UE for UE-initiated (event-driven) reporting

FFS: If differential report is supported when multiple UL beams are reported in the same report

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP,

·        On the value of K (defined in RAN1#104-e as the number of beam qualities associated at least with non-serving cell(s) can be reported in a single CSI reporting instance),

o   For the supported maximum value(s) of K, down-select at least one from the following candidates {4, 8, 16}

o   FFS: whether the maximum value of K is a UE capability

·        Periodic, semi-persistent, and aperiodic reporting (and the respective measurements) are supported.

o   Note: Semi-persistent and aperiodic reporting (and their respective measurements) are NW-initiated

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, for CSI/beam measurement/reporting, down select and/or modify from the following candidates:

·        Opt1-1: A panel entity corresponds to a reported CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index in a beam reporting instance

o   The correspondence between a panel entity and a reported CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index is informed to NW

§  FFS: How to inform through CSI/beam reporting framework

o   FFS: Detailed design of the correspondence including the conveyed information

o   Note: the correspondence between a CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index and a panel entity is determined by the UE (analogous to Rel-15/16)

·        Opt1-2: A panel entity is referring to a new panel ID within CSI/beam reports

o   FFS: Detailed design of the new panel ID including the information conveyed by the new panel ID

o   Note: The association between the new panel ID and the panel entity is determined by the UE

·        Opt1-3: No additional specification support

·        The duration in which the above panel entity reference is valid and the respective setting are FFS

Note: “panel entity” is only used for discussion purpose

 

R1-2103892         Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 2 Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2103930        Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 3        Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 16th,

Agreement

On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for each of PUSCH, PUCCH, and SRS, in RAN1#105-e, further discuss to down-select or combine from the following alternatives:

  1. AltA. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is also associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
  2. AltB. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is also included with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
  3. AltC. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is neither associated with nor included in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

Note: It has been agreed that the setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is associated with UL channel or UL RS (therefore the setting is channel- and signal-specific).

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Agreement

For beam indication with Rel-17 unified TCI, support DCI format 1_1/1_2 without DL assignment:

·        Use ACK/NACK mechanism analogous to that for SPS PDSCH release with both type-1 and type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook:

o   Upon a successful reception of the beam indication DCI, the UE reports an ACK

§  Note that upon a failed reception of the beam indication DCI, a NACK can be reported.

§  For type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook, a location for the ACK information in the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined based on a virtual PDSCH indicated by the TDRA field in the beam indication DCI, based on the time domain allocation list configured for PDSCH

§  For type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, a location for the ACK information in the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the same rule for SPS release

o   The ACK is reported in a PUCCH k slots after the end of the PDCCH reception where k is indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the DCI format, or provided dl-DataToUL-ACK or dl-DataToUL-ACK-ForDCI-Format1-2-r16 if the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in the DCI

·        When used for beam indication:

o   CS-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC for the DCI

o   The values of the following DCI fields are set as follows:

§  RV = all ‘1’s

§  MCS = all ‘1’s

§  NDI = 0

§  Set to all ‘0’s for FDRA Type 0, or all ‘1’s for FDRA Type 1, or all ‘0’s for dynamicSwitch (same as in Table 10.2-4 of TS38.213)

§  FFS: Whether HPN is also used    

·        Use the existing TCI field (always present) to signal the following: 1) Joint DL/UL TCI state, 2) DL-only TCI state (for separate DL/UL TCI), 3) UL-only TCI state (for separate DL/UL TCI)

o   FFS: Whether both DL TCI and UL TCI states can be signaled in one instance of beam indication DCI

o   FFS: Relation with joint vs separate TCI (DL and/or UL) switching, including M/N>1 if supported

·        In addition, use the following DCI fields as the fields are being used in Rel-16:

o   Identifier for DCI formats

o   Carrier indicator

o   Bandwidth part indicator

o   TDRA

o   Downlink assignment index (if configured)

o   TPC command for scheduled PUCCH

o   PUCCH resource indicator

o   PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator (if present)  

·        The remaining unused DCI fields and codepoints are reserved in R17

o   FFS: The case for UE being indicated with separate UL TCI in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment

 

R1-2103953        Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 4        Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP,

·        In one reporting instance, depending on NW configuration, beam(s) associated with a non-serving cell can be mixed with that associated with serving-cell

o   FFS: whether this applies to periodic, semi-persistent, and/or aperiodic

o   FFS: How to report the K beams and corresponding qualities if the Tx power among the non-serving cell and with serving-cell is not the same

o   Note: The supported numbers of non-serving cells (in terms of measurement/reporting) have not yet been decided. The above description doesn’t imply only one non-serving cell is allowed to be configured for measurement. Nor does this imply that only one non-serving cell is allowed in one reporting instance.

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, for L1-RSRP measurement and at least aperiodic reporting, investigate and, if needed, specify MAC CE based dynamic activation/deactivation of a subset of higher-layer-configured measurement for non-serving cell SSBs

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, in RAN1#105-e, further discuss to down select or combine from the following three alternatives for PL-RS (note: the text below is based on the agreed description in RAN1#104-e):

·        AltA. PL-RS can be included in UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state).

o   FFS: Whether it is always included or not. If not included, PL-RS is the periodic DL-RS used as a source RS for determining spatial TX filter or the PL RS used for the UL RS in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state. 

·        AltB. PL-RS can be associated with (but not included in) UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state)

o   FFS: Exact association mechanism

o   FFS: Whether it is always associated or not. If not associated, PL-RS is the periodic DL-RS used as a source RS for determining spatial TX filter or the PL RS used for the UL RS in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

·        AltC. UE calculates path-loss based on periodic DL RS configured as the source RS for determining spatial TX filter in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

o   FFS: If a PL RS is not included in or associated with the UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state), whether the UE can estimate path-loss based on the PL-RS of an UL RS provided in an UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state) as a source RS for determining the spatial TX filter.

In addition:

·        FFS (to be decided in RAN1#105-e) whether a fallback scheme is needed and, if so, the details

·        FFS: Support additional UE capability to report whether above PLRS determination mechanism is supported

·        Note: As agreed in RAN1#104-e, the total number of maintained PL-RSs per CC is no more than 4

·        FFS: investigate the condition(s) agreed in Rel-17 and, if needed, study whether a UE can simultaneously maintain more than four path-loss estimates based on UE capability

·        FFS: UE capability for maximum number of active PL-RS across CCs per band

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements for MPUE, investigate and, if needed, specify the following:

·        UE reporting of panel-specific information as a UE capability, for example:

o   Information related to the total number of DL/UL panel entities

o   Information related to the number of (max) antenna ports/layers per panel entity

o   Information related to the maximum number of resources per panel entity for SRS BM

o   Information related to panel selection delay

o   Information related to panel activation delay

·        UE reporting information related to minimal activation/selection delay for a panel based on L1 or L2 signaling

·        UE reporting of panel activation/selection status of a panel entity, e.g. active state for both DL and UL, or active state for DL only

o   FFS: details of this information (e.g. minimal activation/selection delay for a panel) and signaling (e.g. L1 or L2 signaling)

·        UE-reported information in MPE report (if supported) is used to indicate the minimal activation/selection delay and panel activation/selection status

·        Note: above ‘panel entity’ is a logical entity and how to map physical panels to the logical entities is up to UE implementation

·        Note: This will depend on the final outcome of whether specification support for UE-initiated panel activation/selection is agreed

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements for MPUE, for codebook based UL transmission, decide by August RAN1 meeting whether to support CB-based SRS resources with different numbers of ports

o   FFS details (e.g. per resource or per resource set)

o   Note: the above is not for Rel-16 full power transmission but for Rel-17 panel-specific UL transmission

o   FFS: non-codebook based UL transmission for MPUE

o   FFS whether existing BWP switch based mechanism (discussed previously in Rel-16 power saving WI) can serve such purpose

 

 

Post-meeting email discussion on an LS to RAN4 - Eko (Samsung)

To ask their views on DL measurement timing assumptions for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, till April 26th

R1-2104141        DRAFT LS on Timing Assumption for Inter-Cell DL Measurement, Samsung               Samsung

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 27th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2104142. MCC to inform RAN4/RAN2 that source of the LS is indeed RAN1 only.

 

R1-2104143         Moderator summary for LS to RAN4 on Timing Assumption for Inter-Cell DL Measurement       Moderator (Samsung)

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2102334         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2102379         Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               OPPO

R1-2102433         Views on PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH Enhancements for M-TRP     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102442         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102507         Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements               vivo

R1-2102568         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH      CAICT

R1-2102599         Discussion on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH         CATT

R1-2102661         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2102676         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2102713         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2102726         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels              Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2102761         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2102807         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2102839         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2102878         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2102960         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Xiaomi

R1-2103015         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2103089         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2103151         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103222         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2103288         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2103366         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103409         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Convida Wireless

R1-2103470         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH      Sharp

R1-2103505         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2103522         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2103550         On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements for multi-TRP             Ericsson

R1-2103560         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103660         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2103674         Discussion on enhancements for Multi-TRP PDCCH  ASUSTeK

 

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103819        Summary #1 of email discussions [104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

When DL DCI is transmitted via PDCCH repetition, for PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-Ack when the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight, starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of one of the linked PDCCH candidates is applied, and option 2 is supported

·        Option 2: The one with the lowest SS set ID is applied.

·        FFS: Support of Option 2 does not mean PDCCH repetition based on two linked search space set within one CORESET is supported

Agreement

For PDSCH rate matching around the scheduling DCI in the case of PDCCH repetition, the previous agreement for FR1 also applies to FR2.

 

R1-2103820        Summary #2 of email discussions [104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

For number of BDs corresponding to two PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition, support

 

Agreement

If a PDSCH with mapping Type B is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 15th,

Agreement

If a PDSCH is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates (the first PDCCH candidate associated with a first CORESET and the second PDCCH candidate associated with a second CORESET) that are linked for repetition,

·        Working assumption: The UE expects the same configuration for the first and second CORESETs wrt presence of TCI field in DCI.

·        If the TCI field is not present in the DCI, and the scheduling offset is equal to or larger than timeDurationForQCL if applicable, PDSCH QCL assumption is based on the CORESET with lower ID among the first and second CORESETs

·        FFS: Whether additional options are needed (e.g. to enable SDM/FDM/TDM PDSCH schemes w/o TCI field in the DCI)

 

R1-2103915        Summary #3 of email discussions [104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

 

Agreement

For a UE supporting reception with two different beams, support identifying two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple overlapping CORESETs

·        FFS: How to enhance existing QCL-TypeD priority rules for overlapping CORESETs

·        Note: The primary goal of this enhancement for the purpose of this sub-AI is to support time-overlapping PDCCH repetitions in FR2.

Agreement

When one of the linked PDCCH candidates uses the same set of CCEs as an individual (unlinked) PDCCH candidate, and they both are associated with the same DCI size, scrambling, and CORESET, for the purpose of BD counting and interpretation of a detected DCI, select one option among the following in RAN1#105-e:

·        Option 1: The individual candidate is not counted for monitoring

o   Interpretation of the detected DCI is based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate).

·        Option 2: The candidate in a higher SS set ID is not counted for monitoring

o   Interpretation of the detected DCI depends on which candidate is not counted (either based on Rel. 15/16 rules or based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules).

o   FFS: Impact to the other linked PDCCH candidate

·        Option 3: The candidate associated with SS set(s) with lower priority is not counted for monitoring, where for two linked SS sets, the priority is according to one of the two SS sets with a lower SS set ID

o   Interpretation of the detected DCI depends on which candidate is not counted (either based on Rel. 15/16 rules or based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules).

o   FFS: Impact to the other linked PDCCH candidate

·        FFS: Whether a max limit on number of such overlaps is needed.

Additional specification support may be introduced for the purpose of resolving ambiguity (if any) for interpretation of the detected DCI. For example,

·        Distinguished by different RNTIs defined for the linked candidate versus the individual candidate

·        Distinguished by aggregation level restrictions that can be expected by the UE in the case of overlap

 

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition with two linked candidates, if due to Rel. 15/16 procedures, one of the linked candidates is not monitored (is dropped), select one option from Options 1 and 2 in RAN1#105-e:

·        Option 1: UE still monitors the linked candidate that is not dropped and interprets the DCI based on Rel. 17 PDCCH rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate)

·        Option 2: Even the candidate that is not dropped is not monitored (Both linked candidates are dropped if at least one of them is dropped)

·        FFS: Which of the following Rel. 15/16 rules are applicable for this purpose:

o   Case 1: Overlap with SSB

o   Case 2: Overlap with rate matching resources: RateMatchPattern, lte-CRS-ToMatchAround, or LTE-CRS-PatternList-r16, availableRB-SetPerCell-r16

o   Case 3: Due to TDD DL/UL related conflicts: Overlap with semi-static / dynamic UL symbols or overlap with PRACH

o   Case 4: QCL-TypeD prioritization rule among CORESETs result in one of the linked candidates not being monitored

o   Case 5: Overbooking results in one of the linked candidates not being monitored

o   Case 6: Overlap with reserved PRB(s) and OFDM symbol(s) indicated by DCI format 2_1 where UE may assume no transmission intended for the UE

o   Other cases are not precluded

·        FFS: Whether there is an impact to BD count

 

 

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103843        Summary #1 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH   Moderator          (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

 

Agreement

For the case of multi-TRP, to support per-TRP power control in FR1, the linking of PUCCH resource with [one or] two power control parameter sets, the following is supported

Note: It is common understanding in RAN1 that one PUCCH resource can be linked to one power control parameter set.

 

R1-2103844        Summary #2 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH   Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

 

Conclusion

With reference to the normative work on NR-feMIMO:

Related to the support of switching gap between UL transmissions towards two TRPs in RAN1 specifications, there is no consensus in RAN1 to specify symbol gap(s) for the following cases

The above applies for the case included in the LS from RAN4 in R1-2102297.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 17th,

Agreement

When inter-slot frequency hopping is configured with Scheme 1, decide one from the below options in RAN1#105-e meeting, 

 

Agreement

When SRS resources from two SRS resource sets indicated in DCI format 0_1/0_2, for linking SRI fields to two power control parameters, it is up to RAN2 to finalize the RRC details related to linking. RAN1 identified that the following options could be used.

 

Agreement

For PHR reporting related to M-TRP PUSCH repetition, select one from the following options in RAN1 #105-e meeting.

 

Agreement

When MAC-CE indicates a PL-RS ID for one or more SRI IDs, it also indicates whether the SRI IDs are associated with the first or the second SRS resource set.

 

Agreement

For multiplexing A-CSI on two PUSCH repetitions in the case of multi-TRP PUSCH repetition,

 

R1-2103845        Summary #3 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements      Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)      

 

Working Assumption

For indicating STRP/MTRP dynamic switching for non-CB/CB based MTRP PUSCH repetition,

·        Introduce a new field in DCI to indicate at least the S-TRP or M-TRP operation

o   FFS: Whether the new field is 1 bit or 2 bits

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Working Assumption

For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH, the first SRI field is used to determine the entry of the second SRI field which only contains the SRI(s) combinations corresponding to the indicated rank (number of layers) of the first SRI field. The number of bits, N2, for the second SRI field is determined by the maximum number of codepoint(s) per rank among all ranks associated with the first SRI field. For each rank x, the first Kx codepoint(s) are mapped to Kx SRIs of rank x associated with the first SRS field, the remaining (2N2-Kx) codepoint(s) are reserved.

 

Agreement

For the indication of open-loop power control parameter (OLPC) in DCI format 0_1/0_2, support enhanced open-loop power control parameter (OLPC) set indication by indicating per-TRP OLPC set.

 

Agreement

For CB based M-TRP PUSCH repetition, the first TPMI field is used to determine the entry of the second TPMI field which only contains TPMIs corresponding to the indicated rank (number of layers) of the first TPMI field. The second TPMI field’s bit width, M2, is determined by the maximum number of TPMIs per rank among all ranks associated with the first TPMI field. For each rank y, the first Ky codepoint(s) of the second TPMI field are mapped to Ky TPMI(s) of rank y associated with the first TPMI field in increasing order codepoint index, the remaining (2M2-Ky) codepoint(s) are reserved.

 

Agreement

Confirm the following Working Assumption:

For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in Scheme 1, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of spatial relation info’s over PUCCH repetitions.

 

Agreement

Confirm the following Working Assumption (with small correction of typo and clarification on UE capability in RED):

 

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption (with removing the last bullet):

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of UL beams.

 

Agreement

For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH Type B repetition, the indication of PTRS-DMRS association for maxRank > 2 is supported, down select one of the following options in RAN1 #105-e meeting,

·        The support of cyclic mapping can be optional UE feature for the cases when the number of repetitions is larger than 2.

·        Option 1 (4 bits): with a second PTRS-DMRS association field (similar to the existing field), and each field separately indicating the association between PTRS port and DMRS port for two TRPs.

·        Option 2 (2 bits): using the existing PTRS-DMRS association field in DCI for the first TRP, and using reserved entries/bits in DM-RS port indication field for the second TRP.

·        Option 3 (2 bits): 1 bit MSB is used to indicate PTRS-DMRS association for the first TRP, and 1 bit LSB is used to indicate PTRS-DMRS association for the second TRP

o   if maxNrofPorts = 1, the 1 bit indicates one of the first two DMRS ports.

o   if maxNrofPorts = 2, the 1 bit indicates one of two DMRS ports sharing the same PTRS port.

Agreement

For type 1 or type 2 CG based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition,

·        Introduce the second fields of 'p0-PUSCH-Alpha' and 'powerControlLoopToUse' in 'ConfiguredGrantConfig’

·        For type 1 CG based m-TRP PUSCH repetition, introduce the second fields of ‘pathlossReferenceIndex’, 'srs-ResourceIndicator' and 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers' in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant'.

·        For type 2 CG based M-TRP PUSCH, two SRIs/TPMIs are indicated via the activating DCI.

·        FFS1: UL PT-RS port(s) and DM-RS port(s) for CG type 1

·        FFS3: Details on RV mapping.

·        FFS4: Possible transmission occasion for initial transmission

·        FFS5: Other TRP specific parameters in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant', e.g., 'dmrs-SeqInitialization'.

Final summary in R1-2104052.

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2102335         Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operations in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2102380         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2102434         Remaining Issues for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102443         Discussion on enhancement multi-TRP inter-cell operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102508         Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation        vivo

R1-2102600         Discussion on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel             CATT

R1-2102662         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2102762         Inter-cell multi-TRP operation        FUTUREWEI

R1-2102840         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2102879         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2102961         Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations       Xiaomi

R1-2103016         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2103090         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2103152         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103223         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2103289         Considerations on inter-cell operation           Sony

R1-2103367         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103506         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2103561         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103715         On Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson

 

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103832        Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

R1-2104025        Feature lead summary#3 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

Agreement

 

Conclusion

Configuration of CSI-RS for mobility as QCL source for intercell MTRP operation is not supported from Rel-17 specifcation point of view

 

R1-2104082        Feature lead summary#4 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

Agreement

For intercell MTRP operation, downselect one or more of the following alternatives in RAN1#105-e

Note: This agreement is not related to the down-selection of one of the 5 options from RAN1#104-e

Note: Above should be specified by reusing Rel-15/Rel-16 QCL rules as concluded in RAN1#104-e

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2102336         Discussion on Multi-panel reception for multi-TRP in Rel-17  Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2102381         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2102435         On Beam Management Enhancements for M-TRP      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102444         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102509         Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement              vivo

R1-2102601         Discussion on beam management enhancements for multi-TRP              CATT

R1-2102663         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2102677         Enhancement on beam management for MTRP           MediaTek Inc.

R1-2102714         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2102727         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP         Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2102763         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2102841         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2102880         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2102962         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Xiaomi

R1-2103017         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2103091         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2103153         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103224         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2103290         Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP  Sony

R1-2103324         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   ETRI

R1-2103368         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103410         On multi-TRP BFR            Convida Wireless

R1-2103441         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   AT&T

R1-2103507         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2103523         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2103545         On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception         Ericsson

R1-2103562         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103630         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2103661         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   TCL Communication Ltd.

 

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)

Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103858        Moderator summary #1 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

For beam reporting option 2

 

Agreement

On CMR resource configuration for beam reporting option 2, adopt the following alternative:

 

Agreement

·        Support simultaneous configuration of cell-specific BFR and TRP-specific BFR in different CCs.

·        FFS: whether cell-specific and TRP-specific BFR can be configured in the same CC.

Agreement

 

R1-2103906        Moderator summary #2 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

On BFD-RS of TRP-specific BFR

 

Agreement

Adopt the following beam failure detection criteria for each BFD-RS set

 

Agreement

A UE configured with TRP-specific BFR can be configured with 1 PUCCH-SR resource in a cell group

 

R1-2103996        Moderator summary #3 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

For the TRP specific BFR, for a UE configured with two PUCCH-SR resources in a cell group when beam failure is detected in a one or more CCs in one or more of BFD-RS sets configured in one or more of CCs,

 

Agreement

On CMR resource configuration for beam reporting option 2, decide in RAN1#105-e whether to adopt “set” or “subset”:

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2102337         Enhancements on high speed train for multi-TRP in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2102382         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2102436         Multi-TRP Transmission for HST-SFN         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102445         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102510         Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes          vivo

R1-2102602         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     CATT

R1-2102664         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2102728         Discussion of enhancements on HST-SFN deployment             Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2102764         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2102881         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2102963         Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission               Xiaomi

R1-2103018         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2103092         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2103154         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103198         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Ericsson

R1-2103225         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2103291         Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony

R1-2103369         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103508         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2103524         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2103563         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103606         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

 

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103855        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator               (Intel Corporation)

 

Agreement

Introduce enhanced MAC CE signaling for PDCCH activating two TCI states for SFN-based PDCCH transmission

·        The corresponding MAC CE includes at least the following fields

o   Serving cell ID

o   CORESET ID

o   Two TCI state IDs

·        FFS whether for CA scenario additionally support RRC configured set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE

·        FFS whether or not enhanced MAC CE signaling is applicable to a CORESET configured with CORESETPoolindex

Send LS to RAN2 to inform about agreement on support of enhanced MAC CE for CORESET in Rel-17.

R1-2103902        Draft LS on TCI states indication for PDCCH        Intel Corporation

Decision: The draft LS is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2104064.

 

R1-2103893        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

 

Agreement

Specification-based TRP Doppler pre-compensation scheme is supported in Rel-17 for FR1 with one or both:

·        UL RS based Doppler estimation by gNB

o   FFS: Details including UL RS enhancement

·        DL RS based Doppler feedback by UE

o   FFS: Details

o   FFS: Whether UE capability needs to be introduced

·        Whether to support one or both will be decided later

 

Agreement

o   This feature is UE optional

 

Working Assumption

All QCL source RS resource types as defined in TCI state for Rel-16 multi-TRP are supported for scheme 1

 

Agreement

Support semi-static (RRC-based) switching of scheme 1 (PDSCH) with Rel-16 scheme 1a

 

R1-2104020        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

 

For future meeting:

Companies to consider Proposal #3-8a in FL summary (R1-2104020) for future meetings.

Companies to consider Proposal #3-10 in FL summary (R1-2104020) for future meetings.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Agreement

Scheme 1 for PDSCH is identified by

 

Final summary in R1-2104068.

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2102338         SRS Enhancements in Rel-17          Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2102383         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2102437         Enhanced SRS Transmission and Antenna Switching InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102446         Consideration on SRS enhancement              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102511         Further discussion on SRS enhancement       vivo

R1-2102603         Enhancements on Rel-17 SRS         CATT

R1-2102665         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          ZTE

R1-2102678         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          MediaTek Inc.

R1-2102765         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2102842         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2102882         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2102964         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2103019         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2103093         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2103155         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103226         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2103292         Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity         Sony

R1-2103370         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103444         SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements           Ericsson

R1-2103471         Enhancements on SRS       Sharp

R1-2103509         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2103525         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2103564         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103679         Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity       Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

 

[104-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2102674        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

For increased repetition in Rel-17, support the following N_symbol (number of OFDM symbols in one SRS resource) and R (repetition factor) values

 

Agreement

On aperiodic SRS configuration for antenna switching with > 4Rx, support the following N_max values

 

R1-2103878        FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

For RB-level partial frequency sounding (RPFS) in Rel-17

 

Working Assumption

For DCI indication of “t” in Rel-17 SRS triggering offset enhancement

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 16th,

Agreement

On supported values of N for Rel-17 aperiodic SRS antenna switching with >4Rx, down-select at least one of the following alternatives in RAN1#105e

 

Agreement

Study the maximum number of cyclic shifts for Comb-8 in Rel-17, with the following alternatives as starting points

 

Agreement

 

R1-2103928        FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

o   Alt 1:  is an integer value

o   Alt 2:  is an integer value with minimum value 4

o   Alt 3:  is a multiple of 4

o   Alt 4: Round  to a multiple of 4 in case of Alt 1 or Alt 2

 

Agreement

On aperiodic SRS configuration for antenna switching with 4T8R, support N_max = 2

 

Agreement

For RPFS SRS in Rel-17, adopt one of the following alternatives for sequence generation, where no new sequence length other than the ones supported in the current spec is introduced (to be decided in RAN1#105-e)

·        Alt 1: Generate length- ZC sequence

·        Alt 2: Truncate from legacy length- sequence according to the location of RPFS SRS

 

Agreement

For antenna switching, support one of the following

·        Alt 1: Support maximum one SRS resource set for periodic SRS and maximum one SRS resource set for semi-persistent SRS

·        Alt 2: Support up to two semi-persistent SRS resource sets in addition to a periodic SRS resource set

·        FFS whether further enhancement for single-DCI or multi-DCI based MTRP is needed

·        FFS whether configurations on SRS repetitions have impact

·        FFS relevant UE capability design

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2102339         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom

R1-2102384         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2102438         Further Discussion on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102447         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2102512         Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo

R1-2102604         Discussion on CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity          CATT

R1-2102666         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2102679         CSI enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2102766         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2102810         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2102883         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2103020         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD   Intel Corporation

R1-2103094         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2103156         CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2103828         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancements              Samsung              (rev of R1-2103227)

R1-2103293         Additional considerations on CSI enhancements         Sony

R1-2103371         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2103510         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2103526         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2103543         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    Ericsson

R1-2103565         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103607         CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

 

//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-104b-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-08 as the document name

[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

-        1st check point: April 15

-        2nd check point: April 20

R1-2103870        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)       Moderator (Huawei)

R1-2103871        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)       Moderator (Huawei)

 

Agreement

For rank=1, polarization-common based free-selection should be supported for W1.

·        FFS: Whether there is a need to restrict the number of CSI-RS ports for which this is supported

 

Agreement

Support the indication of following RI combinations by a joint RI field for a NCJT measurement hypothesis in CSI part 1, when the maximal transmission layers is less than or equal to 4:   

·        {1, 1}, {1, 2}, {2,1}, {2,2}

·        FFS: CBSR and/or RI restrictions per TRP or across TRPs

 

Agreement

With regarding to the maximal values of Nmax for N, Ks,max for Ks:

·        Support of Nmax=2 is a UE optional feature

·        Support of Ks,max=X is a UE optional feature

o   X can be up to 8 and other candidate values can be discussed as part of UE features

·        FFS: Default value of Nmax, Ks,max 

·        FFS: Which combinations of N<=Nmax, Ks<=Ks,max are supported

 

R1-2103872        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2)       Moderator (Huawei)

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1, combinatorial coefficient is used for port selection for W1.

·        FFS when Wf is turned off

 

Agreement

Confirm following working assumption of Wf for R17 PS CB

·        Support of Mv>1 is a UE optional feature if the UE supports Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement, taking into account UE complexity related to codebook parameters.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 17th,

Agreement

With regarding to possible restriction between K1 and K2

·        Alt 2: No restriction as long as K1+K2=Ks

 

Agreement

The UE may assume that QCL-Type D of CMRs associated with a NCJT measurement hypothesis are applied to the corresponding CSI-IM resource.

 

Agreement

For the UE be configured to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and single-TRP measurement hypotheses (i.e. Option 2),

·        Alt 1: Single CRI is reported whereas CRI bit size depends on total number of valid CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis and valid CMRs for single-TRP measurement hypotheses.

o   FFS further mapping mechanism between each CRI codepoint and Single-TRP/NCJT measurement hypothesis.

 

Agreement

A 2-part CSI report is supported in Rel-17 for a CSI reporting configuration associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis with following clarifications:

·        Within CSI part 1

o   CRI, RI, WB CQI and SB CQI for the first CW are reported with consistent payload and zero padding (if needed). FFS further details

o   FFS whether RI can be shared between NCJT CSI and single-TRP CSIs to reduce CSI feedback overhead

o   FFS whether additional field is needed, at least for Option 2

·        Within CSI part 2:

o   FFS further compression/omission/Sharing of PMI among Single-TRP and NCJT hypotheses

 

Agreement

Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource m can be referred by two CMR pairs (m, a) and (m, b) configured for NCJT measurement hypotheses, study following Alternatives and down-select one Alternative in RAN1#105-e:

·        Alt 1: It is feasible for FR1 but not for FR2.

·        Alt 2: It is feasible for both FR1 and FR2 but subject to further UE capability for FR2.

 

Agreement

Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource can be referred by both a CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis and a CMR configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis, study following Alternatives and down-select one Alternative in RAN1#105e:

·        Alt 2: It is feasible for FR1 but it is not for FR2. For FR2, the UE is expected to have different NZP CSI-RS resources configured for all CMRs of Single-TRP and NCJT measurement hypotheses respectively.

·        Alt 3: It is feasible in both FR1 and FR2 but subject to UE capability for FR2. If a UE supports and the sharing is also enabled by gNB, two CMRs from a CMR pair configured for a NCJT measurement hypothesis can be used for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, otherwise they cannot.

 

Agreement

For the UE configured to report X CSIs (at least when X>0) associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis, study following issues for potential CSI omission/priority/updating rules:

·        Issue 1: Prioritize CSI with different measurement hypotheses within the single CSI report, when the UE is configured with CSI Option 1 with X=1 or 2.

·        Issue 2: Omission of NCJT CSI in CSI part 2 depending on the corresponding CRI or RI or CQI in CSI part 1.

 

R1-2103965        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3)       Moderator (Huawei)

 

Agreement

For the UE configured to report X CSIs associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis (i.e. Option 1), 

·        Alt 1: X+1 CRIs are reported, whereas X CRIs are for single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CRI is for NCJT measurement hypothesis.  Each CRI bit size depends on the corresponding number of either valid CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis or valid CMRs for single-TRP measurement hypotheses

·        FFS: Whether the X+1 CRIs are reported jointly as one CSI report or as separate CSI reports.

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, study following aspects: 

·        whether to support dynamic updating, e.g. by MAC-CE,  for CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypotheses, and/or CMRs for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, and/or TCI states in CMRs, and/or the number of single-TRP CSIs (i.e. X=0/1/2) in a NCJT CSI report

·        whether additional high layer signalling is needed to configure M (M≤ Ks) CMRs from the CSI-RS resource set for CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses

·        For CMRs configured in the CSI-RS resource set, whether support high layer signalling to enable/disable single-TRP measurement hypothesis using CMR configured within CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis

 

For future meetings:

Companies to study whether a CSI-IM can be referred by both NCJT and Single-TRP measurement hypotheses. Consider following Alternatives and FR1/FR2 differentiation:

·        Alt 1: CSI-IM can be shared by both NCJT and Single-TRP measurement hypotheses.

·        Alt 2: A CSI-IM resource is configured to be associated with either a CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis or a CMR pair for NCJT measurement hypothesis

 

Agreement

Whether to support interference measurement based on NZP CSI-RS outside the CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis, in addition to CSI-IM, study following Alternatives and down-select one Alternative in RAN1#105e:

·        Alt 1: Yes, it is supported, subject to limitations, e.g. N=1 CMR pair and Ks=2 CMR resources

·        Alt 2: No, it is not supported

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1, regarding the value(s) of K1 for port selection matrix W1 in NP*K1, study and down-select from the following candidate values of K1 and the maximal value of P in RAN1 105e

Note: for polarization-specific based free-selection, it means select K1 ports out of P ports

Note: P is the number of CSI-RS ports for port selection (whose value depends on the outcome of the CSI-RS related study)

 

R1-2104028        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 4)       Moderator (Huawei)

 

Agreement

A bitmap for indication non-zero coefficients should be supported for W2 with a compression coefficient beta<=1 whereas

·        FFS values of beta < =1, e.g. 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1

·        FFS: whether/how such a bitmap can be absent for specific codebook configuration parameters

·        FFS: whether a bitmap is polarization-common or polarization-specific whereas polarization-specific bitmap is the baseline

·        FFS: possible parameter combinations/dependence for beta with other PS CB parameters

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1, the FD bases used for Wf quantitation are limited within a single window/set with size N configured to the UE, study and down-select one Alternative in RAN1 105e:

·        Alt 1: FD bases in the window must be consecutive from an orthogonal DFT matrix

·        Alt 2: FD bases in the set can be consecutive/non-consecutive, and are selected freely by gNB from an orthogonal DFT matrix

·        FFS: Applicable conditions: e.g. Wf turned ON/OFF and/or associated value of Mv

·        FFS: Whether this applies when Wf is turned OFF

Note that “at least for rank 1” does not imply for the support of rank 1 only in Rel-17 or restrictions of supporting/not supporting additional alternatives for higher rank.

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1, for relationship between N and Mv, study and down-select one Alternative from following in RAN1#105e

·        Alt 1: N= Mv always

·        Alt 2: N >= Mv and FFS candidate value(s) of N, e.g. 2, 4

·        FFS: applicable conditions: e.g. Wf turned ON/OFF and/or associated value of Mv

·        FFS: Whether this applies when Wf is turned OFF

Note that “at least for rank 1” does not imply for the support of rank 1 only in Rel-17 or restrictions of supporting/ not supporting additional alternatives for higher rank.

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1, regarding the value(s) of R for Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement, study and down-select one or more than one Alternative (or a subset of corresponding values) in RAN1 105e:  

·        Alt 0:  R < 1 (e.g. 1/4, 1/2)

·        Alt 1: R=1

·        Alt 2: R=1 and 2

·        Alt 3: R=1,2, 4, and 8

·        Alt 4: R= {1,2,…, D*NPRBSB} whereas D is the density of CSI-RS in frequency domain

·        FFS: applicable conditions: e.g. Wf turned ON/OFF and/or associated value of Mv

·        FFS: Whether this applies when Wf is turned OFF

Note that “at least for rank 1” does not imply for the support of rank 1 only in Rel-17 or restrictions of supporting/not supporting additional alternatives for higher rank.

 

Agreement

For the quantization of W2 coefficient, study following Alternatives with Alt 1 as the baseline:

·        Alt1: Reusing Rel-16 quantization mechanism for Rank 1 at least, which can be summarized as following:

o   An indicator for the strongest coefficient

o   Two polarization-specific reference amplitudes:

§  for the polarization associated with the strongest coefficient, the reference amplitude is not reported

§  for the other polarization, reference amplitude is quantized to 4 bits

o   For coefficients other than the strongest coefficient

§  differential amplitude is calculated relative to the associated polarization-specific reference amplitude and quantized to 3 bits

§  phase is quantized to 16PSK

·        Alt1-1: the ref amplitude = 0 reserved in R16 can be replaced with a new value, e.g. (1/2)^(1/8), (1/2)^(3/8)

·        Alt2-0: Individual amplitude (e.g. 3 or 4 bits with Rel15/16 amplitude codebooks) and phase (e.g. 16PSK) quantization

o   FFS: amplitude codebook is uniform in db or linear scale

o   FFS: support a strongest coefficient indicator, and individual quantization for other non-zero coefficients.

·        Alt2-1: ref amp (e.g. 4 bits), Individual amplitude (e.g. 3 bits) and phase (e.g. 16PSK) quantization for each non-zero coefficient

o   FFS: amplitude codebook is uniform in db or linear scale

o   FFS: reference amplitude is polarization specific or polarization common, and corresponding codebook

·        Note: Other quantization schemes or enhancement on top of Alt 1 or Alt 2 are not precluded.

 

Agreement

For PS codebook enhancements utilizing DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, down-select ONE option for CSI-RS configurations associated with Rel-17 PS codebook, from Option 0 (No further enhancement), Option 1 (i.e. lower CSI-RS density) and Option 3 (i.e. configuring multiple CSI-RS resources)

·        If there is no consensus in RAN1#105e, Option 0 is by default.

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT, an NCJT CSI hypothesis based on a pair of CMRs assumes to occupy two CPUs, two active NZP CSI-RS resources, and a number of active ports corresponding to both CMRs.

·        If a NZP CSI-RS resource is referred X times by CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis and CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis, the CSI-RS resource and the CSI-RS ports within the CSI-RS resource are counted X times for active resources and active ports.

·        Note: For above CSI computation, UE assumes PDSCH transmission is single-DCI based multi-TRP scheme(s). FFS: Multi-DCI based multi-TRP scheme

8.1.55        Other

R1-2102439         Performance Evaluation of Multi-Panel UE in a Multi-TRP Deployment               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2102479         Discussion on further enhancements for multi-beam operation OPPO

R1-2102513         Discussion on L1 L2 inter-cell mobility        vivo

R1-2102605         Evaluation for HST-SFN deployment            CATT

R1-2102667         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2102843         HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs               Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2103095         Views on MIMO enhancement        Apple

R1-2103228         Additional enhancements for multi-beam      Samsung

R1-2103394         Further considerations and simulations for Rel-17 PS  codebook design Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom

R1-2103511         Analysis on TRP- and/or UE panel-specific UL timing synchronization LG Electronics

R1-2103566         Discussion on UL dense deployment             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2103668         On Rel.18 MIMO work item proposals         Ericsson


 RAN1#105-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI

 

R1-2106229        Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR)       Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1

 

R1-2105296        Moderator summary for offline discussion on multi-beam enhancement: CA QCL and unified TCI for 'other signals/channels'  Moderator (Samsung)

 

R1-2104205         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2104266         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2104292         Remaining Issues on Rel-17 Multi-beam Operation    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2104343         Further discussion on multi beam enhancement          vivo

R1-2104404         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2104411         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2104484         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CATT

R1-2104585         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2104599         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2104654         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2104732         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2104888         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2105058         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Fujitsu

R1-2105087         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2105151         Further enhancement on multi-beam operation            Sony

R1-2105231         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2105246         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2105273         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2105291         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2105353         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2105540         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2105588         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Convida Wireless

R1-2105665         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations    AT&T

R1-2105683         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2105779         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2105816         Discussion on enhancements for Multi-beam Operation            Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2105828         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Ericsson

 

R1-2105290        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

[105-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: May 24

-        2nd check point: May 27

R1-2106086        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1         Moderator (Samsung)

From GTW sessions:

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the first slot that is at least X ms or Y symbols after the last symbol of the acknowledgment of the joint or separate DL/UL beam indication.

·        Note: The gap between the last symbol of the beam indication DCI and that first slot shall satisfy the UE capability

·        FFS: Application time and whether additional offset is needed for the application time in case of cross carrier beam indication and common TCI state ID update across a set of configured CCs if CCs have different SCSs

·        FFS: Whether inter-cell beam switching needs higher X/Y values than intra-cell

·        FFS: Whether application time can be indicated/determined dynamically for different scenarios, e.g. cross CC, inter-cell, inter-panel without reverting previous RAN1 agreements

 

Agreement

For M=N=1, on Rel-17 unified TCI, for separate DL/UL TCI, one instance of beam indication using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 (with and without DL assignment) can be used as follows:

·        One TCI field codepoint represents a pair of DL TCI state and UL TCI state. If the DCI indicates such a TCI field codepoint, the UE applies the corresponding DL TCI state and UL TCI state.

·        One TCI field codepoint represents only a DL TCI state. If the DCI indicates such a TCI field codepoint, the UE applies the corresponding DL TCI state, and keeps the current UL TCI state.

·        One TCI field codepoint represents only an UL TCI state. If the DCI indicates such a TCI field codepoint, the UE applies the corresponding UL TCI state, and keeps the current DL TCI state.

FFS: the cases of M or N>1

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, focus study (including down-selection) and, if needed, specification effort on the following options:

·        Group 1: Aim for at most one solution for Group 1 in Rel-17 to address issue 6

o   Opt 1-A. UE-initiated beam selection/activation based on beam measurement and/or reporting (without beam indication or activation from NW)

o   Opt 1-B. Beam measurement/reporting/refinement/selection triggered by beam indication (without CSI request)

o   Opt 1-C. Aperiodic beam measurement/reporting based on multiple resource sets for reducing beam measurement latency

·        Group 2: Aim for at most one solution for Group 2 in Rel-17 to address issue 6

o   Opt 2-A: Latency reduction for MAC CE based TCI state activation, or frequency/time/beam tracking

o   Opt 2-B: Latency reduction for MAC CE based PL-RS activation

o   Opt 2-C: One-shot timing update for TCI state update

 

R1-2106131        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 2         Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, a PL-RS (configured for path-loss calculation) is either included in UL TCI state or (if applicable) joint TCI state or associated with UL TCI state or (if applicable) joint TCI state.

·        Whether a UE supports “beam misalignment or not” (detailed definition FFS) between the DL source RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state to provide spatial relation indication and the PL-RS is a UE capability

o   Note: The term “beam misalignment” is for discussion purpose only

·        Whether it is ‘included in’ or ‘associated with’ (including the manner it is performed and the signaling) is up to RAN2

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework,

·        Any DL RS that is a valid target DL RS of a Rel-15/16 TCI state based on the Rel-15/16 QCL rules can be configured as a target DL RS of Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool)

o   Note: This does not imply that all such DL RSs necessarily share a same TCI state

o   The DL RS includes CSI-RS and DMRS for PDSCH or PDCCH

·        FFS: Whether some SRS resources or resource sets for BM can be configured as a target signal/channel of a Rel-17 UL TCI (hence the Rel-17 UL TCI state pool)

·        Note: This does not imply that DL and UL TCI state pools are separate or shared for separate DL/UL TCI (this issue is still TBD)

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, discuss and decide by RAN1#106-e (August 2021)

·        Whether each of the following DL RSs can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC

o   CSI-RS resources for CSI

o   Some CSI-RS resources for BM, if so, which ones (e.g. aperiodic, repetition ‘ON’)

o   CSI-RS for tracking

o   DMRS(s) associated with non-UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all/subset of CORESETs

·        Whether some SRS resources or resource sets for BM can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for any DL RS that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC, but can be configured as a target DL RS of a Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool), discuss and down-select by RAN1#106-e (August 2021) between the following two alternatives:

·        Alt1. Rel-15/16 TCI state update signaling/configuration mechanism(s) are reused to update/configure the Rel-17 TCI state

·        Alt2. Rel-17 TCI state update signaling/configuration mechanism(s) are used, e.g. with Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI-based beam indication for Rel-17 joint/separate TCI

Note: The DL RS includes CSI-RS and DMRS for PDSCH or PDCCH

Note: For some channels/signals, only one of the above two alternatives may apply (to be discussed).

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP,

·        Support at least K=4, where K is defined as the number of beams associated at least with non-serving cell(s) reported in a single CSI reporting instance

o   The maximum value of supported K is a UE capability

o   K is configured by NW based on the UE capability

o   FFS: The support of K=8 and 16

§  For K>4, the maximum number of beams associated with one cell is 4

·        FFS: Support L1-based event-driven reporting based on Rel-16 SCell BFR framework or analogous to L3-based event-driven reporting, including the definition of L1-based event, if needed

Note: If another beam metric other than L1-RSRP is supported (e.g. L3-RSRP is still FFS), the above also applies

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 26th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, decide by RAN1#106-e whether to support the following RS types as measurement RS or not:

·        CSI-RS for mobility/RRM associated with a non-serving cell 

·        CSI-RS for BM associated with a non-serving cell 

·        CSI-RS for tracking associated with a non-serving cell 

Note: If another beam metric other than L1-RSRP is supported (e.g. L3-RSRP is still FFS), the above also applies

Note: An RS is associated with a non-serving cell means that it is either configured for a non-serving cell or configured for a serving cell but is QCLed with a non-serving cell SSB

 

R1-2106167        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3         Moderator (Samsung)

From GTW sessions:

 

Working Assumption

On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility, support the following:

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH across a set of configured CCs/BWPs

 

Working Assumption

For common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH across a set of [configured] CCs/BWPs:

·        RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) can be configured in the PDSCH configuration (PDSCH-Config) for each BWP /CC as in Rel-15/16

o   Note: Such RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) configuration doesn’t imply that separate DL/UL TCI state pool is excluded or supported

·        RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) can be absent in the PDSCH configuration (PDSCH-Config) for each BWP/CC, and replaced with a reference to RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in a reference BWP/CC

o   In the PDSCH configuration (PDSCH-Config) of the reference BWP/CC, RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) shall be configured

o   For a BWP/CC where the PDSCH configuration contains a reference to the RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in a reference BWP/CC, the UE applies the RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in the reference BWP/CC

·        When the BWP/CC ID (cell) for QCL-Type A/D source RS in a QCL-Info of the TCI state is absent, the UE assumes that QCL-Type A/D source RS is in the BWP/CC to which the TCI state applies

·        Introduce a UE capability to report maximum number of TCI state pools it can support across BWPs and CCs in a band, and the candidate value at least includes 1

·        FFS: Introduce a UE capability to report maximum number of configured TCI states that it can support across BWPs and CCs in a band

·        FFS: How to define reference BWP/CC

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 28th,

Conclusion

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for a UE configured with both joint TCI and separate DL/UL TCI, configuration of joint TCI or separate DL/UL TCI is based on RRC signaling

·        There is no consensus in RAN1 on how to support dynamic switching (either MAC-CE or codepoint based)

 

Agreement

On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework,

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI, in RAN1#106-e, for M>1 and/or N>1:

Note:

 

For future meetings:

Continue to study necessary enhancements to optimize transmission from UEs with different number of max number of UL MIMO layers per panel entity.

 

R1-2106285        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 4         Moderator (Samsung)

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

Only to handle UL part

 

R1-2104201         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2104267         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2104293         Multi-TRP Enhancements for PUCCH and PUSCH    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2104344         Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements            vivo

R1-2104405         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2105949         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH     Spreadtrum Communications (rev of R1-2104412)

R1-2104485         Enhancements on PUCCH and PUSCH         CATT

R1-2104586         Multi-TRP enhancements for PUCCH and PUSCH     ZTE

R1-2104600         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2104655         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2104733         Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PUCCH and PUSCH               OPPO

R1-2104841         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for uplink channels       CAICT

R1-2104889         Multi-TRP enhancements for PUCCH and PUSCH     Intel Corporation

R1-2105059         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2105088         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2105152         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2105247         Discussion on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH     NEC

R1-2105274         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2105292         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2105350         On multi-TRP enhancements for PUSCH      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2105354         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2105541         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH and PUCCH              Xiaomi

R1-2105589         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH              Convida Wireless

R1-2105629         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH      Sharp

R1-2105684         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2105731         Discussion on mTRP PUSCH          ASUSTeK

R1-2105780         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH              LG Electronics

R1-2105808         On PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements for multi-TRP              Ericsson

R1-2105817         Discussion on enhancements for Multi-TRP for uplink channels             Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2105837         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH              TCL Communication Ltd.

 

[105-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH

-        1st check point: May 24

-        2nd check point: May 27

R1-2106073        Summary #1 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements      Moderator (Nokia)

From GTW sessions:

 

Agreement

For indicating per-TRP OLPC set in DCI format 0_1/0_2, if two SRI fields present in the DCI,

 

Agreement

For s-DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, support transmitting A-CSI on the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam and the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam when there is no TB carried in the PUSCH.

 

Agreement

For s-DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A, the UE is expected to multiplex A-CSI on two PUSCH repetitions only if UCIs other than the A-CSI are not multiplexed on any of the two PUSCH repetitions.

 

Agreement

For multi-TRP PUCCH (scheme 1 and 3) and PUSCH (Type A and B) repetition, when the number of repetitions is equal to two, the first and second transmission occasion shall be associated with two TRPs, respectively (two UL beams or Power control parameter sets), regardless of the configured mapping pattern.

 

Agreement

The following working assumption is confirmed.

For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH, the first SRI field is used to determine the entry of the second SRI field which only contains the SRI(s) combinations corresponding to the indicated rank (number of layers) of the first SRI field. The number of bits, N2, for the second SRI field is determined by the maximum number of codepoint(s) per rank among all ranks associated with the first SRI field. For each rank x, the first Kx codepoint(s) are mapped to Kx SRIs of rank x associated with the first SRS field, the remaining (2N2-Kx) codepoint(s) are reserved.

 

Agreement

For type 2 CG based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition:

·        Applying the first, second, or both first and second RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ is determined from the new DCI field (for dynamic switching) of the activating DCI similar to the case of DG-PUSCH.

 

R1-2106074        Summary #2 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements      Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

 

Agreement

Confirm the Working Assumption (with supporting two bits for the new field).

·        For indicating STRP/MTRP dynamic switching for non-CB/CB based MTRP PUSCH repetition,

o   Introduce a new field in DCI to indicate at least the S-TRP or M-TRP operation.

o   The new field is 2 bits

 

Agreement

For the new field in the DCI for dynamic switching, support Alt.1 (modified).

Alt.1

·        Support 2 bits with the following combinations.

Codepoint

SRS resource set(s)

SRI (for both CB and NCB)/TPMI (CB only) field(s)

00

s-TRP mode with 1st SRS resource set (TRP1)

1st SRI/TPMI field (2nd field is unused)

01

s-TRP mode with 2nd SRS resource set (TRP2)

1st SRI/TPMI field (2nd field is unused)

10

m-TRP mode with (TRP1,TRP2 order)

1st SRI/TPMI field: 1st  SRS resource set

2nd SRI/TPMI field: 2nd SRS resource set

Both 1st and 2nd SRI/TPMI fields

11

m-TRP mode with (TRP2,TRP1 order)

1st SRI/TPMI field: FFS

2nd SRI/TPMI field: FFS

Both 1st and 2nd SRI/TPMI fields

·        The SRS resource set with lower ID is the first SRS resource set, and the other SRS resource set is the second SRS resource set.

o   For codebook and non-codebook usage, respectively

        The same number of SRS resource shall be configured in the two SRS resource sets.

 

Agreement

For SP-CSI report on mTRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B activated by a DCI, further study the use of a similar mechanism to A-CSI multiplexing on M-TRP PUSCH without a TB, which includes the following,

 

Agreement

Confirm the working assumption with removing brackets on [consecutive] and adding UE capability.

·        For PUCCH reliability enhancement, support multi-TRP intra-slot repetition (Scheme 3) for all PUCCH formats.

o   The same PUCCH resource carrying UCI is repeated for X = 2 [consecutive] sub-slots within a slot.

o   Refer the design details related to sub-slot configurations (e.g. other values of X) to Rel-17 eIIoT

·        Note1: The decision of supporting scheme 3 is only applicable for multi-TRP operation.

·        This feature is optional. 

 

Conclusion

For multi-TRP PUCCH schemes, only one ‘twoPUCCH-PC-AdjustmentStates’ parameter is configured for both TRPs, and the parameter is shared across both TRPs, which means there will be two closed loops in total (no RAN1 spec impact).

 

For future meetings:

Further study the enhancements needed on grouping of PUCCH resources for Rel-17 multi-TRP PUCCH repetition

 

Agreement

·        To support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUCCH with DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, a second TPC field can be configured via RRC.

·        When the second field is configured by RRC, a second TPC field (similar to the existing TPC field) is added in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2 (option 3).

o   Each TPC field is for each closed-loop index value respectively

§  FFS: Whether or not the mapping between the TPC field and the PUCCH transmissions is needed

·        When the second field is not configured by RRC, a single TPC field (the existing TPC field) is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and the TPC value applied for the closed loop index(es) for the scheduled PUCCH

·        To support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUSCH with DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, adopt the same solution as with M-TRP PUCCH schemes.

o   FFS: any additional considerations

·        Support UE to report the capability on whether it supports the second TPC field

·        Note1: Per TRP closed-loop power control is only applicable when the “closedLoopIndex” values are not the same for TRPs.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 28th,

Agreement

For single-DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, when one SRS resource per SRS resource set is configured (i.e., when two SRI fields are absent in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2), default P0, alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index is defined per TRP. Select one from the following in RAN1 #106-e meeting,

·        Alt.1

o   The first P0/alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index are determined by sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId, and sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex mapped to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControl associated with the first SRS resource set.

o   The second P0/alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index are determined by sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId, and sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex mapped to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControl associated with the second SRS resource set.

o   Note: How to design the signaling link sri-PUSCH-PowerControl with two SRS resource sets is up to RAN2. 

·        Alt.2

o   The first set of values {the first value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponded to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 0 and closed-loop index l = 0} can be used for TRP1, and the second set of values {the second value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponded to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 1 and closed-loop index l = 1 if  twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates is configured, l=0 otherwise } can be used for TRP2.

o   Note: How to design the signaling link sri-PUSCH-PowerControl with two SRS resource sets is up to RAN2.

·        Alt.3

o   If the UE is provided enablePL-RS-UpdateForPUSCH-SRS, the first set of values {the first value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponding to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControl associated with the first SRS resource set and closed-loop index l = 0} is used for TRP1, and the second set of values {the second value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponding to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControlassociated with the second SRS resource set and closed-loop index l = 1 if  twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates is configured, l=0 otherwise} is used for TRP2.

o   Otherwise, the first set of values {the first value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS with PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id=0 and closed-loop index l = 0} can be used for TRP1, and the second set of values {the second value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS with PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 1 and closed-loop index l = 1 if  twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates is configured, l=0 otherwise } can be used for TRP2.

o   Note: How to design the signaling link sri-PUSCH-PowerControl with two SRS resource sets is up to RAN2.

 

For further study in future meetings:

For PHR reporting related to M-TRP PUSCH repetition, study following aspects related to option 4, 

·        Option 4: Calculate two PHRs (at least corresponding to the CC that applies m-TRP PUSCH repetitions), each associated with a first PUSCH occasion to each TRP, and report two PHRs.

·        FFS1: How the PHRs are calculated for reporting (actual PHR or virtual PHR)

·        FFS2: How the PHRs are calculated for reporting for other CCs if the multi-cell PHR MAC CE is applied.

·        FFS3: Required changes to triggering conditions including the required higher layer parameters (e.g.,’phr-PeriodicTimer’, ‘phr-ProhibitTimer’, ‘phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange’ as TRP specific).

·        FFS4: Report P-MPR and MPE per TRP within the same MAC-CE extension.

Note: Down-selection between Options 1-5 will be based on this study as well as the trade-off between benefit versus UE complexity.

 

R1-2106075        Summary#3 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH             Moderator (Nokia)

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

Void (not be handled during this e-meeting). No contributions please.

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2104202         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2104268         Discussion on Multi-panel reception for multi-TRP in Rel-17  Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2104294         Further Discussion on M-TRP Beam Management     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2104345         Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement              vivo

R1-2104406         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2104413         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2104486         Beam management enhancements for multi-TRP        CATT

R1-2104587         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2104601         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2104656         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2104734         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2104891         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2105060         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2105089         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2105153         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Sony

R1-2105211         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   ETRI

R1-2105248         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2105275         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2105293         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2105367         Enhancement on beam management for MTRP           MediaTek Inc.

R1-2105542         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Xiaomi

R1-2105590         On Multi-TRP BFR            Convida Wireless

R1-2105666         Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP      AT&T

R1-2105672         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ASUSTEK COMPUTER (SHANGHAI)

R1-2105685         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2105754         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2105781         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2105806         On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception         Ericsson

R1-2105818         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP         Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI

R1-2105836         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   TCL Communication Ltd.

 

[105-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Runhua (CATT)

Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: May 24

-        2nd check point: May 27

R1-2106153        Moderator summary #1 (updated) on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels           Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

For CMR configuration for option 2, adopt

·        Alt-1: “set”

 

Agreement

The bitwidth of each SSBRI/CRI is determined based on the number of SSB/CSI-RS resources in the associated CMR resource set

·        FFS: specify the association between SSBRIs/CRIs in a reported group and CMR resource sets

 

Agreement

·        For beam measurement/reporting option 2, the maximum number of beam groups in a single CSI-report is a UE capability and may take value from Nmax = {1,2,3,4} in Rel.17.

o   FFS: If UCI payload reduction for Nmax>=2 is needed and if so, how

·        The number of beam groups (N) reported in a single CSI-report

o   Alt1: The value of N is configured by RRC signalling

 

R1-2106153         Moderator summary#2 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels    Moderator (CATT)

R1-2106170         Moderator summary#3 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels    Moderator (CATT)

R1-2106287        Moderator summary #4 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

 

Agreement

Select one of the following alternatives with possible modification in RAN1#106-e

·        Alt 2.5.2 A:

o   On PUCCH-SR resource selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resources are configured, there is no consensus to adopt alt-1 or alt-2. PUCCH-SR resource selection is up to UE implementation.

·        Alt 2.5.2 B:

o   On the PUCCH-SR resource selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resources are configured, and at most one BFD RS set fails per CC, adopt alt 2 if all failed BFD RS sets cross CCs are associated with the same PUCCH SR resource, else PUCCH-SR resource selection is up to UE implementation.

·        Alt 2.5.2 C:

o   On the PUCCH-SR resource selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resources are configured, and at most one BFD RS set fails per CC, adopt alt 1 if all failed BFD RS sets cross CCs are associated with the same PUCCH SR resource, else PUCCH-SR resource selection is up to UE implementation.

·        Alt 2.5.2 D:

o   Revert the past agreement on supporting configuration of up to 2 PUCCH-SR resources. A UE can be configured up to 1 PUCCH-SR resource in a cell group.

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2104203         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2104269         Enhancements on high speed train for multi-TRP in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2104295         Further Discussion on HST-SFN     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2104346         Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes          vivo

R1-2104414         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2104487         Discussion on HST-SFN transmission schemes           CATT

R1-2104588         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2104602         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2104657         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2104735         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2104892         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2105090         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2105154         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Sony

R1-2105249         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2105276         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2105294         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2105543         Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission               Xiaomi

R1-2105586         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Ericsson

R1-2105591         On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment              Convida Wireless

R1-2105686         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2105761         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2105782         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

 

[105-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

-        1st check point: May 24

-        2nd check point: May 27

R1-2106090        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th,

 

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption from RAN1#104b-e:

All QCL source RS resource types as defined in TCI state for Rel-16 multi-TRP are supported for scheme 1.

 

Agreement

UE is not expected to be indicated by MAC CE with single TCI state per any of TCI codepoint , if UE is configured with scheme 1 PDSCH by RRC , but not capable to support dynamic switching between scheme 1 and single-TRP by TCI state field in DCI Format 1_1/1_2

 

Agreement

For specification based TRP-based frequency offset pre-compensation scheme

 

Agreement

Enhanced MAC CE signaling is not applicable to any of the configured CORESETs in a BWP if the CORESETs are configured with different CORESETPoolindex values in the BWP.

 

R1-2106121        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From GTW sessions:

 

Working Assumption

For TRP-based pre-compensation, Variant A (based on RAN1#103-e meeting agreement) are supported as QCL types/assumption, when the same DMRS port(s) are associated with two TCI states.

·        FFS: Additional support of Variant B

 

R1-2106242        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

 

Agreement

o   FFS rule or signalling to determine which TCI state with dropped QCL parameters

o   FFS whether this restriction is per UE or per CC

o   FFS whether this restriction is per UE or per CC

 

Agreement

Enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation) is identified by the number of TCI states activated per CORESET and RRC parameter

·        FFS: Configuration detail of RRC parameter

o   Including whether the same RRC parameter is used for PDCCH and PDSCH

 

Agreement

If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP -based pre-compensation) is configured and a CORESET is activated with two TCI states and UE is configured with enableTwoDefaultTCI-States and time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is less than the threshold timeDurationForQCL, down-select rule to determine default beam(s) for Rel-17 SFN PDSCH reception in RAN1#106-e:

·        Alt 1: Reuse rule to determine TCI states as defined for Rel-16 PDSCH scheme-1a

·        Alt 2: Introduce new rules to determine TCI states based on two TCI state(s) of the CORESET 

 

Agreement

If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation) is configured and two TCI states are activated for at least one CORESET, support the following configuration of RS for BFD

·        Down-select one alternative for implicit configuration

o   Alt 1-2: RS of CORESETs with both single and two TCI states are used

o   Alt 1-3: RS of CORESETs with only two TCI states are used

·        Down-select one alternative for explicit configuration

o   Alt 2-1: Support defining CSI-RS resource or SSB pairs as BFD RS

§  FFS other details

o   Alt 2-2: Reuse the existing Rel-15/Rel-16 approach for BFD RS configuration

·        Note: down-selection can be done separately for Rel-15/16 cell specific BFR and Rel-17 TRP-specific BFR, Rel-17 TRP-specific BFR to be discussed under AI 8.1.2.3.

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

Void (not be handled during this e-meeting). No contributions please.

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2104204         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2104270         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2104296         Views on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2104347         Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo

R1-2104415         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2104488         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          CATT

R1-2104589         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2104603         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2104658         CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2104736         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2104893         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD   Intel Corporation

R1-2105091         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2105155         More considerations on CSI enhancements   Sony

R1-2105250         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2105264         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2105277         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2105295         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung

R1-2105368         CSI enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2105687         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2105762         CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2105783         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2105807         CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity           Ericsson

R1-2106077         On PMI sharing for CSI enhancements under multi-TRP framework      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility, Ericsson, Intel Corporation, vivo

 

//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-105-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-05 as the document name

[105-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

-        1st check point: May 24

-        2nd check point: May 27

R1-2106070         Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)              Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)

R1-2106071        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)       Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)

From GTW sessions:

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 port selection codebook, the maximal value of CSI-RS port number P as Pmax is 32.

 

Conclusion

At least for rank 1, no further restriction or condition is applied for polarization-common based free-selection and combinatorial coefficient based port selection for W1.

 

Working Assumption

At least for rank 1, FD bases used for Wf quantization are limited within a single window with size N configured to the UE whereas FD bases in the window must be consecutive from an orthogonal DFT matrix, i.e. Alt 1

·        FFS: Further dependence/restriction, e.g. conditioned on N3 or the number of CSI-RS ports, can be applied to above design. If does, how to support a non-consecutive FD bases used for Wf quantization 

·        FFS: Whether to introduce thresholds for N3 and/or P

 

Agreement

A polarization-specific bitmap for indication non-zero coefficients should be supported for W2.

 

Agreement

For the quantization of W2 coefficient, reusing following Rel-16 quantization mechanism for Rank1 at least:

·        Two polarization-specific reference amplitudes:

o   for the polarization associated with the strongest coefficient, the reference amplitude is not reported

o   for the other polarization, reference amplitude is quantized to 4 bits

§  The alphabet is{1, 1/2)^(1/4), (1/4)^(1/4), (1/8)^(1/4), …, (1/2^14)^(1/4), [Reserved]} (-1.5dB step size)

·        For coefficients other than the strongest coefficient

o   differential amplitude is calculated relative to the associated polarization-specific reference amplitude and quantized to 3 bits

§  The alphabet is {1, 1/sqrt(2), 1/2, 1/(2*sqrt(2)), 1/4, 1/(4*sqrt(2)), 1/8, 1/(8*sqrt(2))} (-3dB step size)

o   phase is quantized to 16PSK

·        For the reserved state for reference amplitude, down-select one Alt

o   Alt 1: it is kept to be reserved

o   Alt 2: it is replaced as (1/2)^(15/4)

o   Alt 3: it is replaced as (1/2)^(3/8)

Note: whether/how SCI is supported for R17 codebook will be discussed separately

 

Agreement

Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource can be referred by both a CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis and a CMR configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis:

·        It is feasible in both FR1 and FR2 but subject to UE capability for FR2. If a UE supports and the sharing is also enabled by gNB, two CMRs from a CMR pair configured for a NCJT measurement hypothesis can be used for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, otherwise they cannot.

 

Conclusion

Whether to support interference measurement based on NZP CSI-RS outside the CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis, in addition to CSI-IM

Alt 2: No, it is not supported

 

R1-2106072        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2)       Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1, candidate values of K1 for port selection matrix W1 in NP*K1 are {2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32}.

·        Note: for polarization-common based free-selection, it means to select the same L=K1/2 ports out of P/2 ports for both polarizations

 

Agreement

Further reduction for possible parameter combinations among codebook parameters of Rel-17 port selection codebook, e.g. {K1, Mv, Beta}, will be discussed jointly once candidate values are determined

·        based on trade-off among UPT performance, feedback overhead, and complexity

·        based on all supported ranks

·        Limit total number of parameter combinations comparable to Rel-16 eType II

·        Exact parameters (e.g. with 2 or 3 parameters) within each combination are FFS

·        Other parameterizations of codebook parameter (e.g. alpha with K1= Alpha*# of CSI-RS ports and Alpha <=1) are not excluded

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1 and 2, for the compression coefficient Beta for non-zero coefficients of W2, values of Beta are {[1/4], 1/2, 3/4, 1}

·        Note: [1/4] means that 1/4 is also a candidate value for the discussion on reduction of parameter combinations, but has a lower priority compared to other beta values

 

Agreement

For Wf in CN3*Mv, Mv=2 is supported for R17 PS codebook

·        FFS: whether further dependence/restriction, i.e. conditioned on the number of CSI-RS ports, can be applied to Mv=2

·        FFS: Whether Mv=4 can be supported for # of CSI-RS ports, e.g. 4 or 8

 

Agreement

Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource m can be referred by two CMR pairs (m, a) and (m, b) configured for NCJT measurement hypotheses

·        Alt 1: It is feasible for FR1 but not for FR2.

 

Agreement

A CSI-IM resource is configured to be associated with either a CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis or a CMR pair for NCJT measurement hypothesis:  

·        One-to-one mapping between M+N CSI-IM resources versus M NZP CSI-RS resources for single-TRP measurement hypothesis and N NZP CSI-RS resource pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis configured in a CSI-RS resource set.

o   FFS the value/definition of M

Note: it is possible to configure the same value of CSI-IM resource ID for both NCJT and Single-TRP measurement hypotheses in FR1 and FR2, subject to QCL-Type D consistency between measurement hypotheses of the shared CMR in FR2

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 25th,

Agreement

For a CSI-RS resource set with Ks NZP CSI-RS resources configured for CMR and N NZP CSI-RS resource pairs configured for NCJT measurement hypotheses, study following default value of Ks,max,

·        Alt 1: Ks,max = 4

·        Alt 2: Ks,max = 2

·        Alt 3: Ks,max = 4 for FR2, and Ks,max = 2 for FR1

·        Note that default value means the minimal supported value for Ks,max in UE capability reporting, if UE support this feature.

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, study whether/how to support following dynamic updating on, e.g. by MAC-CE

·        Alt 1: CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypotheses

·        Alt 2: CMRs for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses

·        Alt 3: TCI states in CMRs

·        Alt 4: the number of single-TRP CSIs (i.e. X=0/1/2) in a NCJT CSI report

 

Conclusion:

There is no consensus to go with either of the following options in RAN1 #105e:

·        Option 1: Confirm the Working Assumption from RAN1#103e

·        Option 2: The UE can be expected to report one RI, one PMI, one LI and one CQI per TRP, up to 2 TRPs, for Multi-DCI based NCJT

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 Multi-TRP CSI enhancement, companies are encouraged to study following potential specification impact: 

·        CRI codepoint mapping order with CMRs and CMR pairs

·        Whether/how to configure RI restriction/CBSR configuration for NCJT CSI measurement

·        Whether/how to enhance the CSI updating rule to address CPU overbooking

·        Whether/how to introduce new CSI computation delay requirement for NCJT CSI calculation

·        Whether/how to support wideband CSI report

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 25th,

Agreement

At least for rank 1 and for Mv>1, Minit for the single window with size N is fixed to be 0

 

Conclusion

For PS codebook enhancements utilizing DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, there is no consensus of further enhancement for CSI-RS configurations associated with Rel-17 PS codebook.

 

R1-2106194        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3 and NWM)               Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)

From GTW sessions:

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, down-select one or more Alts in RAN1#106-e:

·        Alt 2: additional RRC signalling is needed to configure M (M≤ Ks) CMRs from the CSI-RS resource set for CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses

o   Example: For a given set of {{#0, #1}, {#2, #3}} with N=1, {#0, #2} are for NCJT measurement hypothesis. Additional RRC signaling may select {#0,#3} (if sharing is allowed), or {#1, #3} (if not allowed), or select any from the set for single-TRP measurement hypotheses.

·        Alt 3: For CMRs configured in the CSI-RS resource set, support RRC signalling to enable/disable single-TRP measurement hypothesis using CMR configured within CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis

o   Example: For a given set of {{#0, #1}, {#2, #3}} with N=1, {#0, #2} are for NCJT measurement hypothesis. If gNB enables the sharing, {#0, #1, #2, #3} are for single-TRP measurement. If gNB disable the sharing, {#1, #3} are for single-TRP measurement hypotheses.

·        Alt 4: CMR sharing between single-TRP measurement hypothesis and NCJT measurement hypothesis is realized by configuring the same value of CMR ID for single-TRP CMR and NCJT CMR pair.

o   Example: When the UE supports sharing, for a given set of {{#0, #0}, {#2, #3}} with N=1, {#0, #2} are for NCJT measurement hypotheses, the rest {#0, #3} are for single-TRP measurement hypotheses. The CMRs for STRP can be updated by re-configuring the CSI resource set.

Note that above examples are only for the purpose of illustrating/discussing Alternatives.

 

Agreement

For Option 1 CSI reporting associated with NCJT and X single-TRP measurement hypotheses, study whether to support following PMI/RI sharing mechanisms between NCJT CSI and single-TRP CSI(s):

·        Enabling/Disabling PMI, RI sharing via higher-layer configuration

·        Dynamic indication of PMI, RI sharing in the CSI report

·        FFS: other details

·        FFS: applicable conditions/restrictions of CMR sharing among Single-TRP and NCJT hypotheses, if above PMI/RI sharing mechanism can be applied

 

For future RAN1 meeting:

For a CSI report setting with Option 1 and X=1 or 2, study prioritizing CSI associated with reported CSI hypotheses within a CSI Reporting Setting

·        FFS potential impact for UCI payload generation

·        FFS whether/how to update CSI priority formula, and additional specification impact due to updated formula

·        FFS whether/how to update CSI omission rules for Part 2 CSI based on prioritized CSI

·        FFS: whether the X+1 CSI hypotheses per CSI Reporting Setting are mapped to a single CSI report or X+1 CSI reports

·        Companies are encouraged to discuss and justify purposes of prioritizing CSI associated with reported CSI hypotheses.

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1 and 2 and Mv > 1, for relationship between N and Mv, study and down-select one alternative from following in RAN1#106-e

·        Alt 1: N= Mv always, no UE reporting of Wf

·        Alt 2-1: N >= Mv, Wis layer-common and reported by UE for N>Mv.

·        Alt 2-2: N >= Mv, Wf is layer-specific and reported by UE for N>Mv.

Note: Wf is layer-common for N=Mv

Note: For all alternatives, a layer-common window/set of size N is configured.

 

Agreement

Support rank 2 for Rel-17 codebook

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 port selection codebook, study following Alternatives and down-select in RAN1 106e:

·        Alt 1: Wf OFF and Wf ON with Mv=1 are same, and Wf is an all-one vector of length N3. Wf as an all-one vector of length 1 is not needed

·        Alt 2: Wf OFF and Wf ON with Mv=1 are same, and Wf is an all-one vector of length 1, i.e., a scalar. Wf as an all-one vector of length N3 is not needed.

·        Alt 3: Keep both Wf OFF and Wf ON with Mv=1.

o   If PMI format is SB, Wis an all-one vector of length N3

§  Informative note: this case is considered as “Wf ON with Mv=1” in the agreement in RAN1 104e

o   If PMI format is WB, Wf is an all-one vector of length 1, i.e., a scalar

§  Informative note: this case is considered as “Wf OFF” in the agreement in RAN1 104e

·        Note: N3 = NCQISubband*R.

·        FFS: the case when no SB size is configured.

 

For future RAN1 meeting:

Study whether/how the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficients for W2 can be absent for CSI reporting

·        FFS: applicable conditions of being absent, .e.g. Mv=1 and Beta =1 for rank 1 or higher ranks

·        FFS: additional impact for reporting mechanism when/how the bitmap is absent

·        Note: The principle of UE determining the real number of NZC (same as Rel-15 and Rel-16) is unchanged in Rel-17

·        based on trade-off among UPT performance, feedback overhead and complexity

8.1.55        Other

Void (not be handled during this e-meeting). No contributions please.


 RAN1#106-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-211586 for detailed scope of the WI

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1

 

R1-2106463         Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106541         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2106571         Further discussion on multi beam enhancement          vivo

R1-2106640         Remaining Details on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106666         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2106685         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106789         Further enhancement on multi-beam operation            Sony

R1-2106865         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2106935         Discussions on enhancements on multi-beam operation            CATT

R1-2107029         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Fujitsu

R1-2107085         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2107143         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2107203         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2107297         Discussion of enhancements on multi-beam operation FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2107323         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107390         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2107464         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2107485         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2107570         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2108231         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Ericsson (rev of R1-2107628)

R1-2107689         Enhancements on Multi-beam operations      AT&T

R1-2107718         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2107814         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2107838         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2107893         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2108019         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Convida Wireless

R1-2108052         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2108208         Summary of offline discussion on unified TCI and inter-cell beam management               Moderator (Samsung)

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2106864        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

From GTW session:

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, confirm the following working assumption as an agreement with a minor refinement highlighted in red

For common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH across a set of [configured] CCs/BWPs:

 

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption with revision in red

On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell beam management mobility, support the following:

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 19th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the following DL RSs can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC

·        Aperiodic CSI-RS resources for CSI

o   FFS: Discuss if further restriction or further case is necessary

·        Aperiodic CSI-RS resources for BM

o   FFS: Discuss if further restriction or further case is necessary

·        FFS: Other CSI-RS time-domain behaviours and/or restriction(s)

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework:

·        Aperiodic SRS resources or resource sets for BM can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC

o   FFS: Discuss if/which restriction is necessary, e.g. only for aperiodic, apply to all resources in a set

o   Note: This doesn’t imply that all time-domain behaviours are automatically supported

Agreement

On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, at least for discussion purposes:

·        “Beam alignment” is defined as follows:

o   The event that the PL-RS is identical to the spatial relation RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state.

o   FFS: how to define “beam alignment” if the PL-RS and the spatial relation RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state are not identical

·        Any other case, it is defined as beam misalignment

Agreement

On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell management, the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation) apply to:

·        Both joint TCI and separate DL/UL TCI

·        FFS: For separate DL/UL TCI, whether the indicated DL TCI and UL TCI are associated with SSBs of a same physical cell ID

Agreement

On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell management, for the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation):

·        Both MAC-CE based and MAC-CE+DCI-based beam indication schemes are supported

Note: Previous agreement in RAN1#104b-e that remaining unused DCI fields and codepoints are reserved in R17 are not to be reverted.

 

R1-2108325         Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1            Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2108361        Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 2     Moderator (Samsung)

From GTW session:

Working Assumption

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for any DL RS that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC, but can be configured as a target DL RS of a Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool), Rel-17 mechanism(s) which reuse the Rel-15/16 TCI state update signaling/configuration design(s) are used to update/configure such DL RS(s) with Rel-17 TCI state(s).

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, for the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation):

·        Support a UE feature on how many physical cell IDs (including that of the serving cell) can be associated with the activated TCI states

o    FFS: If UE is configured for only one physical cell ID, decide between the following two options:

§  Opt1: the NW can activate TCI states associated with either the same physical cell ID as that of the serving cell or a different physical cell ID from that of the serving cell

§  Opt2: the NW can only activate TCI states associated with the same physical cell ID as that of the serving cell

Note: The above does not necessarily mean that more than 1 physical cell ID that is not serving cell in RRC

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 25th,

Agreement

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the first slot to apply the indicated TCI is at least Y symbols after the last symbol of the acknowledgment of the joint or separate DL/UL beam indication.

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, in RAN1#106-bis-e, further down select one from the following alternatives for the case of CA:

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 26th,

Agreement

The following working assumption is confirmed with revision in red.

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for any DL RS that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC, but can be configured as a target DL RS of a Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool), Rel-17 mechanism(s) which reuse the Rel-15/16 TCI state update signaling/configuration design(s) are used to update/configure such DL RS(s) with Rel-17 TCI state(s).

·        Applies for both intra-cell and inter-cell beam indication

 

R1-2108399        Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3     Moderator (Samsung)

From GTW

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for intra-cell beam indication, the following DL RSs can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC:

·        DMRS(s) associated with non-UE-dedicated reception on CORESET(s) and the associated PDSCH

·        FFS (to be concluded in RAN1#106bis-e): Non-UE-dedicated PUCCH and non-UE-dedicated PUSCH

On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation) applies to:

o   If UE does not support such capability, MAC-CE based beam indication (activation of one TCI state) can be used to switch between two different DL receptions along two different beams

o   Note: This does not preclude the possibility for TA update on non-serving cell

o   FFS: For a UE supporting Rel.17 beam indication feature for inter-cell beam management, up to 5 CORESETs can be configured per BWP

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 27th,

Conclusion:

On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, there is no consensus in supporting additional value(s) of KMAX other than 4

 

Agreement:

On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in RAN1#106bis-e, select one of the following alternatives:

·        Alt1. Support L1-based event-driven beam reporting for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP

·        Alt2. Support MAC CE based event-driven beam reporting for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP

·        Alt3. In Rel-17, event-driven beam reporting is not supported for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP

 

R1-2108557        Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 4     Moderator (Samsung)

From GTW session

Agreement

On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for SRS can also be associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state.

FFS: Whether more than one parameter sets can be configured, e.g. for different traffics

 

Conclusion

On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, there is no consensus in configuring the same setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) per TCI state across channels and apply a channel dependent component

·        Note: It has been agreed that “The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is at least associated with UL channel or UL RS” and hence the setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is channel/signal dependent (separate settings for PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS)

 

Conclusion

On Rel-17 unified TCI, for Rel-17, there is no consensus in supporting additional (M,N) values other than  (M,N)=(1,1)

 

Conclusion

On Rel.17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management,

·        In Rel-17, RAN1 cannot reach consensus in supporting same or different TA values across the serving cell and TRPs with different PCIs from that of the serving cell

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management,

·        To be finalized in RAN1#106bis-e): UE timing assumption on reception of signals from TRPs with PCIs different from the serving cell compared to that for serving cell

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, support the following enhancement on the Rel-16 event-triggered P-MPR-based reporting (included in the PHR report when a threshold is reached, reported via MAC-CE):

·        In addition to the existing field in the PHR MAC-CE, N≥1 P-MPR values can be reported

o   The N P-MPR values are reported together with the following:

§  (Working Assumption) For each P-MPR value, up to M SSBRI(s)/CRI(s), where the SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) is selected by the UE from a candidate SSB/CSI-RS resource pool (FFS: how to perform the selection)

·        FFS: The supported value(s) of M

·        FFS: Whether N represents the number of selected beams or the number of panels

·        FFS: Supported values of N

·        FFS: Whether beam-specific and/or panel-specific PHR is also reported

·        FFS: Additional reporting quantities, e.g. SSBRI/CRI, MPR+DL RSRP, or modified virtual PHR

·        FFS: additional signaling (e.g. CSI triggering) from the NW

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 28th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, select NMAX (the maximum number of RRC configured PCIs different from the serving cell for measurement/reporting) from the following alternatives (to be decided in RAN1#106bis-e):

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, in Rel-17, further focus study (including down-selection) and, if needed, specification effort on Opt 1-A as agreed in RAN1#105-e (UE -initiated beam selection/activation based on beam measurement and/or reporting, without beam indication or activation from NW) comprising: 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 31st,

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection, down select or modify from the following two schemes in RAN1#106bis-e:

 

Final summary in:

R1-2108648        Moderator summary#6 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 5     Moderator (Samsung)

 

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Eko (Samsung)

Reply LS to RAN2, RAN3, RAN4 LSs on TCI state update for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility (R1-2106414, R1-2106418, R1-2106426) by August 25th.

R1-2108309        Moderator summary for LS replies to RAN2/3/4 on inter-cell beam management               Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 25th,

Agreement

·        The reply LS to RAN2 in R1-2108520 is endorsed.

·        The reply LS to RAN3 in R1-2108521 is endorsed.

·        The reply LS to RAN4 in R1-2108522 is endorsed.

R1-2108520        [Draft] LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN2    Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: Final LS is approved in R1-2108526.

R1-2108521        [Draft] LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN3    Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: Final LS is approved in R1-2108527.

R1-2108522        [Draft] LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN4    Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: Final LS is approved in R1-2108528.

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2106464         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106542         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2106572         Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements               vivo

R1-2106641         Discussion on Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106667         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2106686         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106790         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2106866         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2106936         Enhancements on multi-TRP/panel transmission for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               CATT

R1-2107030         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2107079         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2107144         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2107204         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             OPPO

R1-2107293         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels              FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2107324         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107391         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2107465         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2107486         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2107571         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2107719         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2107815         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2107839         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2107894         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             Xiaomi

R1-2108020         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Convida Wireless

R1-2108053         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2108072         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2108074         On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements for multi-TRP             Ericsson

R1-2108106         Discussion on mTRP PXXCH          ASUSTeK

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2108254        Summary #1 of email discussions [106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

From GTW session:

Agreement

If a PDSCH is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates (the first PDCCH candidate associated with a first CORESET and the second PDCCH candidate associated with a second CORESET) that are linked for repetition:

·        Confirm the WA: The UE expects the same configuration for the first and second CORESETs wrt presence of TCI field in DCI.

 

Agreement

For the issues involving a timeline for/related to DCI decoding, the PDCCH candidate that ends later in time among the two linked PDCCH candidates is used as a reference. This includes at least the following issues

·        For N timeline and the HARQ ACK slot offset in the case that DL DCI does not schedule PDSCH but requests HARQ-Ack: SPS release DCI, SCell dormancy indication, requesting Type-3 HARQ-Ack codebook

·        For SPS PDSCH cancelation timeline (14 symbols)

·        For PUCCH resource overriding timeline (N3)

·        For starting drx-InacitivityTimer

·        For timeline to send PRACH in response to PDCCH order

·        For PDSCH / AP-CSI-RS reception preparation time with cross carrier scheduling with different SCS’s for PDCCH and PDSCH / AP-CSI-RS, i.e., minimum scheduling delay Npdsch and Ncsirs

·        For PHR timeline conditions for virtual versus actual PHR

·        For TPC application time window to determine whether a TPC command is applicable or not

·        For CPU occupation duration for AP-CSI

For the following issue, the PDCCH candidate that starts earlier in time among the two linked PDCCH candidates is used as a reference:

·        For determining the most recent transmission of SRS resource(s) identified by the SRI

 

Agreement

Among the two Alts in RAN1 #104b-e agreement on PDSCH mapping Type B, support Alt1 (The candidate that starts later in time).

 

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition with two linked candidates, if due to Rel. 15/16 procedures, one of the linked candidates is not monitored (is dropped)

·        Option 1: UE still monitors the linked candidate that is not dropped and interprets the DCI based on Rel. 17 PDCCH rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate)

·        At least the following Rel. 15/16 rules are applicable for this purpose:

o   Case 1: Overlap with SSB

o   Case 2: Overlap with rate matching resources: RateMatchPattern, lte-CRS-ToMatchAround, or LTE-CRS-PatternList-r16, availableRB-SetPerCell-r16

o   Case 3: Due to TDD DL/UL related conflicts: Overlap with semi-static / dynamic UL symbols or overlap with PRACH

o   FFS: Case 4: QCL-TypeD prioritization rule among CORESETs result in one of the linked candidates not being monitored

o   FFS: Case 6: Overlap with reserved PRB(s) and OFDM symbol(s) indicated by DCI format 2_1 where UE may assume no transmission intended for the UE

o   Other cases are not precluded

·        This does not impact the BD count for both dropped and non-dropped PDCCH candidates

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 19th,

Agreement

For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, select one Alt for each of Case 1 and Case 2 in RAN1 #106-bis-e:

·        Case 1: 2 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:

o   Alt1: No change (use existing spec)

o   Alt2: Consider the SS set pair together (both are kept or both are dropped), where the priority is based on lower SS set ID among the pair.

·        Case 2: 3 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:

o   Alt1: Overbooking is per individual SS set as in Rel. 15/16

§  Alt1-1: The third BD is counted as a virtual SS set (i.e., the virtual SS set for the third BDs is dopped before dropping the linked SS sets).

§  Alt1-2: The third BD is counted as part of the SS set with higher ID.

o   Alt2: Consider the SS set pair together (both are kept or both are dropped), where the priority is based on lower SS set ID among the pair.

·        FFS: Inter-span PDCCH repetition for r16monitoringcapablity.

 

Agreement

Study whether/how to handle UE complexity / memory requirements for linked PDCCH candidates

·        The following cases can be considered:

o   Case 1: One pair of linked MO’s of one pair of linked SS sets in a given slot with large number of candidates.

o   Case 2: Multiple pairs of linked MO’s of one pair of linked SS sets in a given slot, where MO’s of the two SS sets are not interlaced

o   Case 3: For two pairs of linked SS sets (e.g. SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS sets 3 and 4 are linked), a MO of any of the SS sets (e.g. SS set 3) is in between two linked MOs of another two SS sets (e.g. SS sets 1 and 2).

o   Other cases are not precluded.

·        Examples of possible mechanisms to address the issue: Restrictions in the spec, UE capability, limit total number linked candidates in a slot, limit total number of linked candidates / CCEs at any given time (similar to CPU occupation)

·        Whether the solution should also depend on AL of linked candidates

·        The case of CA can also be considered

 

Agreement

SS set configured by recoverySearchSpaceId cannot be linked to another SS set for PDCCH repetition.

 

Agreement

For AP-CSI-RS scheduled by two PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, the UE does not expect that the AP-CSI-RS is transmitted before the first symbol of the PDCCH candidate that starts later in time.

 

R1-2108255        Summary #2 of email discussions [106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

From GTW session:

Working Assumption

If a PDSCH with mapping Type B is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, d1,1 for PDSCH processing time is determined

·        Option 2: By considering the PDCCH candidate that results in larger d1,1 value

·        Note: Above applies at least for UEs doing selective decoding

FFS: Relaxation of processing time for soft combining of linked PDCCH candidates including PUSCH processing, PDSCH processing for mapping Type A and B, AP CSI processing, DCI processing (N timeline), etc.

FFS: How above applies for UEs doing soft combining

 

Agreement

For a UE supporting reception with two different beams and configured with PDCCH repetitions, for determination of two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple overlapping CORESETs, down-select from the following Alts in RAN1 #106-bis-e:

·        Alt1: Identify the two QCL-Type D properties based on legacy priority order.

·        Alt2: Reuse legacy priority rule to identify the first QCL-TypeD property, and then, identify the second QCL-TypeD according to one of the SS sets that is linked with a SS set with the first QCL-TypeD (among the multiple overlapping CORESETs)

o   In the case of multiple such SS set pairs, Rel. 15 priority order is followed for the second QCL-TypeD determination

o   FFS: The case of no such SS set pair

·        Alt3: Assign same priority for two linked search space sets for PDCCH transmission with overlapping monitoring occasions (the priority is according to one of the two SS sets with a lower SS set ID)

·        Priority order: SS type (USS/CSS) > linkage of SS sets > cell index > associated SS set ID

o   Linked SS set has higher priority than individual SS set

·        FFS: The case that the first QCL-TypeD is from unlinked CSS

·        FFS: The case of no linked SS sets among the multiple overlapping CORESETs

 

Agreement

Support PDCCH repetition for Type3 CSS.

 

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition in Rel. 17, study the following aspects:

-        Whether/how to support PDCCH repetition for Type0/0A/1/2 CSS

-        Whether to support PDCCH order transmitted with PDCCH repetitions with different beams triggering CFRA for SpCell, and if it is supported how to determine the QCL assumption for the PDCCH that includes the DCI format 1_0 with RA-RNTI and the corresponding scheduled PDSCH.

 

Conclusion

There is no consensus in RAN1 to support inter-slot PDCCH repetition in Rel. 17.

 

R1-2108256        Summary #3 of email discussions [106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements    Moderator (Qualcomm)

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 27th,

Agreement

When one of the linked PDCCH candidates uses the same set of CCEs as an individual (unlinked) PDCCH candidate, and they both are associated with the same DCI size, scrambling, and CORESET

·        Interpretation of the detected DCI is based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate).

o   Whether the individual candidate is monitored or not is determined by a UE capability

§  FFS (In UE feature session): The details including reusing the reported number of BDs for this purpose, or relation to reported number of BDs

o   In both cases, the individual candidate is not counted toward the BD limit.

·        UE capability for max number of such overlaps is introduced

o   FFS: Value of 0 is included as a candidate value for the UE capability

o   The details to be discussed as part of UE capability discussions

·        FFS: When the individual candidate is monitored, the scenario where the other linked candidate is also “overlapping” (same CORESET, DCI size, CCEs, scrambling) with a second individual candidate

 

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2108298        Summary #1 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements      Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

From GTW session:

Agreement

When DCI schedules a retransmission of CG-PUSCH for type 1 CG or type 2 CG (DCI with CRC scrambled with CS-RNTI and NDI=1) while the CG configuration is RRC-configured with two fields of power control parameters, apply the same procedure as DCI activation for CG type 2 agreed before, i.e.,

·        The first (legacy) RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ are associated with the first SRS resource set.

·        The second (new) RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ are associated with the second SRS resource set.

·        Applying the first, second, or both first and second RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ is determined from the new DCI field (for dynamic switching) of the activating DCI similar to the case of DG-PUSCH.

Agreement

When fallback DCI (DCI format 0_0) activates a type 2 CG or schedules a retransmission of a type 1 or type 2 CG, and the CG configuration is RRC-configured with 2 sets of power control parameters (two ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’):

·        The UE uses the first set of values for power control (first RRC-configured ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’).

Agreement

When a DCI that includes the new 2-bits DCI field for dynamic switching activates a type 2 CG or schedules a retransmission of a type 1 or type 2 CG, and the CG configuration is RRC-configured with only one set of power control parameters (one ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’):

·        The UE expects the new DCI field for dynamic switching is set to “00”, and all PUSCH repetitions are associated with the first SRS resource set.

Agreement

For the new field in DCI for dynamic switching,

·        For Codepoint “11”, the 1st SRI/TPMI field associate with the 1st SRS resource set while the 2nd SRI/TPMI field associate with the 2nd SRS resource set. i.e.,

Codepoint

SRS resource set(s)

SRI (for both CB and NCB)/TPMI (CB only) field(s)

11

m-TRP mode with (TRP2,TRP1 order)

1st SRI/TPMI field: 1st  SRS resource set

2nd SRI/TPMI field: 2nd SRS resource set

Both 1st and 2nd SRI/TPMI fields

·        For Codepoint “11”, the first repetition in time is associated with the second SRS resource set, and the remaining repetitions follow the configured mapping pattern (cyclic or sequential).

·        For Codepoint “10”, the first repetition in time is associated with the first SRS resource set, and the remaining repetitions follow the configured mapping pattern (cyclic or sequential).

Agreement

For PHR reporting related to M-TRP PUSCH repetition, support Option 4 as UE optional capability for a UE that supports mTRP PUSCH,

·        Option 4: Calculate two PHRs (at least corresponding to the CC that applies m-TRP PUSCH repetitions), each associated with a first PUSCH occasion to each TRP, and report two PHRs.

Agreement

For SP-CSI report on mTRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B activated by a DCI, support the use of a similar mechanism to A-CSI multiplexing on M-TRP PUSCH without a TB, which includes the following,

o   If the first / second nominal repetition is not the same as the first / second actual repetition, the first / second nominal repetition is dropped

§  If one of the first or second nominal repetitions is not dropped, SP-CSI is multiplexed on that repetition

o   Else (the first and second nominal repetitions are the same as the first and second actual repetitions)

§  If UCIs other than the SP-CSI are not multiplexed on any of the two PUSCH repetitions, SP-CSI is multiplexed on both repetitions.

§  Otherwise, UE transmits SP-CSI only on the first PUSCH repetition similar to Rel. 15/16 (and the second repetition is dropped)

 

Agreement

For indicating per-TRP OLPC set in DCI format 0_1/0_2, if no SRI field presents in the DCI,

o   if value of the field equals to ‘10’ or ‘11’, the UE determine two values of P0 for two TRPs (one P0 value for each TRP) from the second value in the first P0-PUSCH-Set-r16_list and the second value in the second P0-PUSCH-Set-r16_list.

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 19th,

Agreement

For per-TRP closed-loop power control, when the indicated PUCCH transmission in DCI format 1_0 (fallback DCI) is associated with two “closedLoopIndex” values for multi-TRP PUCCH transmission schemes, the single TPC field (the existing TPC field) is applied to both closed loop indices for the scheduled PUCCH.

 

Working assumption

For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition, select Alt.2. 

·        Alt. 2: the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 1st SRS resource set can be different from the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 2nd SRS resource set.

·        FFS: Whether specification change is needed due to this working assumption

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 20th,

Agreement

For RV mapping of type 1 or type 2 CG based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition, support, 

 

R1-2108299        Summary #2 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements      Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For option 4, support the following:

When PHR MAC-CE is reported in slot n, for a CC that is configured with mTRP PUSCH repetition, PHR value(s) are determined as,

·        The first PHR value is reported same as Rel. 15/16.

·        If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions associated with a given TRP, the second PHR value, select Alt. 1A or Alt. 2A

o   Alt.1A: Is always actual. When there are more than one repetitions associated with the other TRP, the second PHR is calculated considering on the following repetition,

§  If there are repetition(s) towards the other TRP which transmit after the repetition used to calculate first PHR, the UE select the earliest repetition among them.

§  Otherwise, the UE select the latest repetition which transmitted before the repetition used to calculate first PHR. 

o   Alt.2A: Is actual only when a repetition associated with the other TRP is transmitted in slot n. Otherwise, it is virtual.

§  If there are multiple repetitions associated with the other TRP in slot n, the earliest one in slot n is selected.

·        If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) but not corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions (corresponds to sTRP PUSCH), select Alt. 1B or Alt. 2B

o   Alt1B: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.

o   Alt2B: a second PHR is not reported

·        If the first PHR value is virtual, select Alt. 1C or Alt. 2C

o   Alt1C: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.

o   Alt2C: a second PHR is not reported

·        When second PHR is virtual, it is calculated based on a set of default power control parameters defined for the other TRP (that is not associated with the first PHR)

·        Note: the above is applicable to both single entry and multi-entry PHR reports

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 24th,

Agreement

For the grouping of PUCCH resources in Rel-17 multi-TRP PUCCH repetition schemes,

 

R1-2108300        Summary #3 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements      Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For single-DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, when one SRS resource per SRS resource set is configured (i.e., when two SRI fields are absent in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2), per TRP default P0, alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index is defined by, 

 

Agreement

For option 4, support the following:

o   If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions associated with a given TRP, the second PHR value, select Alt. 2A

§  Alt.2A: Is actual only when a repetition associated with the other TRP is transmitted in slot n. Otherwise, it is virtual.

·        If there are multiple repetitions associated with the other TRP in slot n, the earliest one in slot n is selected.

o   If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) but not corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions (corresponds to sTRP PUSCH), select Alt. 1B

§  Alt1B: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.

o   If the first PHR value is virtual, select Alt. 1C

§  Alt1C: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 26th,

Agreement

If the PUCCH resource with the lowest ID is activated with two spatial relation info, the spatial relation info with lower ID, is used as the default beam for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0.

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 27th,

Agreement

For per-TRP closed-loop power control,

·        When the second TPC field is configured and the indicated PUCCH transmission in DCI formats 1_1/1_2  (or PUSCH transmission in DCI formats 0_1/0_2) is associated with one “closedLoopIndex” value for single TRP transmission, the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused.

·        Note1: Each TPC field is for each closed-loop index value respectively (i.e., 1st /2nd TPC fields correspond to “closedLoopIndex” value = 0 and 1, respectively).

·        Note2: When the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused, the unused TPC field is not applied for any legacy procedures of calculating sum of TPC command values.

 

Agreement

For mTRP PUCCH (or PUSCH) repetitions schemes,

·        When the second TPC field is configured and the indicated PUCCH transmission in DCI formats 1_1/1_2 (or PUSCH transmission in DCI formats 0_1/0_2) is associated with the same “closedLoopIndex” value for mutli-TRP tranmission, the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused.

·        Note: When the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused, the unused TPC field is not applied for any legacy procedures of calculating sum of TPC command values.

 

Agreement

On the number of SRS resource configured in the two SRS resource sets, select one of the following alternatives,

·        Alt.1: Support the same number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition.

·        Alt.2: Support different number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition. The first SRS resource set always have the same or larger number of SRS resources than the second SRS resources set.

o   The bit width of the 1st SRI field is determined based on the first SRS resource set

o   FFS: How to interpret “SRI field is present or not present”

·        Alt.3: Support different number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition. The first SRS resource set always have the smaller, same or larger number of SRS resources than the second SRS resources set.

o   The bit width of the 1st SRI field is determined based on maximum number of SRS resources among two resource sets

o   FFS: How to interpret “SRI field is present or not present”

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2106465         Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106543         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2106573         Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation        vivo

R1-2106642         On M-TRP Inter-cell Operation      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106668         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2106687         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106867         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2106937         Enhancements on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel       CATT

R1-2107026         On Multi-TRP inter-cell operation  Ericsson

R1-2107080         Inter-cell multi-TRP operation        FUTUREWEI

R1-2107205         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2107325         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107392         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2107572         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2107720         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2107816         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2107840         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2107895         QCL/TCI-related enhancements on Inter-cell Multi-TRP          Xiaomi

R1-2108029         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ASUSTEK COMPUTER (SHANGHAI)

R1-2108054         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2108337        Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

R1-2108457        Feature lead summary#2 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 24th,

Agreement

Introduce a new RRC indicator/signalling (e.g., re-index the non-serving cell) to indicate the non-serving cell information that a TCI state/QCL information is associated with, where the new indicator/signalling is not the exact PCI value

·        Detailed signalling design is up to RAN2

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 26th,

Agreement

Rel. 17 inter-cell MTRP , the maximum number of additional RRC -configured PCIs  per CC is denoted X and can be reported as a UE capability

·        For the report value of X, multiple candidate values including 1 is supported. 

o   FFS: Which values to support other than 1. 

o   Values larger than 7 are precluded

o   RAN1 needs to agree on value(s) of X other than 1

·        Down-select one of the following alternatives:

o   Alt 1: A single value of X is reported as UE capability for any possible SSB time domain position and periodicity

o   Alt 3: At least Two independent X values (X1, X2) are reported as a UE capability for at least two different assumptions on SSB time domain position and periodicity with respect to serving cell SSB

·        The serving cell PCI is always associated with active TCI states, only 1 additional PCI can be associated with the active TCI States

 

Agreement

·        For inter-cell mTRP , one PCI associated with one or more of activated TCI states for PDSCH/PDCCH is associated with one CORESETPoolIndex, another PCI associated with one or more of activated TCI states for PDSCH/PDCCH is associated with another CORESETPoolIndex

·        FFS: The association between PCI and CORESETPoolIndex when switching between intra-cell mTRP and inter-cell mTRP

Agreement

For a CSI-RS QCLed with a neighbouring cell SSB, the CSI-RS EPRE is calculated based on powerControlOffsetSS and the SSB transmission power in the neighbouring cell information.

 

R1-2108633        LS on Rel-17 inter-cell multi TRP               RAN1, vivo

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 28th, the LS to RAN2 is approved.

 

Final summary in:

R1-2108571        Feature lead summary#3 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2106466         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106544         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2106574         Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement              vivo

R1-2106643         Further Details on Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106669         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2106688         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP        Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106791         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Sony

R1-2106868         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2106938         Enhancements on beam reporting and beam failure recovery for multi-TRP               CATT

R1-2107031         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2107081         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2107145         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2107206         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2107298         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2107326         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107393         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2107470         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   ETRI

R1-2107487         Enhancement on beam management for multi-TRP    MediaTek Inc.

R1-2107573         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2107690         Beam Management Enhancements for multi-TRP       AT&T

R1-2107721         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2107817         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2107841         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2107896         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Xiaomi

R1-2108009         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2108021         On Multi-TRP BFR            Convida Wireless

R1-2108030         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ASUSTEK COMPUTER (SHANGHAI)

R1-2108044         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2108045         On beam management enhancements for multi-TRP  Ericsson

R1-2108055         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Runhua (CATT)

Email discussion on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2108321        Moderator summary #1 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For aperiodic report of beam reporting option 2,

·        When associated with aperiodic resource setting, extend the existing RRC parameter CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo to be configured with two CMR resource sets where each may be configured with their corresponding QCL information.

o   FFS: Detailed association scheme

·        When associated with periodic/semi-persist resource setting, the resource setting comprises two CMR resource sets.

Conclusion

There is no consensus to support M>2 beams per group for beam reporting option 2 in Rel.17.

 

Agreement

Support differential L1 RSRP reporting as a UCI reduction scheme for beam measurement/reporting option 2.

 

Agreement

Differential reporting across all beam groups in a CSI-report

·        Including 1-bit indicator of the CMR set associated with the largest RSRP value in all groups

o   NOTE: best beam is assumed in the 1st group

o   1-bit indicating CMR set with higher RSRP value (e.g. 0 indicating 1st SSBRI/CRI from 1st CMR set, 1 indicating 1st SSBRI/CRI from 2nd CMR set); UCI payload partitioning = 7/4 bits for 1st/2nd SSBRI/CRI in first beam group; 4 bits for all beams in other groups;

Agreement

For multi-TRP BFR, a single MAC-CE is used at least for BFRQ for all TRPs in all CCs in a cell group, which includes

·        Indices of failed BFD-RS set (as an indication of failed TRP link)

·        Indices of CC containing the failed TRP link

·        An indicator whether a new candidate beam is identified in the NBI-RS set associated with the failed BFD-RS set, and an resource indicator representing the new candidate beam (if identified) based on the number of NBI-RS resources in the corresponding NBI-RS set.

·        FFS: Content of MAC-CE related to SpCell when transmitted on msg3, msgA

·        Note: MAC-CE signaling design details are up to RAN2

·        The term “failed TRP link” is used here for discussion purposes only

 

R1-2108322        Moderator summary #2 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

From GTW session:

Agreement

The maximum number of BFD-RS resources per set is a UE capability, including a possible candidate value of 1 in Rel.17.

 

Agreement

Support the following BFD-RS configurations in Rel.17 for UEs with one activated TCI state per CORESET:

·        Implicit configuration:

o   M-DCI:

§  BFD-RS set k (k = 0, 1) is derived based on X TCI of CORESETs with CORESETPoolIndex = k

§  FFS: value of X (determined in spec or UE capability), and TCI selection rule when the number of CORESETs with CORESETPoolIndex = k exceeds X (e.g. reuse RLM RS selection rule)

·        FFS: CORESETs with more than 1 activated TCI states

Conclusion

BFD-RS configurations in Rel.17 for UEs with one activated TCI state per CORESET via implicit configuration for S-DCI mTRP is not supported in Rel-17.

 

R1-2108323        Moderator summary #3 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels   Moderator (CATT)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For extension of the existing RRC parameter CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo for the purpose of M-TRP beam reporting option 2,

·        Introduce a second ‘resourcesForChannel’ in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo

Agreement

For option 2 with differential reporting

·        For each reported beam group other than the 1st beam group, the same SSBRI/CRI ordering as the 1st beam group is assumed.

Agreement

·        For the case of all CORESETs with 1 activated TCI state per CORESET, after 28 symbols from receiving the BFR response, the QCL assumption of all CORESETs associated with the failed BFD-RS set reported in the MAC-CE for TRP-specific BFR is updated by the RS resource associated with the latest reported new candidate beam (if found) associated with the failed BFD-RS set

o   FFS: How to associate CORESET(s) with failed BFD-RS set

o   FFS: SCS configuration of 28 symbols

·        FFS: Update of QCL assumption for other DL channels/RSs, UL spatial filter/power control assumption for PUCCH, and other UL channels/RSs

·        FFS: the case of CORESETs with 2 activated TCI states per CORESET.

·        The above applies to SCell and SpCell

·        The above applies at least for the multi-DCI case

Agreement

Support the following BFD-RS configurations in Rel.17 for UEs with one activated TCI state per CORESET:

·        Explicit configuration of BFD-RS resources in BFD-RS set k, k = 0, 1

·        FFS: CORESETs with more than 1 activated TCI state.

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2106467         Enhancements on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17          Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106545         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2106575         Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes          vivo

R1-2106644         M-TRP Operation for HST-SFN Deployment             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106689         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106792         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Sony

R1-2106869         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2106939         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment for Rel-17   CATT

R1-2107082         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2107146         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2107178         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2107207         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2107327         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107394         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2107488         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2107574         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2107625         Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment        Ericsson

R1-2107722         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2107818         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2107842         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2107897         Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission               Xiaomi

R1-2108022         On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment              Convida Wireless

R1-2108056         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on HST-SFN

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2108326        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From GTW session:

Agreement

Support the following combination of the transmission schemes

·        Single-TRP PDCCH + Rel-17 Scheme 1 PDSCH

·        Single-TRP PDCCH + Rel-17 TRP-based pre-compensation PDSCH

·        FFS: Other combinations of the transmission scheme

Note: The PDSCH corresponds to the PDSCH scheduled by DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2.

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 TRP-based pre-compensation scheme, indication of carrier frequency for uplink transmission (Doppler frequency reporting) in TRP-based pre-compensation scheme is supported using

·        Option 1 Implicit from RAN1#102-e agreement

o   FFS enhancements to SRS (e.g multiple SRS resource in a set) to improve the accuracy of frequency estimation

For Option1, some companies raised concerns that there is no consensus on the benefit and the applicability of this scheme in FDD.

For Option1, some companies raised concerns that there is no benefit in low SNR scenarios.

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 24th,

Agreement

For TRP -based pre-compensation

·        Alt-1: QCL parameters are dropped from the second TCI state of the indicated TCI codepoint containing two TCI states

 

Conclusion

For Variant A and B (if supported)

·        For frequency offset pre-compensation QCL -like association of the resource(s) received in the 1st step with UL signal transmitted in the 2nd step is supported by implementation without specification impact

 

Agreement

Confirm working assumption from RAN1#105e meeting without modification:

For TRP -based pre-compensation, Variant A (based on RAN1#103-e meeting agreement) is supported as QCL types/assumption, when the same DMRS port(s) are associated with two TCI states.

·        FFS: Support of Variant B 

 

R1-2108407        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From GTW session:

Agreement

In CA scenario support RRC configured set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE for activation of two TCI states of CORESET with the same CORESET ID for all the BWPs in the indicated CCs set

·        FFS: Whether to reuse Rel-16 RRC parameters or introduce new RRC parameters.

·        FFS: UE capability

·        FFS: Whether/How to update the CORESET that is not configured to SFN scheme in the indicated CCs set

 

Agreement

If enableTwoDefaultTCI-States is configured and at least one TCI codepoint indicates two TCI states and time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the PDSCH is less than the threshold timeDurationForQCL, default beam(s) for Rel-17 enhanced SFN PDSCH (scheme 1 or if supported TRP-based pre-compensation) reception:

·        Alt 1: Reuse rule to determine TCI states as defined for Rel-16 PDSCH scheme-1a

This is a UE optional feature

 

Agreement

For PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, [1_1 and 1_2], if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is equal or larger than the threshold timeDurationForQCL

·        Support configuration when there is no TCI field in the DCI scheduling PDSCH

o   UE applies the state(s) of the scheduling CORESET when receiving the PDSCH

§  if there are two active TCI states for the CORESET, UE applies the both QCL assumption of the CORESET that schedules the PDSCH when receiving the PDSCH

§  otherwise, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET when receiving the PDSCH

·        FFS if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is smaller than the threshold timeDurationForQCL

This is a UE optional feature.

 

Agreement

If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or if TRP-based pre-compensation is supported in FR2) is configured and CORESET is indicated with two TCI states, and scheduling offset for AP CSI-RS is less than the threshold and enableTwoDefaultTCIStates is not configured

·         If there is no other DL signal on the same symbol, use one of two TCI states as default beam for aperiodic CSI-RS reception, i.e.

o    using one TCI state of the CORESET with the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot as default beam for aperiodic CSI-RS reception. If there are two activated TCI states for the CORESET with the lowest CORESET ID, one of two TCI states will be selected, i.e. always selects the first TCI state if the CORESET has two TCI states

·         If there is other DL signal on the same symbol, reuse Rel-15/16 mechanism

 

Agreement

If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation) is configured and two TCI states are activated for at least one CORESET, support the following configuration of RS for BFD

·        For implicit configuration

o   Alt 1-2: RS of CORESETs with both single and two TCI states are used

FFS: The maximum number of BFD RS and details on RS determination

 

R1-2108548        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From GTW session:

Agreement

If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or if TRP-based pre-compensation is supported in FR2) is configured, and if the CORESET with the lowest ID in the active DL BWP is indicated with two TCI states 

·          If PL-RS and spatial relation information are not configured for PUCCH and enableDefaultBeamPL-ForPUCCH is configured in FR2 

o   For single-TRP PUCCH transmission, select the first TCI state of the CORESET as default beam and PL RS 

·          If PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0 and enableDefaultBeamPL-ForPUSCH0-0 is configured in FR2, and if PUCCH resource is not configured on active UL BWP in the cell or if spatial relation is not configured in any PUCCH resource on active UL BWP in the cell, 

o   For single-TRP PUSCH transmission scheduled by DCI format 0_0, select the first TCI state of the CORESET as default beam and PL RS 

·          If PL-RS and spatial relation information are not configured for SRS and enableDefaultBeamPL-ForSRS is configured in FR2 

o   For single-TRP SRS resource, select the first TCI state of the CORESET as default beam and PL RS 

·          FFS other details, if any 

·          These are UE optional features 

 

Agreement

When a CORESET is activated with two TCI states which overlaps with another CORESET, support extension of Rel-15 prioritization rule for PDCCH monitoring of PDCCH candidates in overlapping monitoring occasions with different QCL-TypeD

·        FFS: Prioritization rule considers CORESETs indicated with 1 and/or 2 TCI states 

·        Supports identifying two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple overlapping CORESETs

o   UE capability is introduced

·        FFS other details

·        FFS: Strive to have same / similar solution as discussed under AI 8.1.2.1

 

Conclusion

No RAN1 specification impact on how to calculate hypothetical BLER for BFD.

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2106468         Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106546         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          ZTE

R1-2106576         Further discussion on SRS enhancement       vivo

R1-2106645         Remaining Issues on SRS Enhancements      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106670         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2106690         Considerations on SRS enhancements           Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106793         Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity         Sony

R1-2106870         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2106940         Discussion on SRS enhancements for Rel-17 CATT

R1-2107083         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2107147         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2107208         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2107328         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107395         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2107467         Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity       Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2107489         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          MediaTek Inc.

R1-2107558         SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements           Ericsson

R1-2107575         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2107723         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2107788         Enhancements on SRS       Sharp

R1-2107819         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2107843         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2107898         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2108057         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on enhancement on SRS

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 18th,

Agreement

Confirm the following WA.

For DCI indication of t in Rel-17 SRS triggering offset enhancement

·        For both DCI that schedules a  PDSCH/PUSCH and DCI 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI request

o   t is indicated by adding a new  configurable DCI field (up to 2 bits)

§  Applies only when there are multiple candidate values of t configured

o   No further enhancement to indicate t for DCI 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI request at least when the new DCI field is configured

R1-2108217        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From GTW session:

Agreement

Support start RB location (Noffset) hopping in different SRS frequency hopping periods for RPFS and at least periodic/semi-persistent SRS, where  Noffset  is the start RB index of the  RBs in the  RBs.

·           For a given SRS transmission occasion,  , where khopping is same for all SRS occasions within a legacy FH period but changes across legacy FH periods, kF and PF are at least configured by RRC signaling (kF = {0, 1, …, PF-1}).

o   Support at least one pattern for khopping in time domain, FFS detailed pattern

o   Note: the legacy FH period is the period to sound the full SRS hopping bandwidth across the different subbands of  RBs each.

·        This start RB location hopping is enabled or disabled by RRC signaling.

o   FFS whether MAC CE or DCI can be additionally used

o   When this start RB location hopping is disabled, khopping is fixed to be 0 for all SRS symbols

·        This start RB location hopping is UE optional.

·        FFS whether start RB location hopping is also applicable on SRS occasion(s) within one FH period (e.g., when R>1) and/or on aperiodic SRS, if so, how

Agreement

For aperiodic xTyR antenna switching SRS, where xTyR is from {1T6R, 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, 4T8R}, support all the non-zero integer values N<=N_max except N=1 for 1T8R

·        For each xTyR configuration, UE does not expect multiple SRS resource sets are configured or triggered in one slot

·        UE does not expect that the OFDM symbols contained in one SRS resource set exceed UE capability on which OFDM symbols can be used for SRS taking guard period into account

 

Agreement

Support Opt. 2: Reference slot is the slot indicated by the legacy triggering offset.

·        If DCI is transmitted in slot n, and k is the legacy triggering offset, reference slot is slot n+k.

·        Note: the legacy triggering offset can be 0, if slotOffset is absent.

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 20th,

Conclusion

MAC CE for t value update in Rel-17 is not supported.

 

R1-2108373        FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For antenna switching SRS, support maximum one SRS resource set for periodic SRS and maximum 2 SRS resource sets for semi-persistent SRS.

·        Note: the two SP-SRS resource sets are not activated at the same time

·        For xTyR where y>4, if UE does NOT support this feature, support maximum one SRS resource set for periodic SRS and maximum one SRS resource set for semi-persistent SRS

·        Applies for all supported xTyR where y<=8

·        For each xTyR antenna switching (except for 4T6R if supported), each periodic or semi-persistent resource set contains y/x resources.

This feature is UE optional: For UEs that do not support this feature, follow Rel-15 on the number of resource sets for periodic and semi-persistent SRS

Agreement

Support 4T6R SRS antenna switching in Rel-17.

 

Agreement

For RPFS SRS sequence generation, support

·        Alt 1: Generate length- ZC sequence.

Agreement

For SRS increased repetitions in Rel-17, support the following configurations, and no other values are supported.

·        (N_symbol, R) = {(8, 1), (8, 2), (8, 4), (8, 8), (12, 1), (12, 2), (12, 3), (12, 4), (12, 6), (12, 12), (10, 1), (10, 2), (10, 5), (10,10), (14, 1), (14, 2), (14, 7), (14, 14)}

·        Note: N_symbol SRS symbols are adjacent in a slot.

 

Decision: As per email posted on Aug 20th,

Agreement

·        On the presence of guard symbols in Rel-17 for SRS antenna switching, down-select one of the following

o   Alt 1-0: Guard symbols are always-on, which is same as Rel-15

o   Alt 1-1: Guard symbols are configurable subject to UE capability

·        On whether to introduce guard symbols between SRS resource sets for antenna switching, down-select one of the following

o   Alt 2-0: Do not introduce guard symbols between SRS resource sets, i.e., guard symbols only appears between SRS resources in a resource set

o   Alt 2-1: Introduce guard symbols between two sets mapped to consecutive slots

·        Note: Rel-15 guard period symbols are supported if none of the above enhancements is agreed

 

Agreement

For Comb-8 SRS in Rel-17, down-select one of the following in RAN1#106bis-e

·        Alt 1: The maximum number of CSs for Comb-8 is 6

·        Alt 2: The maximum number of CSs for Comb-8 is 12, and introduce a rule to restrict applicable CSs when SRS sequence is shorter than the maximum number of CSs

Final summary in:

R1-2108512        FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2106469         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2106547         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2106577         Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo

R1-2106646         Further Discussion on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106691         Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2106794         More considerations on CSI enhancements   Sony

R1-2106871         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung

R1-2106941         Discussion on CSI enhancements for Rel-17 CATT

R1-2107084         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2107148         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2107179         CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2107209         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2107329         CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2107396         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2107466         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2107490         CSI Enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2107576         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD   Intel Corporation

R1-2107724         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2107820         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2107844         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2108058         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2108071         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    Ericsson

 

//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-106-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-09 as the document name

[106-e-NR-feMIMO-09] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancement

-        1st check point: August 19

-        2nd check point: August 25

-        3rd check point: August 27

R1-2108355         Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)               Moderator(Huawei)

R1-2108356        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)               Moderator(Huawei)

From GTW session:

Agreement

Following working assumption is confirmed (with revision in RED):

·        At least for rank 1 and 2, FD bases used for Wf quantization are limited within a single window with size N configured to the UE whereas FD bases in the window must be consecutive from an orthogonal DFT matrix, i.e. Alt 1.

·        FFS other restrictions, e.g. value(s) of N, if the value of N3 is small

·        FFS other restrictions, e.g. when the number of CSI-RS ports is small

 

Conclusion

For Rel-17 PS codebook, there is no consensus on the support of Mv>2 for Wf.

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook, the reserved state for reference amplitude is to be reserved as Rel-16 PS codebook.

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook, support reporting of the position, [il*, fl*], of the strongest coefficient (SCI) of layer l, using ceil(log2(K1*Mv)) bits.

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook, support layer-common port selection for rank 2.

 

Agreement

Support parameter combinations represented by (alpha, Mv, beta) with K1 = alpha*P for Rel-17 PS codebook

·        The candidate values of alpha are {1/2, 3/4, 1}

·        Note that exact parameter combination will be discussed from RAN1 106bis:

o   based on trade-off among UPT performance, feedback overhead, and complexity

o   based on all supported ranks

o   Limit total number of parameter combinations comparable to Rel-16 eType II

·        Mv={1, 2} and beta = {[1/4], 1/2, 3/4, 1} are from previous agreements

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook with Rank 2, support layer-specific bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient selection of W2.

 

Agreement

Support rank 3 and 4 for Rel-17 PS codebook with following:

·        Supporting ranks 3 and 4 is optional with separate UE capability (same as Rel-16 PS codebook)

·        The maximal CSI overhead of rank 3 and 4 is comparable to rank 2

o   FFS: use a smaller K1 (or alpha) or beta for ranks 3 and 4, or limit the maximum number of non-zero coefficients across all layers to 2K0 and per layer to K0 with the same beta

·        FFS: limit Mv=1 for ranks 3 and 4 PMI

 

Conclusion:

Default value of Ks, max can be discussed later with Rel-17 MIMO UE capability.

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated to a NCJT measurement hypothesis in Rel-17, the maximal number of total transmission layers is up to 4 layers. 

 

Agreement

For the UE configured to report X CSIs associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis (i.e. Option 1), the bitwidth associated to X+1 CRI(s) are given as following:

·        Ceil(log2(N)) for X=0

·        Ceil(log2(N)) in CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis and Ceil(log2(M1+M2)) in CSI associated with Single-TRP measurement hypothesis for X=1

·        Ceil(log2(N))  in CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis and Ceil(log2(M1))  and  Ceil(log2(M2)) in CSI associated with Single-TRP measurement hypothesis for X=2

·        Note that M1 (M1<=K1) and M2 (M2<=K2) is the number of CMRs configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis in the first and second CMR groups respectively in a CMR measurement set.

 

Agreement

For the UE be configured to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and single-TRP measurement hypotheses (i.e. Option 2),

·        Alt 1: the first M1+M2 codepoints of CRI corresponds to M1+M2 CMRs for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis and the second N codepoints corresponds to N CMR pairs for NC-JT measurement hypothesis.

·        Note that M1 (M1<=K1) and M2 (M2<=K2) is the number of CMRs configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis in the first and second CMR groups respectively in a CMR measurement set.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 23rd,

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for NC-JT, study following restriction(s) for two CMRs within the same CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis:

·        FFS: two resources are restricted within the same DL slot

·        FFS: two resources are restricted with the same CDRX active time

 

Agreement

For a CMR pair configured for a NCJT measurement hypothesis, study following Alternatives:

·        Alt 1: a separate powerControlOffset (Pc ratio) shall be configured for the NCJT measurement hypothesis by re-defining such Pc ratio as 10log10(P_PDSCH/P_CSIRS) dB, whereas

o   P_PDSCH is the energy of PDSCH ports with a same TCI state as the CMR on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol

o   P_CSIRS is the energy of all CSI-RS ports of the CMR multiplexed on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol

·        Alt 2: re-interpret two Pc ratios configured for the CMR pair for the NCJT measurement hypothesis, FFS detailed impact of specification

·        Alt 3: No change to definition or configuration of Pc ratio

·        Note that other solutions are not excluded.

 

Agreement

For CSI computation delay requirement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for a NCJT measurement hypothesis, study following alternatives:

·        Alt1: introducing new/relaxed values on Z and Z’, FFS exact values or other conditions

·        Alt2: No changes of values on Z and Z’

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT measurement hypothesis, study whether to support non-PMI CSI reporting with reportQuantity set to "CRI-RI-CQI" in Rel-17

·        Related details, if needed, are to be discussed in RAN1#106bis.

·        Interested companies are encouraged to share details and related specification impact if support

 

R1-2108357        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2)               Moderator(Huawei)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, support RI restriction by selecting at most one alternative from the following in RAN1#106bis-e:

·        Alt 1: One RI restriction is configured per CodebookConfig, whereas the RI restriction is applied to both Single-TRP and NCJT measurement hypotheses.

o   If rank restriction of X is configured, reported rank is X for a Single-TRP measurement hypothesis and sum of two reported ranks is X for a Multi-TRP measurement hypothesis.

·        Alt 2: Two RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one RI restriction is applied to one CMR group in a CMR resource set respectively, i.e. per TRP.

o   If rank restriction of (X, Y) is configured, reported rank is X for the CMR in the first CMR group and Y for the CMR in the second CMR group, regardless single-TRP and NCJT measurement hypotheses.

·        Alt 3: Multiple RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas RI restriction is applied to per each CMR in CMR pair for NCJT and per each CMR for Single-TRP. 

·        Alt 4: Two RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one RI restriction is applied to all Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, and another one is applied to all NCJT measurement hypotheses.

o   If rank restriction of (X, Y) is configured, reported rank is X for all single-TRP measurement hypotheses and reported rank (1 out of 4 possible rank combinations) is Y for all NCJT measurement hypotheses.

·        Alt 5: Three RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas two RI restrictions are applied to two CMR groups in a CMR resource set respectively for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis, and the third one is applied to all NCJT measurement hypotheses.

o   If rank restriction of (X1, X2, Y) is configured, reported rank is X1, X2 for each CMR group respectively for single-TRP measurement hypotheses and reported rank (1 out of 4 possible rank combinations) is Y for all NCJT measurement hypotheses.

·        Alt 6: Switch between Alt 4 and Alt 5 where gNB can configure via RRC signaling which alternative to use

Note that if none of above Alternatives is agreed in Rel-17, RI restriction is only applied for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses and no RI restriction is applied for Multi-TRP measurement hypotheses.

 

Agreement

At least for rank 1/2 and Mv > 1, for relationship between N and Mv, support following alternative

·        Alt 2-1: N >= Mv, Wf is layer-common and reported by UE for N>Mv.

o   For Mv=2, N=2 and one value from {3, 4, 5}

§  RAN1 to select one value from {3, 4, 5} in RAN1#106bis-e

o   FFS: how to report Wf in terms of reporting mechanism and associated bits when Mv=2 and N=one value from {3, 4, 5}

Note: Wf is layer-common for N=Mv

Note: For all alternatives, a layer-common window/set of size N is configured.

 

Agreement

If a bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficients can be absent, down-select one Alt from the following for Rel-17 PS codebook:

·        Alt 1: At least for rank 1 PMI, the bitmap of indicating non-zero coefficients is not needed if Mv=1 and Beta=1.

o   FFS the need for Mv>1 and/or Beta<1

·        Alt 2: For rank 1 /2 PMI, the bitmap(s) of indicating non-zero coefficients for corresponding layer(s) is absent if reported KNZ=K1*Mv*rank

o   Where KNZ is the number of non-zero coefficients

·        Alt 3: In addition to Alt 2, additional field is reported by UE to inform whether the bitmap of indicating non-zero coefficients for specific layer is absent if rank>1.

·        Alt 4: The bitmap of indicating non-zero coefficients is not needed if the number of coefficients is sufficiently small, i.e. K1Mv ≤ δ

Note: If none of above Alternative is agreed in RAN1#106bis-e, the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient is always present by default.

 

R1-2108358        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3)               Moderator(Huawei)

From GTW session:

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, support following Alt:

·        Alt 3: For CMRs configured in the CSI-RS resource set, support RRC signaling to enable/disable single-TRP measurement hypothesis using CMRs configured within CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis

 

Agreement

To confirm the order of UCI payload construction for reported CSIs, study following Alternatives and down-select one or more Alternative(s) for required specification changes in RAN1 106bis:

·        Alt 1: modify priority equation, i.e., Section 5.2.5 in 38.214.

·        Alt 2: modify the table of priority reporting levels for Part 2 CSI, i.e., Table 5.2.3-1 in 38.214.

·        Alt 4: modify mapping order of CSI fields of one CSI report, i.e., Table 6.3.2.1.2-3/4/5 in 38.212

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook, following values of R are supported:

·        R = 1 and

·        At most one value from {2, D* NPRBSB}

o   FFS: which one is to be decided in RAN1#106bis if support, and applicable conditions, e.g. whether the support of this feature when Mv=1

o   D is the density of CSI-RS in frequency domain and NPRBSB is the subband size in PRBs

o   Note that this R is optional if supported

8.1.55        Other

R1-2106548         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2106578         Discussion on impact of cross-talk on UL performance             vivo

R1-2106647         Performance of Multi-Panel Multi-TRP MIMO           InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2106671         HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs               Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2106872         Additional enhancements for multi-beam      Samsung

R1-2107210         Discussion on further enhancements for multi-beam operation OPPO

R1-2107670         Further considerations and simulations for Rel-17 PS codebook design Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2107725         On Further MIMO Enhancement    Apple

R1-2107821         Analysis on TRP- and/or UE panel-specific UL timing synchronization LG Electronics

R1-2108087         Rel.18 MIMO work item proposals Ericsson


 RAN1#106-bis-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-212535 for detailed scope of the WI.

Incoming LS(s) related to this work/study item under agenda item 5: R1-2108717, R1-2109374, R1-2109375.

 

[106bis-e-R17-RRC-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on Rel-17 RRC parameters for NR-MIMO

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110635        Moderator summary for Rel-17 NR_FeMIMO RRC parameters     Moderator (Samsung)

Document is noted. For consolidation under 8 in [106bis-e-R17-RRC].

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1.

 

R1-2108756         Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108796         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2108808         Further Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108870         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2108895         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108951         Further discussion on multi beam enhancement          vivo

R1-2109029         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Fujitsu

R1-2109038         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2109103         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2109110         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          Ericsson

R1-2109122         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NEC

R1-2109180         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2109184         Futher discussion on Rel-17 multi-beam operation     CATT

R1-2109270         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2109350         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2109378         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2109467         Summary of offline discussion on unified TCI and inter-cell beam management               Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2109468         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2109543         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2109591         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2109658         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109772         Further enhancement on multi-beam operation            Sony

R1-2109832         Discussion of enhancements on multi-beam operation FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2109870         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2109923         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations    AT&T

R1-2110013         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2110077         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2110103         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Convida Wireless

R1-2110165         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2109466        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

From Oct 12th GTW session

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI:

·        For the number of codepoints in the TCI field for DCI-based beam indication (hence the number of codepoints activated via MAC-CE-based TCI state activation), the largest value is 8

·        Further discuss and finalize in RAN1#106bis-e: the largest number of configured TCI states (including joint TCI state(s), DL-only TCI state(s), and/or UL-only TCI state(s))

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI:

o   Note: For inter-cell beam management, SSB with PCID different from that from the serving cell can be used as a QCL Type-C/D source RS for CSI-RS for BM and/or TRS

o   Further discuss and decide in RAN1#106bis-e whether CSI-RS for CSI can be used as a source RS or not, and if so whether some restriction(s) are needed

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, remove the brackets and clarify as indicated in red from the following previous agreement:

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, support common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) across a set of configured CCs:

·       

·        Just as Rel.16, the source RS in the Rel-17 TCI state that provides QCL-TypeA [or QCL-TypeB] shall be in the same CC as the target channel or RS

·       

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the source RS in the Rel-17 TCI state that provides QCL-TypeA or QCL-TypeB shall be in the same CC/BWP as the target channel or RS

 

Agreement

On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, a PL-RS (configured for path-loss calculation, already assumed periodic) is either a periodic CSI-RS or an SSB. When a periodic CSI-RS is used as a PL-RS,

·        Opt2. Both 1- and 2-port (reusing Rel-16 UE capability signalling) periodic CSI-RS are supported for PL-RS

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, regarding the common TCI state ID update and activation for CA,

·        The details on how the PDSCH configuration (for each of those CCs/BWPs) contains a reference to the RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in a reference BWP/CC are up to RAN2

 

Conclusion

On Rel-17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, for separate DL/UL TCI, there is no consensus in restricting the indicated DL TCI and UL TCI to be associated with SSBs of a same physical cell ID.

·        Whether a corresponding UE feature can be introduced can be discussed in UE feature agenda

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Conclusion

On Rel-17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, the supported number of physical cell IDs different from that of the serving cell that are associated with activated TCI states for the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation) will be decided as a part of UE feature discussion.

·        Decide in conjunction with inter-cell mTRP, where the candidate value(s) include at least 1

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, the L1-RSRP reporting reuses Rel-15 L1-RSRP table

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, support N=1, 2, 3, and 4

 

R1-2110492        Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1     Moderator (Samsung)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, NMAX (the maximum number of RRC-configured PCIs different from the serving cell for measurement/reporting) is up to UE capability with candidate values of at least 1 and X.

 

Conclusion

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, there is no consensus in RAN1 on UE timing assumption on reception of signals from TRPs with PCIs different from the serving cell compared to that for serving cell.

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication for CA, the first slot and the Y symbols are both determined on the carrier with the smallest SCS among the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.

·        For Rel-17 MAC-CE based beam indication (when only a single TCI codepoint is activated) and activation, it follows the Rel-16 application timeline of MAC-CE activation

o   How to capture this in the specifications is up to the editors

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, confirm the following working assumption (in the midst of the previous agreement) as an agreement with the following refinement (highlighted in red):

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, support the following enhancement on the Rel-16 event-triggered P-MPR-based reporting (included in the PHR report when a threshold is reached, reported via MAC-CE):

·        In addition to the existing field in the PHR MAC-CE, N≥1 P-MPR values can be reported

o    The N P-MPR values are reported together with the following:

§  (Working Assumption) For each P-MPR value, up to M SSBRI(s)/CRI(s), where the SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) is selected by the UE from a candidate SSB/CSI-RS resource pool (FFS: how to perform the selection)

·        Support M=1

·        FFS: The supported value(s) of M

·        FFS: Additional reporting quantities, e.g. SSBRI/CRI, MPR+DL RSRP, or modified virtual PHR

·        FFS: additional signaling (e.g. CSI triggering) from the NW

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 15th,

Conclusion: On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, there is no consensus in supporting the following DL source RS type:

·        SSB as QCL Type-D source RS, with TRS as QCL Type-A source RS

·        SRS for BM as QCL Type-D source RS, optionally with TRS as QCL Type-A source RS

Conclusion: Discussion on advanced beam refinement/tracking (“issue 6”) is suspended for the remaining of Rel-17 NR_FeMIMO multi-beam enhancement (due to lack of time).

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 16th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI, the largest number of configured TCI states is given as follows (following Rel-15/16 principles):

 

Conclusion

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, in case of separate DL/UL TCI, it is up to RAN2 whether UL TCI shares the same TCI state pool as joint DL/UL TCI or UL TCI uses a separate TCI state pool from joint DL/UL TCI

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, the candidate resource pool corresponds to a CSI-RS/SSB resource set configured via RRC (details up to RAN2).

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in RAN1#107-e, select one of the following alternatives:

·        Alt1. Rel-15 L1-RSRP reporting format is reused for all L1-RSRP(s) in one L1-RSRP reporting instance, i.e. for K>1, (K-1) 4-bit differential L1-RSRP(s) calculated relative to the reference (absolute) 7-bit L1-RSRP

·        Alt2. Differential L1-RSRP per  PCI is used: When more than one L1-RSRP(s) associated with a same PCI are reported, Rel-15 L1-RSRP reporting format is used for L1-RSRP(s) associated with the same PCI , i.e. 4-bit differential L1-RSRP (s) calculated relative to the PCI -specific reference (absolute) 7-bit L1-RSRP

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for the case when the settings of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for PUSCH, PUCCH, and/or SRS are associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI states per BWP, for each of the PUSCH, PUCCH, and/or SRS, one individual setting is optionally associated with each of the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI states in a BWP via RRC

·        FFS: MAC-CE based update for the closed loop index associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state

·        Above is applicable for eMBB

o   FFS: Details on power control setting for URLLC

 

R1-2110549        Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3     Moderator (Samsung)

From Oct 19th GTW session

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI, for DL or UL channels/signals that can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH/PDCCH or dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all of dedicated PUCCH resources (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update):

·        For DL: A non-UE dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH associated with the serving cell PCI or AP CSI-RS for BM or CSI (per previous agreements) sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH/PDCCH (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update) is configured via RRC.

·        For UL: An SRS for BM, for antenna switching, or for codebook/non-codebook based uplink transmission (per previous agreements) sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all of dedicated PUCCH resources (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update) is configured via RRC.

Note: The details of this RRC configuration (e.g. whether via a new RRC parameter or other means) is up to RAN2. This does not imply that a new RRC parameter(s) is necessary from RAN1 point of view.

FFS: Relevant UE capability to be discussed under UE feature agenda item.

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-09] – Mihai (Nokia)

Discuss incoming LS for a possible reply LS by October 18

R1-2108717         LS on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17   RAN2, Nokia

R1-2110630        Moderator summary for LS reply to RAN2 on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17        Moderator (Nokia)

R1-2110631        LS Reply on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17 RAN1, Nokia

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 21st, the LS reply is approved.

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2108757         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108790         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2108809         Remaining Details on Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108871         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2108896         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108952         Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements               vivo

R1-2109030         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2109039         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             OPPO

R1-2109104         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2109109         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2109123         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2109185         On multi-TRP/panel PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH transmission           CATT

R1-2109271         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2109351         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2109379         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             Xiaomi

R1-2109469         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2109544         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2109592         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2109659         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109773         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2109824         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels              FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2109871         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2110014         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2110078         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2110104         Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH          Convida Wireless

R1-2110166         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2110286         Discussion on mTRP PXXCH          ASUSTeK

R1-2110289         Remaining issues on PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH enhancements for multi-TRP               Ericsson

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110438        Summary #1 of [106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)

From Oct 12th GTW session

FL Proposal 1:

For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, support:

Objections: vivo

 

Agreement

When 3 BDs are counted for two linked candidates

·        The third BD is counted in the later span for inter-span PDCCH repetition when r16monitoringcapablityis configured.

·        Note: Inter-span repetition is UE optional

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

The following SS sets cannot be linked with another SS set for PDCCH repetition: SS set 0, searchSpaceSIB1, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, ra-SearchSpace.

 

R1-2110439        Summary #2 of [106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

Confirm the Working assumption in RAN1 #106-e:

If a PDSCH with mapping Type B is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, d1,1 for PDSCH processing time is determined

·        Option 2: By considering the PDCCH candidate that results in larger d1,1 value

·        Note: Above applies at least for UEs doing selective decoding

FFS: Relaxation of processing time for soft combining of linked PDCCH candidates including PUSCH processing, PDSCH processing for mapping Type A and B, AP CSI processing, DCI processing (N timeline), etc.

FFS: How above applies for UEs doing soft combining

 

Agreement (modified further to email decision on Oct 19th – see below)

For a UE supporting reception with two different beams and configured with PDCCH repetitions, for determination of two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple monitored overlapping CORESETs, select one Alt in RAN1 #106-bis-e among the following

·        Alt2: Reuse legacy priority rule to identify the first QCL-TypeD property, and then, identify the second QCL-TypeD according to one of the SS sets that is linked with a SS set with the first QCL-TypeD (among the multiple overlapping CORESETs)

o   In the case of multiple such SS set pairs, Rel. 15 priority order is followed for the second QCL-TypeD determination

o   In the case of no such SS set pair, a second QCL-TypeD is not determined

·        Alt3: Assign same priority for two linked search space sets for PDCCH transmission with overlapping monitoring occasions (the priority is according to one of the two SS sets with a lower SS set ID)

o   Priority order: SS type (USS/CSS) > linkage of SS sets > cell index > associated SS set ID

§  Linked SS set has higher priority than individual SS set

§  For this purpose, if a SS set is linked to another SS set that is outside of the multiple overlapping CORESETs, it treated as an individual SS set

o   When the above results in one QCL-TypeD, a second QCL-TypeD is not determined

·        Note 1: simultaneous two beam reception for PDCCH repetition is UE optional

·        Note 2: It can be separately discussed whether/how this feature interacts with multi-DCI based mTRP

 

Conclusion

PDCCH order with PDCCH repetitions with different beams triggering CFRA for SpCell is not supported in Rel-17.

 

Agreement

For two pairs of linked PDCCH candidates, UE is not expected to handle the case where a first PDCCH candidate from the first pair of linked candidates to overlap (same CORESET, DCI size, CCEs, scrambling) with a second PDCCH candidate from the second pair of linked candidates.

 

For RAN1#107-e:

Study whether/how to resolve ambiguities for interpretation of a detected DCI for the following cases:

·        Case a: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS set 3 is individual:

o   AL16 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL16 candidate in SS set 2

o   SS set 3 has a AL8 candidate with the same start CCE as the AL16 candidate of SS set 1 (associated with a same CORESET with 1-symbol duration)

·        Case b: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS set 3 is individual:

o   AL8 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL8 candidate in SS set 2

o   SS set 3 has a AL16 candidate with the same start CCE as the AL8 candidate of SS set 1 (associated with a same CORESET with 1-symbol duration)

·        Case c1: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS set 3 and 4 are linked

o   AL8 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL8 candidate in SS set 2

o   AL16 candidate in SS set 3 is linked with AL16 candidate in SS set 4

o   AL8 candidate in SS set 1 has the same start CCE as the AL16 candidate in SS set 3 (associated with a same CORESET with 1-symbol duration)

·        Case c2: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked:

o   AL8 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL8 candidate in SS set 2,

o   AL16 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL16 candidate in SS set 2

o   AL8 candidate and AL16 candidate in at least one of the SS sets have the same start CCE (in a CORESET with 1-symbol duration)

 

For RAN1#107-e:

To handle UE complexity / memory requirements for linked PDCCH candidates, down-select among the following in RAN1 #107-e

·        Alt1: Address the issue by UE capability, where UE indicates a limit on one of the following

o   Alt 1-1: Total number of linked candidates of which the first candidate is received and the second one has not been received at any given time

o   Alt1-2: Total number of linked candidates in a slot

o   FFS: Whether limit is per CC or across all CCs.

o   FFS: Whether limit is per AL or irrespective of AL

·        Alt2: Address the issue by adding a restriction such as: For a pair of linked MO’s, UE does not expect to be configured with any other linked MO in between the pair of linked MO’s

o   FFS: Whether restriction is per CC or across all CCs.

o   FFS: Whether the same restriction applies when one or more individual MO’s are in between the pair of linked MO’s

·        Alt3: The support of PDCCH repetition is indicated separately for different Rel-15/16 PDCCH monitoring capabilities

o   Note: This capability may be needed irrespective of this issue but may address the issue at a coarser granularity.

·        Alt4: There is no need to further discuss this issue

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 15th,

Working Assumption

When a scheduled CC is configured to be cross-carrier scheduled by a scheduling CC, two PDCCH candidates (with the same AL and candidate index associated with the scheduled CC) are linked only if the corresponding two SS sets in the scheduling CC are linked and two SS sets in the scheduled CC with the same SS set IDs are also linked.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition

 

Agreement

Further study the following issues for PDCCH repetition:

 

R1-2110440        Summary #3 of [106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Conclusion

·        There is no consensus to introduce RRC configuration for the number of BDs.

Agreement

For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, support:

·        Case 1: 2 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:

o   No change (use existing spec)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

Agreement

For a UE supporting reception with two different beams and configured with PDCCH repetitions, for determination of two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple monitored overlapping CORESETs, support

 

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition

 

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110468        Summary #1 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH            Moderator (Nokia)

From Oct 12th GTW session

Agreement

For both CB and NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition schemes, 

·        The SRS-ResourceSets (the first and second SRS resource sets) applicable for multi-TRP PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2 are defined by the entries of the higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 in SRS-config, respectively.

·        The first/second SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 is composed of the first  SRS resources in the first/second SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList.

o       FFS: Whether the value of the  can be different

·        The presence of the new field in the DCI for dynamic switching (2bits) is separately determined for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2 (based on whether two SRS resource sets are configured for that DCI format).

 

Agreement

For CB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, the number of SRS ports indicated by the two SRIs should be the same.

·        Note: This is to clarify an older agreement on the indication of two SRIs/TPMIs, where it mentioned that “The number of SRS ports between two TRPs should be same”. 

·        FFS: Whether or not this has specification impact

 

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption (with additional note in RED)

For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition, select Alt.2. 

·        Alt. 2: the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 1st SRS resource set can be different from the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 2nd SRS resource set.

Note: Capturing any spec impact related to this is up to the Editor.

 

Agreement

On the number of SRS resources configured in the two SRS resource sets, select Alt.1,

·        Alt.1: Support the same number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Conclusion:

For the indication of PTRS-DMRS association for maxRank = 2 in mTRP PUSCH repetition type B, the Table used to indicate the association between PTRS port(s) and DMRS port(s) (i.e., Table 7.3.1.1.2-25 or 7.3.1.1.2-26 in 38.212) shall be determined based on legacy procedure (i.e., Tables are associated with the maxNrofPorts in PTRS-UplinkConfig).

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 14th,

Agreement

For a CC BWP configured with two SRS resource sets for CB or NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition with Type 1 CG configuration,

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

Agreement

If a UE does not support option 4 (Calculate two PHRs),

·        If the PHR reporting is actual PHR, the UE uses the set of power control parameters corresponding to a first (earliest) repetition that overlaps with the first slot in which the PUSCH that carries the PHR MAC-CE is transmitted.

·        If the PHR reporting is virtual PHR, it is reported based on legacy procedures.

·        Note: RAN2 may further discuss PHR triggering aspects related to mTRP PUSCH repetition

Agreement

For NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, on the minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic NCB SRS, select one from the below in RAN1 #107-e meeting,

·        Alt. 1: If both SRS resource sets are triggered in an overlapped manner in time domain (overlapping refer to overlapping of minimal gaps between two pairs of associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS corresponding to two SRS resource sets), the UE is not expected to update the SRS precoding information if the gap from the last symbol of the reception of the aperiodic NZP-CSI-RS resource and the first symbol of the aperiodic SRS transmission is less than 42 + d OFDM symbols, where d indicates the number of overlapped symbols for the two pairs of associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS for NCB.

o   FFS: value of d

·        Alt. 2: UE is not expected to support overlapping precoding calculation for different associated NZP-CSI-RS within a CC, i.e., the UE is not expected to get triggering for two SRS resource sets in an overlapped manner in time domain (overlapping refer to overlapping of minimal gaps between two pairs of associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS corresponding to two SRS resource sets).

o   The minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS is same as Rel-15/16.

·        Alt.3: Introduce a UE capability on UE support simultaneous precoding calculation for different associated NZP-CSI-RS within a CC.

o   The minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS is same as Rel-15/16.

·        Alt. 4: There is nothing wrong with the legacy procedures and capability indication to handle this issue. No changes to spec.

Conclusion

For Rel-17 mTRP PUSCH repetition, the UE may not need to consider following overlapping scenarios,

·        One SRS resource for CB collides with another SRS resource for CB.

·        One SRS resource for non-CB collides with another SRS resource for non-CB in another resource set.

Agreement

For the indication of PTRS-DMRS association for maxRank > 2 in mTRP PUSCH repetition type B, select Option 1

·        Option 1 (4 bits): with a second PTRS-DMRS association field (similar to the existing field), and each field separately indicating the association between PTRS port and DMRS port for two TRPs.

Final summary in:

R1-2110470        Summary #3 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH            Moderator (Nokia)

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2108758         Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108791         Inter-cell multi-TRP operation        FUTUREWEI

R1-2108810         Further Details on M-TRP Inter-cell Operation           InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108872         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2108897         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP inter-cell operation              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108953         Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation        vivo

R1-2109040         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2109105         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2109124         Discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell operation              NEC

R1-2109186         Discussion on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel             CATT

R1-2109272         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2109380         Disscussion on Multi-TRP Inter-cell operation            Xiaomi

R1-2109470         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2109593         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2109660         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109834         Finalizing inter-cell multi-TRP operation      Ericsson

R1-2109872         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2110015         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2110079         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2110111         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ASUSTEK

R1-2110167         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110482        Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

From Oct 13th GTW session

Updated Proposal 1:

Alt1:

·        Support 2 independent X values (X1, X2) are reported as a UE capability for at least two different assumptions on SSB time domain position and periodicity with respect to serving cell SSB.

o   Case1: SSB time domain positions or periodicity of additional PCIs is not exactly the same as serving cell PCI)

o   Case2: SSB time domain positions and periodicity are exactly the same among the additional PCIs and the same as serving cell PCI

o   Supported value of X (in addition to 1) = [2], 3, and [7]

§  Other values are not to be discussed for Rel-17

·        This UE capability has FR1 and FR2 differentiation (FFS: Whether this UE capability is per UE or per band)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

·        Center frequency, SCS, SFN offset are assumed to be the same for SSBs from the serving cell and the configured SSBs with PCI different from the serving cell for inter-cell multi TRP operation.

·        The information related to “SSB time domain position” for SSB with PCI different from the serving cell consists of [halfFrameIndex and] ssb-PositionsInBurst

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

Support two independent X values (X1, X2) are reported as a UE capability for two different assumptions on additional SSB time domain position and periodicity with respect to serving cell SSB.

·        X1 (Case 1)= The maximum number of configured additional PCIs when each configurations of SSB time domain positions and periodicity of the additional PCIs is the same as SSB time domain positions and periodicity of the serving cell PCI

·        X2 (Case 2)= The maximum number of configured additional PCIs when the configurations of SSB time domain positions and periodicity of the additional PCIs is not according to Case 1

·        Note: By definition, Case 1 and Case 2 cannot be enabled simultaneously

·        Supported values for X1 and X2 includes at least 0,1,2,3 and 7. FFS on other values

·        This UE capability has FR1 and FR2 differentiation (FFS : Whether this UE capability is per UE or per band)

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2108759         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108792         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2108811         On Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108873         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2108898         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108954         Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement              vivo

R1-2109031         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2109041         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2109106         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2109108         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2109125         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2109187         Beam reporting and beam failure recovery for multi-TRP         CATT

R1-2109273         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2109381         Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP    Xiaomi

R1-2109471         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2109545         Enhancement on beam management for multi-TRP    MediaTek Inc.

R1-2109594         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2109661         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109774         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Sony

R1-2109807         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   ETRI

R1-2109833         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2109873         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2110016         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2110080         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2110106         On Multi-TRP BFR            Convida Wireless

R1-2110114         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ASUSTEK

R1-2110168         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2110241         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2110288         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP             Ericsson

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)

Email discussion on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110494        Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 1)               Moderator (CATT)

From Oct 13th GTW session

Agreement

Support to configure an association between a BFD-RS set on SpCell and a PUCCH-SR resource / SR configuration for per TRP BFR.

·        FFS: Configure an association between a BFD-RS set on SCell and a PUCCH-SR resource / SR configuration for per TRP BFR

A UE capability signaling is introduced for indicating the support of this association. Above applies only for multi-DCI case.

 

Agreement

RACH-based transmission can be triggered on a SpCell at least in the following scenarios

·        Scenario 1: When beam failure is detected on all BFD-RS sets on the SpCell

·        FFS: other scenarios

o   Scenario 2: at least one TRP fails on SpCell

o   Scenario 3: at least one pre-defined TRP fails on SpCell

o   Scenario 4: at least one TRP fails and no PUCCH-SR is configured, and no UL grant is available

o   Scenario 5: If MAC-CE based reporting does not work (details FFS)

o   Scenario 6: When no PUCCH-SR is configured

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

Agreement

To associate BFD-RS set k and NBI-RS set j

·        Alt-1: 1-to-1, fixed in spec

·        Whether NBI-RS configuration is mandatory is separate discussion

Conclusion

Design of MAC-CE related to SpCell when transmitted on msg3, msgA is up to RAN2.

 

Agreement

For the case of all CORESETs with 1 activated TCI state per CORESET , after 28 symbols from receiving the BFR response, the QCL assumption of all CORESETs  associated with CORESETPoolIndex  k (k=0,1) is updated by the RS resource associated with the latest reported new candidate beam (if found) associated with the failed BFD -RS set k (k=0,1) in the MAC-CE for TRP -specific BFR

·        The above applies to Scell and SpCell

·        The above applies for the multi-DCI case

Agreement

SCS of the 28 symbols is the smallest SCS of the active DL BWP for the response reception CC and of the active DL BWP (s) of the CC(s) with the failed TRP link(s) reported in BFR MAC CE.

 

R1-2110576        Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 3)               Moderator (CATT)

From Oct 19th GTW session

Agreement

For RACH-based transmission, at least when all BFD-RS sets fail in SPCell, CBRA is supported.

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2108760         Enhancements on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17          Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108793         Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario          FUTUREWEI

R1-2108812         Remaining Issues M-TRP Operation for HST-SFN Deployment             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108874         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2108899         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108955         Further discussion on HST-SFN schemes     vivo

R1-2109042         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2109126         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2109188         Further discussion on HST-SFN deployment CATT

R1-2109274         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2109382         Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission               Xiaomi

R1-2109472         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2109546         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2109595         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2109662         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109775         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Sony

R1-2109806         Remaining issues on HST-SFN enhancements            Ericsson

R1-2109874         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2109934         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110017         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2110081         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2110107         On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment              Convida Wireless

R1-2110169         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on HST-SFN

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110430        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Oct 11th GTW session

Working Assumption

Reuse legacy Rel-16 RRC parameters simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 to define set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE for activation of two TCI states of CORESET with the same CORESET ID for all the BWPs.

 

Agreement

If CSI-RS other than those configured with repetition set to 'on' is overlapping in the time domain with CORESET with two TCI states, support the first TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI assumption for the CSI-RS.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

·        Support combination of Rel-17 SFN PDCCH scheme 1 and single-TRP PDSCH

o   This is optional UE feature

o   Note: The support of such combination scheme is for URLLC use-case only.

 

R1-2110496        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

Enhanced SFN (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation scheme) for PDCCH and PDSCH is configured by using separate per-BWP RRC parameters

 

 

R1-2110548        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Agreement

When SFN PDSCH is not configured by RRC, for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, 1_1, 1_2, if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is smaller than the threshold timeDurationForQCL,

·        For DCI format 1_1/1_2, support both configurations with and without TCI state field.

·        [If enableTwoDefaultTCIStates is not configured,] for both cases with and without TCI state field,

o   If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme 1 is configured and the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot is indicated with two TCI states, select the 1st TCI state of the two TCI states of the CORESET as default beam for the PDSCH reception

·        FFS: Whether above applies for TRP-based pre-compensation if TRP-based pre-compensation is agreed to be support in FR2

o   Otherwise, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET with the lowest controlResourceSetId in the latest slot when receiving the PDSCH

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,

Agreement

For CSS associated with SFN CORESET, study the following alternatives and down-select in RAN1#107e:

·        Alt 2: UE doesn’t expect PDCCH candidates in CSS to be associated with CORESET activated with two TCI states, except for CSS type 3 associated with CORESET configured with scheme 1

·        Alt 3: If PDCCH candidates in CSS 0/0A/1/2/3 are associated with CORESET that activated with two TCI states, the first TCI state is applied for the CSS reception, except for CSS type 3 associated with CORESET configured with scheme 1.

o   For CSS type 3 associated with CORESET configured with scheme 1, both TCI states can be applied for the CSS reception.

Agreement

When CORESET is indicated with two TCI states

·        One BFD RS pair for SFN CORESET is counted as two BFD RSs

·        FFS: Increase the maximum number of monitored BFD RSs to X.

o   X is UE capability

o   X = 2, 3, 4, FFS other values of X

Agreement

When two TCI states are activated for a CORESET, NBI RS can be configured as follows

·        Alt 4-1: Using the existing Rel-15 NBI configuration based on single SSB / CSI-RS resource

·        FFS addition support of Alt 4-2: two new beam identification CSI-RS resource sets / new beam identification CSI-RS resource pairs or SSB pairs

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2108761         Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108794         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2108813         Further Details on SRS Enhancements          InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108875         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          ZTE

R1-2108900         Considerations on SRS enhancements           Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108956         Further discussion on SRS enhancement       vivo

R1-2109043         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2109107         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2109127         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2109189         Further details on SRS enhancement for Rel-17          CATT

R1-2109275         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2109353         Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity       Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2109383         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2109473         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2109547         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          MediaTek Inc.

R1-2109596         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2109663         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109875         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2110018         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2110082         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2110121         Remaining Issues for SRS Ericsson

R1-2110170         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on enhancement on SRS

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2109258        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From Oct 11th GTW session

Agreement

For two SRS resource sets of an xTyR antenna switching located in two consecutive slots, if UE is capable of transmitting SRS in all symbols in one slot, a minimum gap period of Y symbols exists between the last OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the first slot and the first OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the second slot

·        The value of Y is same as the inter-resource GP defined in Rel-15

·        FFS: Whether or not the minimum GP exists can be RRC configurable subject to UE capability

·        Whether this inter-set GP is needed for 4T6R can be discussed later per the decision on 4T6R configuration.

·        FFS: How/Whether to handle the case where the interval between SRS resource sets is larger than Y

Agreement

For the detailed pattern of  when start RB location hopping across legacy FH periods is enabled, support the following

·        For PF = 2,  = {0, 1}

·        For PF = 4,  = {0, 2, 1, 3}

·      Note:  means  for the (n+1)-th legacy FH period, where n = {0, 1, 2, 3, …}

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

Bit width of SOI depends on the maximum number of “t” values configured for any of the aperiodic SRS resource sets (FFS: across all CCs or across a CC/BWP)

·        The SOI field is 0 bit if the maximum number of ‘t’ values is one

·        If at least one resource set has “t” configured

o   For the resource sets with “t” value configured, each of them is configured with K values of “t”, where 1<=K<=4

o   t=0 applies for the resource set(s) without tconfigured in RRC

·        If none of the resource sets is configured with “t” values, follow Rel-15 approach to determine slot offset

 

R1-2110475        FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

For comb-8 SRS in Rel-17, the maximum number of CSs is 6.

·        FFS: Whether a maximum number of 12 CSs is supported

Agreement

For extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configurations for <=4Rx, support N=4 for 1T4R and N=2 for 1T2R/2T4R.

·        The above extension is UE optional

 

R1-2110522        FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From Oct 18th GTW session

FL Proposal 3-3:

Select one of the following SRS configurations for 4T6R

·        Alt 1: 4 + 2

o   Supported by ZTE, CATT, CMCC, Samsung, Intel, Qualcomm, OPPO, Lenovo/MotorolaM, NTT DOCOMO, Xiaomi, Apple, MediaTek, LGE, Nokia/NSB

·        Alt 2: 2+2+2

o   For SCS=15, 30 and 60KHz: No guard symbols

o   For SCS=120 KHz: No guard symbols between the 1st  and the 2nd transmission, and 1 guard symbol between the 2nd and 3rd transmission

o   Supported by Huawei/HiSilicon, InterDigital, CMCC, vivo, Ericsson, NTT DOCOMO, Nokia/NSB

o   Objected by Apple (concerns on the lack of guard symbols), OPPO (concerns on the lack of guard symbols)

·        Clarification on the notation:  means totally K resources are needed, where the k-th resource contains  ports, 1<=k<=K

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,

Agreement

On SRS configuration for 4T6R, select at least one from the following three alternatives in RAN1#107e

·        Alt 1: 4 + 2

·        Alt 2: 2+2+2

o   Alt 2-1:

§  No guard symbols exist between the 1st and the 2nd transmission. Y guard symbol(s) exist between 2nd and 3rd transmission, where Y is same as the value defined in the current specification for different SCSs

o   Alt 2-2:

§  For SCS=15, 30 and 60KHz: No guard symbols exist

§  For SCS=120 KHz: No guard symbols exist between the 1st  and the 2nd transmission, and 1 guard symbol exists between the 2nd and 3rd transmission

·        Clarification on the notation:  means totally K resources are needed, where the k-th resource contains  ports, 1<=k<=K

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2108762         CSI enhancements on MTRP and FDD in Rel-17        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2108795         CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD    FUTUREWEI

R1-2108814         On CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP        InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108876         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2108901         Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2108957         Further discussion on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity          vivo

R1-2109044         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2109128         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2109190         Further details on CSI enhancement for Rel-17           CATT

R1-2109276         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2109352         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2109474         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung

R1-2109548         CSI Enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2109597         On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD   Intel Corporation

R1-2109664         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2109776         Additional considerations on CSI enhancements         Sony

R1-2109876         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2109935         CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110019         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2110083         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2110171         CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2110291         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    Ericsson

 

/This one is to use NWM – please use RAN1-106bis-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-08 as the document name

[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on CSI enhancement

-        1st check point: October 14

-        Final check point: October 19

R1-2110420         Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)              Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

R1-2110421        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

From Oct 11th GTW session

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook for rank 3 and 4, support layer-common port selection

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook rank 3-4, support layer-specific non-zero coefficient selection (bitmap) of W2.

 

Agreement

To mitigate CSI overhead of Rel-17 PS codebook rank 3~4, the value of beta for rank 3 and 4 is the same with that for rank 1 and 2

·        Limit the maximum number of non-zero coefficients across all layers to 2K1*Mv*beta and per layer to K1*Mv*beta

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook, support RI restriction which is the same with Rel-16 PS codebook, i.e., 4 bits are used to indicate the applicable ranks separately.

 

Conclusion

For Rel-17 PS codebook, CBSR to restrict port and corresponding amplitude is not needed

 

Proposal 9-1:

For Rel-17 PS codebook, whether the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficients can be absent

·        Alt 1: the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient can be absent

·        Alt 2: the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient is always present

Alt 1: Lenovo/Motorola, Samsung, NTT DOCOMO, Spreadtrum, CATT, Intel

Alt 2: Qualcomm, ZTE, vivo, Ericsson, Nokia/NSB, OPPO, LGE, Fraunhofer IIS/Fraunhofer HHI, MediaTek

 

R1-2110422        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

From Oct 13th GTW session

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for NCJT,

·        Alt 1: It is expected by a UE that two CMRs within the same CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis are within the same CDRX active time.

Agreement

For a NCJT measurement hypothesis, the powerControlOffset (“Pc”) ratio associated with a CMR within a CMR pair configured for the NCJT measurement hypothesis, is defined as 10log10(P_PDSCH/P_CSIRS)  dB

where

·        P_PDSCH is the energy of PDSCH ports, which is associated with the CMR, multiplexed on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol

·        P_CSIRS is the energy of all CSI-RS ports of the CMR multiplexed on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol

Note that whether/how to above agreement is up to the editor.

 

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting

·        Alt 4: Two RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one RI restriction is applied to all Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, and another one is applied to all NCJT measurement hypotheses.

o   If rank restriction of (X, Y) is configured, reported rank is X for all single-TRP measurement hypotheses and reported rank (1 out of 4 possible rank combinations) is Y for all NCJT measurement hypotheses.

§  FFS: Whether there can be multiple candidate values of X and Y

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting

·        Alt 1: CBSR is supported and can be applied for both single-TRP and Multi-TRP measurement hypotheses.

o   FFS detailed CBSR signalling configured for Multi-TRP

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook for rank 3/4 and M> 1,

·        Support M=2, which is rank-common

·        When N >= M, Wf is layer-common and reported by UE for N>M

·        Note: Wf is layer-common for N=M

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook rank 1~2 PMI, the bitmap(s) of indicating non-zero coefficients for corresponding layer(s) is absent if reported KNZ=K1*M*rank

·        Where KNZ is the number of non-zero coefficients reported by UE

 

Agreement

For UCI part II of Rel-17 PS codebook, study the following alternatives and down-select one or more alternatives in RAN1 107

·        Alt 1: Report Port indicator, SCI, and FD indicator in Group 0

·        Alt 2: Report bitmap in Group 0 or Group 1 without bitmap partition

·        Alt 3: Three groups of UCI Part 2 for Rel-16 PS codebook is reused for Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement except that the starting position of the FD basis window is not needed

Note that other solutions of UCI part II design are not excluded.

 

R1-2110506        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Agreement

With regarding to parameter combinations, following 8 parameter combinations are supported in Rel-17 PS codebook:

M

Alpha

Beta

1

1

1

1

1

3/4

1

1

1/2

1

3/4

1/2

2

1

3/4

2

1

1/2

2

3/4

1/2

2

1/2

1/2

FFS: whether further restrictions/dependences for given parameter combination(s) are needed

 

Agreement

For the priority of mapping coefficients for Rel17 PS codebook, study the following alternatives and down-select one or more alternatives in RAN1#107-e:

·        Alt 1: Support mapping coefficients firstly across port indices, secondly across FD basis indices, and thirdly across layers, i.e. priority value is given by the priority value

·        Alt 2: Support mapping coefficients firstly across layers, secondly across port indices, and thirdly across FD basis indices, i.e., the priority value is given by

·        Alt 3: Support mapping coefficients firstly across layers, secondly across port indices, and thirdly across FD basis indices, i.e., the priority value is given by

·      FFS port permutation function

Note that other solutions are not excluded.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook,

 

Agreement

In addition to N=2, N=4 is supported when M=2 for rank 1/2

 

Agreement

If M=2 and N>M, the non-zero offset between the lower and higher FD indices of Wf is reported by using ceiling(log2(N-1)) bits, assuming that the lower FD index (reference for the offset) of Wf is 0.

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook, support R=2 when M=2

 

Agreement

For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for NCJT, support two CMRs within the same CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis to be restricted within X continuous slot(s) without DL/UL switch between two CMRs

 

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, down-select one alternative from the following in RAN1 107:

·        Alt 1: One CBSR can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas CBSR is applied to all CMRs regardless measurement hypotheses or CMR groups.

·        Alt 2: Two CBSRs can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one CBSR is applied to one CMR group in a CMR resource set respectively, i.e. per TRP.

Conclusion

·        N CMR pairs” and “Two CMR groups” are configured in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet

·        sharedCMR” is configured in CSI-ReportConfig

8.1.55        Other

R1-2108815         Results on Multi-Panel Multi-TRP MIMO    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2108877         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2108958         Discussion on impact of cross-talk on UL performance             vivo

R1-2109045         Discussion on further enhancements for multi-beam operation OPPO

R1-2109475         Additional enhancements for multi-beam      Samsung

R1-2109753         Further considerations and simulations of CSI enhancement for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2109836         Our views on Rel.18 MIMO WI content       Ericsson

R1-2110020         On Further MIMO Enhancement    Apple


 RAN1#107-e

8.1       Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Please refer to RP-212535 for detailed scope of the WI.

 

Rel-17 CRs related to feMIMO

R1-2112430        Introduction of MIMO enhancements       Ericsson

Decision: Draft CR to 38.211 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Endorsed, and to be revised to final CR for RAN submission after RAN1#107-e.

R1-2112446        Introduction of further enhancements on MIMO for NR     Samsung

Decision: Draft CR to 38.213 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Not endorsed as Apple objected to "if search space set s is a first Type-3 PDCCH CSS set or a first USS set, a search space set index for a second Type-3 PDCCH CSS set or a second USS set, respectively, that is linked to search space set s is provided by searchSpaceLinking." See the editor's note that the case of recoverySearchSpaceID is for further RAN1 discussion.

R1-2112472        Introduction of Further enhancements on MIMO for NR   Huawei

Decision: Draft CR to 38.212 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Endorsed, and to be revised to final CR for RAN submission after RAN1#107-e.

R1-2112483        Introduction of further enhancements on MIMO for NR     Nokia

Decision: Draft CR to 38.214 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Endorsed, and to be revised to final CR for RAN submission after RAN1#107-e.

 

 

[107-e-R17-RRC-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on Rel-17 RRC parameters for NR-MIMO

-        Email discussion to start on November 15

R1-2112764        Moderator summary for Rel-17 NR_FeMIMO RRC parameters     Moderator (Samsung)

Document is noted. For consolidation under 8 in [107-e-R17-RRC].

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1.

 

R1-2110761         Remaining Issues for Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110781         Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110883         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2110932         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110948         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      ZTE

R1-2110990         Remaining issues on multi beam enhancement            vivo

R1-2111084         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111143         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Fujitsu

R1-2111169         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2111221         Remaining issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation     CATT

R1-2111279         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2111380         Further enhancement on multi-beam operation            Sony

R1-2111453         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2111476         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2111540         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        Xiaomi

R1-2111597         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        CMCC

R1-2111683         Discussion on remaining issues on multi-beam operation          NEC

R1-2111716         Summary of offline discussion on unified TCI, inter-cell beam management, and MPUE    Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2111717         Multi-Beam Enhancements              Samsung

R1-2111786         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          Ericsson

R1-2111803         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations    AT&T

R1-2111853         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2112008         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Convida Wireless

R1-2112087         Enhancements on multi-beam operation        TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2112089         Discussion on multi-beam operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112176         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112196         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2112276         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         MediaTek Inc.

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2111715        Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement              Moderator (Samsung)

From Nov 11th GTW session

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, Rel-15 L1-RSRP reporting format is reused for all SSBRI-RSRP pairs in one L1-RSRP reporting instance, i.e. for K>1, (K-1) 4-bit differential L1-RSRP(s) calculated relative to the reference (absolute) 7-bit L1-RSRP.

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, a CSI-SSB-ResourceSet configured for L1-RSRP measurement/reporting includes at least a set of SSB indices where PCI indices are associated with the set of SSB indices, respectively. The PCI indices refer to PCIs within the set of PCIs configured for inter-cell beam management or inter-cell multi-TRP.

·        The additionalInfo associated with SSB(s) with PCI(s) different from the serving cell agreed in RAN1 Agenda Item 8.1.2.2 is also applicable to inter-cell BM

·        Detailed signaling design is up to RAN2

·        FFS (to be concluded in RAN1#107-e): Whether the above L1-RSRP measurement/reporting also includes group-based beam report for inter-cell mTRP

Agreement

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI, when a UE is configured with separate DL/UL TCI

·        The number of configured TCI states a UE can support is a UE capability including the following candidate values per BWP per CC:

o   DL TCI: 64, 128

o   UL TCI: 32, 64

·        Note: This doesn’t imply that UL TCI shares the same TCI state pool as or uses a different TCI state pool from joint DL/UL TCI.

 

Agreement (see below refinement of the agreement on Nov 17th)

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for intra-cell beam management, after X symbols from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE assumes the same QCL parameter as the ones associated with the index qnew for all PDSCH/PDCCH receptions in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PDSCH/PDCCH reception.

·        The above applies to Rel-15 SpCell BFR, [Rel-16 CBRA based SpCell BFR,] and Rel-16 SCell BFR

·        Note: qnew is a candidate beam identified by the UE in set q1. q1 is the set of candidate beams

Agreement (see below refinement of the agreement on Nov 17th)

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, [at least when the UE is configured with joint DL/UL TCI], after X symbols from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE uses the same UL spatial filter as the [one associated with the index qnew or the last PRACH transmission] for all PUSCH transmissions and all of PUCCH resources in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PUSCH and all of PUCCH resources.

·        The above applies to Rel-15/16 SpCell BFR, [Rel-16 CBRA based SpCell BFR,] and Rel-16 SCell BFR

·        Note: qnew is a candidate beam identified by the UE in set q1. q1 is the set of candidate beams

·        FFS (RAN1#107-e): if the above also applies when the UE is configured with separate DL/UL TCI

·        FFS: UL PC control including qu, qd, and closed loop index

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 13th,

Conclusion:

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in Rel-17, there is no consensus on supporting event-driven beam reporting.

 

Agreement (see below refinement of the agreement on Nov 18th)

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the UE is configured with at least one beam application time (BAT) [per BWP per CC]

·        Note: It was agreed that the BAT associated with the carrier(s) (hence BWP(s)/CC(s)) on which the beam indication applies is determined on the carrier with the smallest SCS among the carrier(s) (hence BWP(s)/CC(s)) applying the beam indication

·        TBD (RAN1#107-e): whether a second configured BAT is also supported, e.g. for MPUE or inter-cell BM, [per BWP per CC]

·        TBD (RAN1#107-e): whether or not the UE may assume that BWPs configured with same SCS [in a same CC group] share a same value of BAT

Conclusion:

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, there is no consensus on a specification-based criterion for selecting N from a candidate SSB/CSI-RS resource pool.

 

 

R1-2112581        Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1     Moderator (Samsung)

From Nov 16th GTW session

Working Assumption (further modified as below)

For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, on applying the indicated Rel-17 TCI state to PDCCH reception and the respective PDSCH reception, for intra-cell and inter-cell BM, support per CORESET determination as follows:

·        For any PDCCH reception on a CORESET [other than CORESET#0] that is associated with [at least or only] [USS and/or CSS type 3] set(s) and the respective PDSCH reception, UE always applies the indicated Rel-17 TCI state.

·        For any PDCCH reception on [CORESET#0 or] a CORESET [(other than CORESET#0)] that is not associated with any [USS and/or CSS type 3] set and the respective PDSCH reception, whether or not UE to apply the indicated Rel-17 TCI state is determined per CORESET by RRC

o   Note: It was agreed that a UE can receive non-UE dedicated signal/channel only from the serving cell

o   Above applies only for intra-cell beam indication

·        [For inter-cell beam indication, a UE may expect that a CSS and a USS are not associated with a same CORESET]

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 17th,

Agreement

With regards to the below question in RAN2 LS (in R2-2108925/R1-2108717), provide the following response:

If UE is receiving DL data from TRP with different PCI  on dedicated channels, is the UE still able to receive short message (e.g. paging) and system information from serving cell TRP  at the same time?

Answer: No, it is not.

R1-2112707        Follow-up reply LS on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17               RAN1, Huawei

Decision: The reply LS is approved.

 

 

Conclusion

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in Rel-17, there is no consensus that the agreed L1-RSRP measurement/reporting also includes group-based beam report for inter-cell mTRP.

 

Agreement

Send an LS to RAN4 to inform and recommend them to investigate the following issue:

·        On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, the UE behavior when there is overlap for L1-RSRP measurement for SSB associated with serving cell PCI and PCIs different from the serving cell PCI.

Note: Discussion in UE feature agenda on this issue is not ruled out

R1-2112762        LS on L1-RSRP measurement behavior when SSBs associated with different PCIs overlap      RAN1, vivo

Decision: The reply LS is approved.

 

 

Refine the following agreement as follows:

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for intra-cell beam management, after X symbols from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE assumes the same QCL parameter as the ones associated with the index q new for all PDSCH /PDCCH receptions in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PDSCH /PDCCH reception.

·        The above applies to Rel-15 SpCell BFR , [Rel-16 CBRA based SpCell BFR ,] and Rel-16 SCell BFR

·        Note: q new is a candidate beam identified by the UE in set q1. q1 is the set of candidate beams

 

Refine the following agreement as follows:

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, [at least when the UE is configured with joint DL /UL TCI ], after X symbols from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE uses the same UL spatial filter as the [one associated with the index q new or the last PRACH transmission] for all PUSCH transmissions and all of PUCCH resources in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PUSCH and all of PUCCH resources.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 18th,

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, any SRS resource or resource set that is a valid target signal of a Rel-15/16 spatial relation based on the Rel-15/16 spatial relation rules (on source-target relations) can be configured as a target signal of a Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI (hence the Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI state pool).

·        This feature does not require a new type of source RS on top of the ones supported for UL TCI and joint DL /UL TCI  

o   Note: This doesn’t preclude the content of pending proposal 1.E (on CSI -RS for CSI as QCL Type-A/D source RS) to be agreed in the future

·        Note: This does not imply that DL and UL TCI state pools are separate or shared for separate DL /UL TCI (this issue is up to RAN2)

·        Note: A Rel-17 UE is not required to support both this feature and optional Rel-16 features of SRS spatial relation info within a same band

Agreement (as per Nov 18th decision) Working assumption (further to Nov 19th GTW)

The UE is not expected to be configured with Rel-15/Rel-16 TCI /SpatialRelationInfo if the UE is configured with Rel-17 TCI in any CC in a band

·        The CC list for Rel-16 multi-CC beam indication should not contain any CC configured with Rel-17 TCI

 

R1-2112680        Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 2     Moderator (Samsung)

From Nov 18th GTW session

Refine the following agreement as follows:

Agreement

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the UE can assume that one beam application time (BAT) for a given SCS is configured for all the CCs configured with the common TCI state ID update,

 

 

R1-2112763        Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3     Moderator (Samsung)

From Nov 19th GTW session

Agreement

For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, on applying the indicated Rel-17 TCI state to PDCCH reception and the respective PDSCH reception:

·        For discussion purposes, define as follows:

o   ‘CORESET A’: A CORESET other than CORESET#0 associated with only UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC, comprising CORESETs in association with:

§  [USS and/or CSS Type 3]

o   ‘CORESET B’:  A CORESET other than CORESET#0 associated with only non-UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC, comprising CORESETs in association with:

§  [CSS or CSS other than Type 3]

o   ‘CORESET C’: A CORESET other than CORESET#0 associated with both UE-dedicated and non-UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC

o   CORESET#0

·        For Rel-17 TCI state indication, support per CORESET determination as follows:

o   For any PDCCH reception on a ‘CORESET A’ and the respective PDSCH reception, UE always applies the indicated Rel-17 TCI state.

o   For any PDCCH reception on a ‘CORESET B’ and the respective PDSCH reception, whether or not UE to apply the indicated Rel-17 TCI state associated with the serving cell is determined per CORESET by RRC

·        FFS: For intra-cell BM, whether CORESET C is supported or not

o   If CORESET C is supported, the TCI state of CORESET C

·        FFS: For inter-cell BM, whether CORESET C is supported or not

o   If CORESET C is supported, the TCI state of CORESET C

·        FFS: The TCI state of CORESET 0

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,

Working assumption

·        Support the UE reporting a list of UE capability value sets

o   Each UE capability value set comprises [at least] the max supported number of SRS ports

o   For any two different value sets, at least one capability value needs to be different

§  FFS: If in addition also identical value sets are allowed.

o   FFS: which type(s) of UE capability other than the max supported number of SRS ports is included in a UE capability value set

o   Whether the UE capability value set can be common across all BWPs/CCs in same band or BC can be discussed in UE feature session

Conclusion:

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection via UE reporting a list of UE capability value sets, other than the max supported number of SRS ports (note: currently pending endorsement in proposal 4.A), there is no consensus on supporting another UE capability type.

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection via UE reporting a list of UE capability value sets, the correspondence between each reported CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index and one of the UE capability value sets in the reported list is determined by the UE (analogous to Rel-15/16) and is informed to NW in a beam reporting instance. 

·        The Rel-15/16 beam reporting is reused framework is used, i.e. the index of corresponding UE capability value set is reported along with the pair of SSBRI/CRI and L1-RSRP/SINR (up to 4 pairs, with 7-bit absolute and 4-bit differential) in the beam reporting UCI and support down select (maintenance) between the following two options in (selected by RRC with Option 2 as default one):

o   Option 1: UE can report one index for all the reported CRIs/SSBRIs in one beam reporting

o   Option 2: UE can report one index for each reported CRI/SSBRI in one beam reporting.

o   FFS: whether/how to take DL-only panel into account in the report

·        FFS: Time-domain behaviour, e.g. the support periodic, semi-persistent, and aperiodic reporting

o   FFS: Semi-persistent and/or aperiodic reporting is triggered only when periodic reporting is configured

·        (Working assumptions): Support acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE, which doesn't preclude reusing/reinterpreting existing signaling/procedure

o   FFS (maintenance): the application time for the reported correspondence (if any), the exact acknowledgement mechanism and whether spec impact is needed, e.g. based on TCI state update, BFR response like mechanism, including the application time for the reported correspondence, if any

o   No new DCI format and no new RNTI are introduced for this function.

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2110762         Further Discussion on Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110782         Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110879         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2110933         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110949         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    ZTE

R1-2110991         Remaining issues on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements               vivo

R1-2111085         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111144         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH              Fujitsu

R1-2111170         On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH     Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2111222         Remaining issues on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               CATT

R1-2111280         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             OPPO

R1-2111381         Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH   Sony

R1-2111454         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2111477         Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    Intel Corporation

R1-2111541         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             Xiaomi

R1-2111598         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             CMCC

R1-2111684         Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH    NEC

R1-2111718         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Samsung

R1-2111854         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2112026         Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH          Convida Wireless

R1-2112074         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels              FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2112090         Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112177         Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112197         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2112269         Discussion on mTRP PUSCH          ASUSTeK

R1-2112271         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2112277         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2112320         Remaining issues on PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH  enhancements for multi-TRP               Ericsson

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2112453        Summary #1 of [107-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)

From Nov 11th GTW session

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption in RAN1 #106-bis-e:

When a scheduled CC is configured to be cross-carrier scheduled by a scheduling CC, two PDCCH candidates (with the same AL and candidate index associated with the scheduled CC) are linked only if the corresponding two SS sets in the scheduling CC are linked and two SS sets in the scheduled CC with the same SS set IDs are also linked.

·        Note: The PDCCH candidates associated with the scheduled CC are defined as part of SS sets for scheduled CC instead of SS sets for scheduling CC (Same as Rel-15)

Agreement

To address the ambiguity issue between AL8 and AL16 candidates in the presence of PDCCH repetition:

·        For two linked AL8 PDCCH candidates in a first and second SS sets and two linked AL16 candidates in a third and fourth SS sets, UE expects different starting CCEs in a CORESET for any of the linked AL8 candidates and any of the linked AL16 candidates if the CORESET spans one OFDM symbol (i.e., Case c1 is not expected by UE)

·        If two PDCCH candidates with AL8 and AL16 have the same start CCE in a CORESET with one OFDM symbol:

o   When at least one of the AL8 or AL16 candidates is linked with other PDCCH candidate, and UE receives a DCI on any of the AL8 or AL16 candidates, a scheduled PDSCH by the DCI is rate matched around the AL16 candidate and any PDCCH candidate linked with any of the AL8 or AL16 candidates (i.e., rate matching in Cases a, b and c2 is around the union of candidates)

o   When one of the AL8 candidate or the AL16 candidate is linked to another PDCCH candidate for PDCCH repetition (i.e., Cases a or b), interpretation of a detected DCI via any of the first or second PDCCH candidates is based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate).

§  FFS (to be resolved in this meeting): Whether/how to resolve potentially ambiguity for PUCCH resource determination for Case c2

·        FFS (to be resolved in this meeting): Whether the above is applicable to non-interleaved CORESET only or both interleaved and non-interleaved CORESET

 

Agreement

To handle UE complexity / memory requirements for linked PDCCH candidates, address the issue by UE capability, where UE indicates a limit (X) associated with the total number of linked candidates of which the first candidate is received and the second one has not been received at any given span.

 

Agreement

Two linked PDCCH candidates are not expected to be associated with different CORESETPoolIndex values.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 16th,

Agreement

For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, support:

·        Case 2: 3 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:

o   Overbooking is per individual SS set as in Rel. 15/16

§  The third BD is counted as part of the SS set with higher ID.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 17th,

Agreement

For PDCCH repetition

·        If two linked PDCCH candidates schedule a PDSCH with mapping Type A in a same slot, both linked PDCCH candidates are expected to be contained within the first three symbols of the slot.

·        Use candidate that ends later in time for active NZP CSI-RS resource / port determination, and for CPU occupation duration for first instant of SP-CSI on PUSCH

o   Note: The case of CPU occupation duration for AP-CSI is agreed before

·        When BFR response is detected in PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition (applicable to CBRA-based BFR in the PCell/PSCell, or Scell BFR), the beam / power control reset for PUCCH/PDCCH (when applicable) occurs after 28 symbols from the last symbol of the PDCCH candidate that ends later in time.

·        When DCI carrying DFI is detected in PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition, the candidate that starts earlier in time is used as the reference PDCCH candidate for determination of validity of DFI for a PUSCH with a given HARQ process number.

Conclusion:

For the following restriction in 38.213, two linked PDCCH candidates are counted as one PDCCH: “For a scheduled cell and at any time, a UE expects to have received at most 16 PDCCHs for DCI formats with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI scheduling 16 PDSCH receptions for which the UE has not received any corresponding PDSCH symbol and at most 16 PDCCHs for DCI formats with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI scheduling 16 PUSCH transmissions for which the UE has not transmitted any corresponding PUSCH symbol.”

 

R1-2112454        Summary #2 of [107-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)

From Nov 17th GTW session

Agreement

For cross-carrier scheduling, searchSpaceSharing is not applicable if at least one scheduled CC is configured with PDCCH repetition.

 

Conclusion

For two linked SS sets are configured with respective searchSpaceGroupIdList,

·        If both SS sets are monitored in a search space set group, then PDCCH repetition mechanism is applied for the linked SS sets

·        If only one of the two SS sets is monitored in a search space set group, then the legacy PDCCH mechanism is applied for the monitored one (i.e., no PDCCH repetition)

Conclusion

There is no consensus in Rel-17 to relax the restriction that PDCCH repetitions should be received within the first 3 symbols of a slot for indicating active BWP change.

 

Conclusion

Simultaneous configuration of SFNed CORESET and PDCCH repetition in the same CC, or in different CCs for intra-band CA in FR2 is not supported in Rel-17.

 

Agreement

For two CORESETs associated with two linked CSS, the CORESET with lower ID is used for the following purposes:

·        To determine the value of  for mapping VRB to PRB of a PDSCH scheduled by DCI format 1_0.

·        To determine the uplink RB set of a PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0 (with CRC scrambled by an RNTI other than TC-RNTI) for UL resource allocation type 2.

 

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2112583        Summary #1 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH            Moderator (Nokia)

From Nov 12th GTW session

Agreement

For non-CB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, to determine a set of PUSCH power control parameters, the SRI indicated in the 2nd SRI field (considering Tables 7.3.1.1.2-29A/30A/31A) is used to determine a matching SRI in a legacy SRI table (considering Tables 7.3.1.1.2-29/30/31) for the same indicated SRS resources and number of layers of the SRI indicated in the 2nd SRI field. The matching SRI is then used to determine a set of PUSCH power control parameters based the SRI to PUSCH power control mappings configured for the 2nd SRS resource set.

·        How to capture this is up to the editor

Conclusion

For NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, no changes to the Rel-15/16 defined minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS.

·        Note: Whether to introduce a UE capability on UE support simultaneous precoding calculation for different associated NZP-CSI-RS within a CC can be further discussed in UE capability discussions.

Agreement

For mTRP PUSCH repetition scheduled with DCI format 0_2, the value of the in two SRS resource sets configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 should be the same.

 

Agreement

Introduce a new RRC parameter to indicate two PHRs (option 4) for UE that reports this UE optional capability.

 

Agreement

For mTRP PUSCH repetition, introduce a RRC parameter to enable/disable the new behavior of transmitting AP/SP-CSI on the first PUSCH repetitions with the first beam and the second beam. The new parameter can be per CSI-AperiodicTriggerState or CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState.

·        Transmitting AP/SP-CSI on two PUSCH repetitions with different beams is UE optional capability

Conclusion

For mTRP type 1 CG PUSCH, when two fields of 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers' and/or 'srs-ResourceIndicator' are present in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant', the same number of layers should be indicated in the first and second fields.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 18th,

Conclusion:

Rel-15/16 collision handling between PUCCH repetition and other channels/signals are also applicable for Rel-17 M-TRP PUCCH repetition schemes.

 

Conclusion:

For mTRP type 1 CG PUSCH, when two fields of 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers' and/or 'srs-ResourceIndicator' are present in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant',

·        the indicated two precoding information (for CB PUSCH) are separately determined using two fields of 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers'.

·        the indicated SRIs (for CB/NCB PUSCH) are separately determined using two fields of 'srs-ResourceIndicator'.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 19th,

Agreement:

For mTRP type 1 CG PUSCH, when both srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 are configured with two SRS resource sets, the two SRS resource sets configured by srs-ResourceSetToAddModList is used to determine the SRS resource indications by two srs-ResourceIndicator fields of mTRP CG PUSCH.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,

Conclusion

For mTRP PUSCH repetition,

·        when two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 while there is only one SRS resource set configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList, the first SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 is composed of the first NSRS,0_2 SRS resources in the SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and the second SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 does not have such a condition on SRS resources.

·        when one SRS resource set is configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 while there are two SRS resource sets configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList, the SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 is composed of the first NSRS,0_2 SRS resources in the first SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList.

 

Final summary in R1-2112584.

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2110763         Details on M-TRP Inter-cell Operation         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110783         Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110880         Inter-cell multi-TRP operation        FUTUREWEI

R1-2110934         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110946         Finalizing Multi-TRP inter-cell operation     Ericsson

R1-2110950         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ZTE

R1-2110992         Remaining issues on inter-cell MTRP operation         vivo

R1-2111086         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP inter-cell operation              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111223         Remaining issues on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel  CATT

R1-2111281         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2111455         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2111478         Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation       Intel Corporation

R1-2111542         Discussion on Multi-TRP Inter-cell operation             Xiaomi

R1-2111599         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        CMCC

R1-2111685         Discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell operation              NEC

R1-2111719         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Samsung

R1-2111855         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2112078         Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation              ASUSTEK

R1-2112091         Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operation              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112178         Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112198         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 17th,

Agreement:

UE is not required to monitor a Type0/0A/1[/2] CSS in a CORESET when the active TCI state is associated with a PCI different from serving cell PCI.

 

Email thread summary in:

R1-2112816        Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2110764         Further Discussion on Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110784         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110881         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2110935         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110951         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  ZTE

R1-2110993         Remaining issues on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo

R1-2111087         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111145         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Fujitsu

R1-2111224         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP             CATT

R1-2111282         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2111382         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Sony

R1-2111456         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2111479         Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management        Intel Corporation

R1-2111543         Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP  Xiaomi

R1-2111600         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   CMCC

R1-2111686         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         NEC

R1-2111720         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Samsung

R1-2111856         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2111986         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   ETRI

R1-2112027         On Multi-TRP BFR            Convida Wireless

R1-2112077         Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom

R1-2112092         Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112171         Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP         ITRI

R1-2112179         Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112199         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2112274         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2112278         Enhancement on beam management for multi-TRP    MediaTek Inc.

R1-2112321         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP             Ericsson

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)

Email discussion on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2112613        Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 1)               Moderator (CATT)

From Nov 15th GTW session

Conclusion

For per-TRP BFR, no further restriction will be introduced on the spatial relation configuration of a PUCCH-SR resource.

 

Agreement

For implicit BFD RS configuration, if number of TCI states for CORESETs associated with a CORESETPoolIndex exceeds the UE capability on maximum number of BFD-RS resources per set, re-use the RLM-RS selection rule.

 

Agreement

On the PUCCH-SR resource/SR configurations selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resource/SR configurations are configured, the UE triggers the PUCCH-SR resource/SR configuration that is associated with failed BFD-RS set.

 

R1-2112644        Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 2)               Moderator (CATT)

From Nov 18th GTW session

Agreement

Regarding whether the two dedicated PUCCH-SR resources are corresponding to one schedulingRequestId or two schedulingRequestId

·        Alt3: Leave it to RAN2

FL Proposal 1.3-2:

Regarding how to differentiate Rel-15/16 and Rel-17 group-based beam reporting procedure,

·        Alt-1 (explicit): to introduce a RRC parameter groupBasedBeamReportingR17

·        Alt-2 (implicit): to be based on the number of configured resource sets

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,

Agreement

Regarding how to differentiate Rel-15/16 and Rel-17 group-based beam reporting procedure,

·        Alt-1 (explicit): to introduce a RRC parameter groupBasedBeamReportingR17, e.g. groupBasedBeamReportingR17

Agreement

On RACH -based transmission on a SpCell , the support of additional scenarios triggering RACH -based transmission on SpCell, if any, is up to RAN2.

 

Conclusion

For beam reporting option 2, there is no consensus on supporting the following alternatives in Rel-17:

·        Alt-1: gNB configures UE whether to report beams associated with same or different RX spatial filters. 

·        Alt-2: UE informs to NW whether the reported beams in a beam group are associated with same or different RX spatial filters.

·        Alt-3: UE informs to NW whether the reported beams in a beam group are associated with same or different RX spatial filters.

o   Maximum number of supported layers per RX spatial filter is signaled to gNB by UE capability signaling.

Conclusion

TRP -specific BFR for the case of CORESET with 2 TCI states is not supported in Rel-17.

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2110765         On M-TRP Operation for HST-SFN Deployment       InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110785         Enhancements on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17          Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110952         Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements             ZTE

R1-2110994         Remaining issues on HST-SFN schemes       vivo

R1-2111088         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111225         Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment CATT

R1-2111283         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2111383         Enhancements HST-SFN deployment           Sony

R1-2111457         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2111480         Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments     Intel Corporation

R1-2111544         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Xiaomi

R1-2111601         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      CMCC

R1-2111668         Remaining issues on HST-SFN enhancements            Ericsson

R1-2111687         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NEC

R1-2111721         Enhancements on HST-SFN            Samsung

R1-2111857         Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement              Apple

R1-2111940         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2112028         On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment              Convida Wireless

R1-2112093         Discussion on HST-SFN deployment            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112180         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112200         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2112279         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      MediaTek Inc.

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion on HST-SFN

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2112588        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Nov 15th GTW session

Agreement

·        Confirm the working assumption from RAN1 #106b-e meeting to reuse legacy Rel-16 RRC parameters simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 to define set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE for activation of two TCI states of CORESET with the same CORESET ID for all the BWPs.

Agreement

For intra-band CA, UE doesn’t expect configurations of different SFN schemes in different CCs

 

Working Assumption (to be confirmed this week – see below Nov 18th GTW)

TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH / PDCCH is supported in both FR1 and FR2 with UE capability at least per FR

·        Note: Only one company has shown benefit on TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH in FR2 with 200m ISD

 

 

Agreement

When a CORESET is activated with two TCI states which overlaps with another CORESET, support PDCCH monitoring of PDCCH candidates in overlapping monitoring occasions with QCL-TypeD properties identified according to prioritization rule

·        Reuse Rel-15 prioritization to identify the first CORESET, i.e., SS type > serving cell index > SS set ID

o   If the CORESET has two TCI states with QCL-typeD, both QCL-typeD are identified.

o   If the CORESET has one TCI state with QCL-typeD, the second QCL-typeD is not identified

 

 

R1-2112660        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Nov 18th GTW session

Agreement

TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH / PDCCH is supported in both FR1 and FR2 with UE capability at least per FR

·        Note: While majority of the companies support above, only one company has shown benefit on TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH in FR2 with 200m ISD. Evaluation methodology and results can be found in R1-2101450.

Agreement

When SFN PDSCH is not configured by RRC and there is no TCI codepoint which indicates two TCI states activated for the PDSCH (i.e. Rel-16 MTRP PDSCH is not configured) and SFN transmission scheme 1 is configured for PDCCH, for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, 1_1, 1_2 without TCI field, if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is equal or larger than the threshold timeDurationForQCL if applicable and the CORESET which schedules the PDSCH is indicated with two TCI states, the default TCI state is defined as the first TCI state of the CORESET.

 

Agreement

The agreement from RAN1#106b-e meeting is updated as follows

When SFN PDSCH is not configured by RRC and there is no TCI codepoint which indicates two TCI states activated for the PDSCH (i.e,. Rel-16 MTRP PDSCH is not configured), for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, 1_1, 1_2, if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is smaller than the threshold timeDurationForQCL,

·        For DCI format 1_1/1_2, support both configurations with and without TCI state field. 

·        [If enableTwoDefaultTCIStates  is not configured,] for both cases with and without TCI state field,

o   If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme 1 is configured and the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot is indicated with two TCI states, select the 1st TCI state of the two TCI states of the CORESET as default beam for the PDSCH reception

§  FFS : Whether above applies for TRP -based pre-compensation if TRP -based pre-compensation is agreed to be support in FR2

o   Otherwise, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET  with the lowest controlResourceSetId  in the latest slot when receiving the PDSCH

·        It is up to editor how to capture the above agreement

Agreement

If PDCCH candidates in CSS 3 are associated with CORESET that is activated with two TCI states and configured with enhanced SFN scheme 1 or TRP based pre-compensation, both TCI states can be applied for the CSS reception.

·        FFS: Whether/How specification change is needed is up to the editor

Agreement

For a CORESET with two activated TCI states, for implicit BFD RS, how to calculate radio link quality for RLM /BFD is up to RAN4 discussion

·        Send LS to let RAN4 to let them know about two possible options of radio link quality estimation for RLM /BFD using each RS or RS pair of CORESET activated with two TCI states. RAN1 has discussed both options, but was not able to reach a consensus. Inform that it is up to RAN4 to specify the most appropriate option.

R1-2112829        LS on BFR for CORESET with two activated TCI states    RAN1, ZTE

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th, the LS is approved.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,

Agreement

When SFN PDSCH and SFN PDCCH are configured by RRC, for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2, and, if applicable the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is equal or larger than the threshold timeDurationForQCL

·        Support configuration when there is no TCI field in the DCI scheduling PDSCH

o   UE applies the TCI state(s) of the scheduling CORESET when receiving the PDSCH

§  If there are two active TCI states for the CORESET , UE applies both QCL assumptions of the CORESET that schedules the PDSCH when receiving the PDSCH

§  otherwise, if there is one active TCI state for the CORESET, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET when receiving the PDSCH

This feature is UE optional capability

·        If UE doesn’t support this capability, UE is expected to be configured with TCI state field

·        UEs supporting this feature and are not capable of dynamic switching between single TRP and SFN , the CORESET that schedules PDSCH by DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 (FFS DCI format 1_0) should be activated with two TCI states.

FFS for maintenance: if SFN PDCCH is not configured.

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2110766         Remaining Details on SRS Enhancements    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110786         Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110882         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2110936         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2110947         Finalizing SRS     Ericsson

R1-2110953         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          ZTE

R1-2110995         Remaining issues on SRS enhancement        vivo

R1-2111089         Considerations on SRS enhancements           Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111226         Remaining issues on SRS enhancement        CATT

R1-2111284         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2111458         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2111481         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Intel Corporation

R1-2111545         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2111602         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          CMCC

R1-2111688         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2111722         Enhancements on SRS       Samsung

R1-2111858         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2112094         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112181         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112201         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2112280         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          MediaTek Inc.

 

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion on enhancement on SRS

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2110964        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From Nov 11th GTW session

Agreement

When ca-SlotOffset is configured, reference slot to use the Rel-17 mechanism for determining the SRS offset is slot , otherwise reference slot is, where  , ,  and  are determined by ca-SlotOffset configurations of the PDCCH carrier and SRS carrier.

 

Agreement

For a CC with t value configured, SOI bit width depends on the maximum number of t values configured for all the resource sets across all configured BWPs in a CC for SRS transmission.

·        For the CCs without any t value configured, follow Rel-15/16 mechanism to determine the SRS slot offset, where SOI bit width is 0

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 16th,

Working assumption

To support 4 ports with Max CS = 6,

·        Port 0 and Port 2 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset k_TC, respectively.

·        Port 1 and Port 3 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset (k_TC + 4) mod 8, respectively.

·        Note: n_CS and k_TC are the configured CS and comb offset values.

·        Note: This working assumption can be revisited if Max CS = 12 is agreed.

 

R1-2112589        FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From Nov 17th GTW session

Agreement

For aperiodic SRS, support same start RB location hopping approach as for P/SP SRS if there are multiple frequency hopping period in the slot.

 

Conclusion

In Rel-17, SRS 4T6R is not supported.

 

Conclusion

No consensus to have further restriction on the number of RBs for RPFS in Rel-17.

·        No introduction of new sequence length

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 19th,

Conclusion

There is no consensus in RAN1 to support Max CS = 12 for comb-8 in Rel-17.

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2110767         Remaining Details on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110787         CSI enhancements on MTRP and FDD in Rel-17        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2110954         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    ZTE

R1-2110996         Remaining issues on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity            vivo

R1-2111090         Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2111171         CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP      Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2111227         Remaining issues on CSI enhancement         CATT

R1-2111285         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2111384         Views on CSI enhancements           Sony

R1-2111459         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2111482         Remaining issues on CSI for MTRP and FDD             Intel Corporation

R1-2111603         Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP           CMCC

R1-2111689         Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP           NEC

R1-2111723         Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements             Samsung

R1-2111859         Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple

R1-2111941         CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2112095         Discussion on CSI enhancements    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2112182         Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2112202         CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2112281         CSI Enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2112322         CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity    Ericsson

 

//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-107-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-08 as the document name

[107-e-NR-feMIMO-08] Email discussion on CSI enhancement – Min (Huawei)

-        1st check point: November 15

-        Final check point: November 19

R1-2112585         Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)              Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

R1-2112586        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

From Nov 12th GTW session

Agreement

The window size is min(N,N3).

·        Note: the UCI payload of i1,6 is ceiling(log2(N-1)) bits regardless of values of N3

Agreement

Support to report Port indicator, SCI, and FD indicator in Group 0 

·        FFS (to be concluded in RAN1 107): Report bitmap in Group 0 or Group 1 without bitmap partition

·        FFS (to be concluded in RAN1 107): whether/how to deal with coefficients partition issue when ceil(KNZ/2-v) < 0 or report coefficients together without partitioning

·        Note: It is RAN1 common understanding that when UCI omission occurs for Rel-17 PS codebook, the associated CQI does not have to be recalculated conditioned on the PMI after omission.

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting:

·        Two CBSRs can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one CBSR is applied to one CMR group in a CMR resource set respectively, i.e. per TRP.

Agreement

For the ordering of UCI payload construction for reported CSIs

·        Alt 4: modify mapping order of CSI fields of one CSI report, e.g. Table 6.3.2.1.2-3/4/5 in 38.212

o   i.e. introducing mapping order of CSI fields in the order of MTRP CSI, the first TRP CSI, and the second TRP CSI.

o   It also implies that one CSI reporting setting for NCJT measurement reporting contains single CSI report which corresponds multiple single-TRP and/or NCJT measurement hypotheses.

Note: There is no further optimization for CSI part 2 omission rules in Rel-17

 

R1-2112587        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2)       Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

From Nov 17th GTW session

Agreement

In Rel-17, the priority value is given by  whereas for ,

·      Alt 2: Support non-interleaving between polarization, i

Agreement

Regarding to codebook parameters for Rel-17 PS codebook, (Alt1) alpha =3/4 is not applicable to 4 and 12 CSI-RS ports

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 PS codebook:

·      Alt 2(updated #2): UCI Group 1 includes the  highest priority elements of  and the   highest priority elements of  (). UCI Group 2 includes the   lowest priority elements of  and the  lowest priority elements of  ()

Agreement

For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, the UE can be configured with pmi-FormatIndicator=widebandPMI and cqi-FormatIndicator=widebandCQI only for Mode 1 with X=0.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 20th,

Agreement

Regarding to the restriction applying to parameter combination for Rel-17 PS codebook:

·        Alt 3: {M, alpha, beta ={2,1,3/4} and {2, 1, 1/2} are only applicable to P <= 24 ports

Conclusion

Excepting for reporting port indicator, SCI, and FD indicator in Group 0, the remaining indicators are mapped to reporting Groups 1 and 2 same as Rel-16 eType-II PS codebook with updated the priority value of Phi(i).

 

Agreement

For the ordering of UCI payload construction with PMI/CQI configured for subband reporting, mapping order of CSI fields are in the order of NCJT CSI, the first TRP CSI, and the second TRP CSI applied separately, for CSI part 1, CSI part 2 WB, even subbands of CSI part 2 SB, and odd subbands of CSI part 2 SB.

8.1.55        Other

R1-2110768         Views on Multi-Panel Multi-TRP MIMO      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2110955         Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation           ZTE

R1-2110997         Discussion on impact of cross-talk on UL performance             vivo

R1-2111175         Our views on Rel-18 MIMO WI content       Ericsson

R1-2111724         Additional enhancements for multi-beam      Samsung

R1-2111860         On Further MIMO Enhancement    Apple

R1-2111918         Further considerations for FeMIMO in Rel-17            Huawei, HiSilicon


 RAN1#107-bis-e

8.11       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

Void (not be handled during this e-meeting).


 RAN1#108-e

8.1       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

[108-e-R17-RRC-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion for Rel-17 RRC parameters on NR-MIMO

-        1st check point for first LS in [108-e-R17-RRC]: February 24

-        Final check point for second LS in [108-e-R17-RRC] if necessary: March 3

 

R1-2200887        LS on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson

R1-2202717        Draft LS on feMIMO RRC parameters     Ericsson

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th, the draft reply LS to R2-2202002 is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2202720.

 

 

R1-2200859        LS on MPE information signalling             RAN2, Nokia

R1-2202731        Moderator summary for LS reply to RAN2 on MPE information signalling               Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 27th,

Agreement

RAN1 would like to thank RAN2 for the question in LS in R2-2201600 on MPE related signaling, whether those are also applicable for mTRP framework.

RAN1 has the following reply to the RAN2 questions:

-         Regarding inter-cell beam management (ICBM), RAN1 confirms that these RRC parameters including mpe-Reporting-FR2-r17, numberOfN and mpe-ResourcePool apply to the ICBM framework as well.

-         Regarding mTRP framework, RAN1 has not discussed whether these MPE reporting changes would also apply to mTRP framework.

Final LS is approved in

R1-2202732        LS response on MPE information signaling             RAN1, Nokia

 

 

R1-2202756        LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters        RAN2, Ericsson

R1-2202900        Moderator summary for LS reply to RAN2 on feMIMO RRC parameters               Moderator (Ericsson)

R1-2202766        Draft LS on feMIMO RRC parameters     Ericsson

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd, the draft reply LS to R2-2202002/R2-2203876 is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2202903.

 

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-09] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on Rel-17 NR-MIMO TP for TS38.300 by March 1

R1-2202804        TP for TS 38.300 on Rel-17 NR FeMIMO Moderator (Samsung)

Agreement

The text proposal in R1-2202804 is endorsed from RAN1 perspective for TS38.300.

 

R1-2202865        TP on Rel-17 NR FeMIMO for TS 38.300 RAN1, Samsung

Decision: As per GTW decision on Feb 28th,the LS to RAN2 is approved.

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1.

 

R1-2200929         Remaining issues on further NR MIMO enhancements             Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2200996         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2201078         Maintenance on multi-beam enhancement    vivo

R1-2201185         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          ZTE

R1-2201223         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      OPPO

R1-2201328         Discussion on remaining issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation            CATT

R1-2201425         Remaining issues in enhancements on multi-beam operation    Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2201426         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2201463         Remaining issues on multi-beam operation   NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201534         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201567         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      LG Electronics

R1-2201575         Remaining issues on Multi-beam Operation Sony

R1-2201644         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          Ericsson

R1-2201682         Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations     Intel Corporation

R1-2201758         Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement    Apple

R1-2201844         Remaining issues of enhancements on multi-beam operation   CMCC

R1-2201896         Discussion on remaining issues on multi-beam operation          NEC

R1-2201943         Remaining issues on multi-beam operation enhancement          Xiaomi

R1-2201994         Moderator Summary for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam  Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2201995         Moderator Summary for Offline Discussion on Rel-17 Multi-Beam       Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2201996         Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam              Samsung

R1-2202057         Remaining issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation     MediaTek Inc.

R1-2202122         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202316         Maintenance of enhancements for Multi-beam Operation         Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion for maintenance on multi-beam operation

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2201994        Moderator Summary for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam          Moderator (Samsung)

From Feb 22nd GTW session

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption as an agreement with the following refinement (highlighted in red):

The UE is not expected to be configured with Rel-15/Rel-16 TCI/SpatialRelationInfo/PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo (except spatialRelationInfoPos) if the UE is configured with Rel-17 TCI in any CC in a band

·        The CC list for Rel-16 multi-CC beam indication should not contain any CC in a band configured with Rel-17 TCI assuming different CC lists are used for Rel-16 and Rel-17

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for any SRS resource or resource set that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH and all of dedicated PUCCH resources, but can be configured as a target signal of a Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI (hence the Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI state pool), Rel-17 mechanism(s) which reuse mechanisms similar to the Rel-15/16 spatial relation info update signaling/configuration design(s) are used to update/configure such SRS (s) with Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI state(s).

·        The UL PC parameter setting (including PL-RS) for the SRS resource set should be derived based on the setting associated with TCI indicated for the SRS resource with the lowest SRS-ResourceId in that SRS resource set

 

Agreement

The following text proposal for TS 38.214 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

TS38.214 section 5.1.5:

 

The UE with activated [TCI-State] configured with [tci-StateId_r17] receives DCI format 1_1/1_2 providing indicated TCI-State with [tci-StateId_r17] for a CC or all CCs in the same CC list configured by [simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1 or simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2]. The DCI format 1_1/1_2 can be with or without, if applicable, DL assignment. If the DCI format 1_1/1_2/ is without DL assignment, the UE can assume the following:

-      …

After a UE receives an initial higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] and before reception application of an indicated TCI state from the configured TCI states:

-         The UE assumes that DM-RS of PDSCH and DM-RS of PDCCH in a CC, and the CSI-RS applying the indicated TCI state are quasi co-located with the SS/PBCH block the UE identified during the initial access procedure

After a UE receives an initial higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] or [UL-TCIState-r17] and before application of an indicated TCI state from the configured TCI states:

-         The UE assumes that the UL TX spatial filter, if applicable, for dynamic-grant and configured-grant based PUSCH and PUCCH resource in a CC, and SRS applying the indicated TCI state is the same as that for a PUSCH transmission scheduled by a RAR UL grant during the initial access procedure

After a UE receives a higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] as part of a Reconfiguration with sync procedure as described in [12, TS 38.331] and before reception application of an indicated TCI state from the configured TCI states:

-         The UE assumes that DM-RS of PDSCH and DM-RS of PDCCH in a CC, and the CSI-RS applying the indicated TCI state are quasi co-located with the SS/PBCH block or the CSI-RS resource the UE identified during the random access procedure initiated by the Reconfiguration with sync procedure as described in [12, TS 38.331]

After a UE receives a higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] or [UL-TCIState-r17] as part of a Reconfiguration with sync procedure as described in [12, TS 38.331] and before application of an indicated TCI state from the configured TCI states:

-         The UE assumes that the UL TX spatial filter, if applicable, for dynamic-grant and configured-grant based PUSCH and PUCCH resource in a CC, and SRS applying the indicated TCI state is the same as that for a PUSCH transmission scheduled by a RAR UL grant during random access procedure initiated by the Reconfiguration with sync procedure as described in [12, TS 38.331]

If a UE receives a higher layer configuration of one single DLorJoint-TCIState-r17 TCI state, that can be used as an indicated TCI state, the UE assumes that obtains the QCL assumptions from the configured one single TCI state for DM-RS of PDSCH and DM-RS of PDCCH, and the CSI -RS applying the indicated TCI state. the TCI state is the indicated TCI state with [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17].

 

If a UE receives a higher layer configuration of one single DLorJoint-TCIState-r17 or UL-TCIState-r17, that can be used as an indicated TCI state, the UE determines an UL TX spatial filter, if applicable, from the configured one single TCI state for dynamic-grant and configured-grant based PUSCH and PUCCH, and SRS applying the indicated TCI state.

 

Agreement

For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for the Rel-17 TCI state indication of CORESET 0:

 

Conclusion

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, there is no consensus on supporting a second configured BAT for, e.g. MPUE or inter-cell BM, for a given SCS and all the CCs configured with the common TCI state ID update.

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 MAC-CE based and DCI-based beam indication, regarding the CC list for common TCI state ID update and activation, introduce new RRC parameter(s) to configure the CC list(s)

·        FFS: The maximum number of CC lists can be configured

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 23rd,

Conclusion

On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, when both PL-RS and spatial relation RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state are not the same, whether and how to define the event(s) of “beam alignment” is left to RAN4.

 

Conclusion

On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, RAN1 would not introduce additional enhancement for MAC-CE activation of SSBs with PCI(s) different from that of serving cell for measurement in Rel-17

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, support the UE reporting a list of UE capability value [sets]

·        Each UE capability value [set] comprises the max supported number of SRS ports

·        Any two capability values [sets] are different

·        Whether the UE capability value [set] can be common across all BWPs/CCs in same band or BC can be discussed in UE feature session

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, UE can report one index of UE capability value [set] for each reported CRI/SSBRI in one beam reporting.

 

Conclusion

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, there is no consensus in supporting indication of DL-only panel using one value [set] of the max supported number of SRS ports

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, all types of time-domain behavior, i.e., periodic, semi-persistent, and aperiodic reporting, are supported for the enhanced beam report with index(es) of UE capability value [set].

·        Support of aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting is optional

 

R1-2202607        Moderator Summary#2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam: Round1               Moderator (Samsung)

From Feb 24th GTW session

Agreement

For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, on applying the indicated Rel-17 TCI state to PDCCH reception and the respective PDSCH reception for a CORESET other than CORESET#0 that is associated with both UE-dedicated and non-UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC and its respective PDSCH reception,

·        Whether to apply the indicated Rel-17 TCI state associated with the serving cell is configured per CORESET by RRC – if not applied, use the legacy MAC-CE/RRC/RACH signalling mechanism

·        Note: The CSI-RS associated with the Rel-17 TCI state applied to this CORESET should be QCLed with an SSB associated with serving cell PCI (same as Rel-15)

·        The support of this feature is UE optional

Agreement

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for P/SP-CSI-RS, the UE assumes that the indicated Rel-17 TCI state is never applied, i.e. the legacy RRC/MAC-CE signalling mechanism is always used to update Rel-17 TCI state.

·        FFS: UE behaviour if TCI state is not indicated for P/SP-CSI-RS

Agreement

On Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and DCI-based beam indication, regarding the CC list for common TCI state ID update and activation, the maximum number of CC lists can be configured is 4 per cell group

·        The maximum number of CC lists for a UE to support is subject to its UE capability

Agreement

For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for the presence of TCI field in DCI format 1-1/1-2, reuse tci-PresentInDCI and tci-PresentDCI-1_2 to configure TCI field per CORESET

 

Agreement

The value range of beamAppTime-r17 is (1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28, 42, 56, 70, 84, 98, 112, 224, 336) symbols.

·        Discuss the applicability of 84, 98, 112, 224, 336 for FR2/FR2-2 in UE features session

o   These values are not applicable for FR1

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th,

Conclusion:

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, regarding acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE, there is no consensus in supporting acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE.

·        Acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE is not supported in Rel-17

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, for the agreed reporting of UE capability value set, introduce 'cri-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'ssb-Index-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'cri-SINR- Capability[Set]Index','ssb-Index-SINR-Capability[Set]Index' for reportQuantity in a CSI reporting setting.

 

 

R1-2200861        Reply LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN3    RAN3, ZTE

R1-2202723        Email Discussion Summary of [108-e-R17-MIMO-01] Response to RAN3 LS R1-2200861 Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2202692        Draft reply LS to RAN3 on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility              ZTE

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2202693.

 

Agreement

On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, for both CA and non-CA cases, the RRC parameter BeamAppTime_r17 is configured per DL and UL BWP

·        For BWP /CCs with same SCS in the same CC list for common TCI state ID update, the configured values of BeamAppTime_r17 are the same

·        FFS: Whether the TCI update signaling is applied to all configured BWP(s) or active BWP, and whether the BAT should count the BeamAppTime_r17 in all configured BWP(s) or in active BWP only

 

R1-2202677        Moderator Summary#3 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam: ROUND 2               Moderator (Samsung)

From Feb 28th GTW session

Agreement

The following responses to RAN2 LS are agreed

·        (RAN2 Question) Q1.8: Does the enhanced MPE reporting applies also to mTRP operation, and, if it does, will this be configured by mpe-Reporting-FR2 or is another RRC configuration needed?

o    RAN1 response: Note that enhanced MPE reporting and the multi-TRP PHR enhancement are two different features in Rel-17. From RAN1 perspective, there is no consensus that enhanced MPE reporting can be combined with the multi-TRP PHR specified in Rel-17. Furthermore, RAN1 does not plan to specify any additional specification enhancement for the combination of these two features.

·        (RAN2 Question) Q1.10: Is reporting of PCMax,f,c needed for MPE information and if it is, should it be included per indicated SSBRI/CRI value or is it cell-specific?

o    RAN1 response: The enhanced MPE reporting doesn't impact the reporting of PCMax,f,c, which should remain as in legacy, i.e. reported per cell

R1-2202765        Follow-up LS on feMIMO RRC parameters           RAN1, Ericsson

Decision: The follow up LS answering Questions 1.8 and 1.10 of R2-2202002 is approved.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 1st,

Agreement

For mpe-ResourcePool, the maximum number of resources in this pool is 64.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,

Conclusion

On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI , for DL channels/signals that share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE -dedicated reception on PDSCH/PDCCH (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update), in Rel-17, there is no consensus in supporting the following:

·        Option 3: CSI -RS for CSI is configured for QCL-TypeA and QCL-TypeD source RS

Conclusion

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate panel activation and selection, in Rel-17, there is no consensus in supporting additional enhancements on the following:

 

 

Final summary in R1-2202762.

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

8.1.2.1       Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH

R1-2200930         Remaining issues on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2200992         Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH   FUTUREWEI

R1-2201079         Maintenance on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements     vivo

R1-2201186         Remaining issues on multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               ZTE

R1-2201224         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             OPPO

R1-2201329         Discussion on remaining issues on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH  CATT

R1-2201427         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2201464         Remaining issues on MTRP for reliability    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201535         Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201568         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH             LG Electronics

R1-2201683         Maintenance of multi-TRP PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements            Intel Corporation

R1-2201759         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement  Apple

R1-2201845         Remaining issues of enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH               CMCC

R1-2201897         Discussion on remaining issues on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH NEC

R1-2201939         Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH             Xiaomi

R1-2201959         Remaining issues on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH        TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2201997         Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH   Samsung

R1-2202123         Remaining details of Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH        Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202266         Remaining issues on PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH enhancements for multi-TRP               Ericsson

R1-2202284         Remaining issues for mTRP PDCCH and PUSCH       ASUSTeK

R1-2202317         Maintenance of enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes             Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PDCCH

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2202595        Summary #1 of [108-e-R17-MIMO-02] Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PDCCH    Moderator (Qualcomm)

Decision: As per email decision  posted on Feb 23rd,

Agreement

The following SS sets cannot be linked with another SS set for PDCCH repetition:

·        searchSpaceBroadcast, peiSearchSpace, and sdt-SearchSpace

Agreement

The TPs in Section 1.3 of R1-2202595 are endorsed for the editor’s CR on 38.214

 

R1-2202596        Summary #2 of [108-e-R17-MIMO-02] Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PDCCH    Moderator (Qualcomm)

Decision: As per email decision  posted on Mar 1st,

Agreement

If two PDCCH candidates with AL8 and AL16 have the same start CCE in a non-interleaved CORESET with one OFDM symbol, and the two PDCCH candidates are in a first SS set that is linked to a second SS set, and UE detects a DL DCI via any of the AL8 candidates or AL16 candidates in any of the first and second SS sets indicating a PUCCH resource for HARQ-Ack and the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight

·        Alt2-2: If the linked AL8 candidate and the linked AL16 candidate in the second SS set do not have the same start CCE and the second SS set has lower ID compared to the first SS set, the linked AL16 candidate is used as reference for PUCCH resource determination.

Agreement

The TPs in Section 1.1.2 of R1-2202596 are endorsed for the editor’s CR on 38.213.

 

Agreement

UE does not expect one of the linked PDCCH candidates overlapping with an individual PDCCH candidate in spans except for the first span in a slot, when the candidates use the same set of CCEs in the same CORESET and have the same scrambling and DCI size.

 

Final summary in R1-2202902.

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2202636        Summary #1 for mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH Enhancements    Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision  posted on Feb 24th,

Agreement

The text proposals in section 1 of R1-2202636 (for issues 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15) are endorsed for the editors CRs (38.213 and 38.214).

 

R1-2202637        Summary #2 for mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH Enhancements    Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision  posted on Feb 28th,

Agreement

The two text proposals in section 1 of R1-2202637 are endorsed for the editors CRs (38.213 and 38.212).

 

 

R1-2202902        Summary #3 for mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH Enhancements    Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision  posted on Mar 3rd,

Agreement

The three text proposals in section 1 of R1-2202902 are endorsed for the editors CRs (38.213 and 38.214).

8.1.2.2       Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation

R1-2200931         Remaining issues on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2200993         Inter-cell multi-TRP operation        FUTUREWEI

R1-2201080         Maintenance on inter-cell MTRP operation  vivo

R1-2201187         Remaining issues on multi-TRP inter-cell operation   ZTE

R1-2201225         Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation          OPPO

R1-2201330         Discussion on remaining issues on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel               CATT

R1-2201428         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2201465         Remaining issues on inter-cell multi-TRP operation   NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201536         Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP inter-cell operation              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201569         Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation        LG Electronics

R1-2201621         Finalizing Multi-TRP inter-cell operation     Ericsson

R1-2201684         Maintenance of multi-TRP inter-cell operation           Intel Corporation

R1-2201760         Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation         Apple

R1-2201846         Remaining issues of enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation   CMCC

R1-2201941         Maintenance on multi-TRP Inter-cell Operation          Xiaomi

R1-2201998         Maintenance on Rel-17 Inter-cell Multi-TRP Samsung

R1-2202124         Remaining details of Multi-TRP inter-cell operation  Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202318         Maintenance of enhancements enabling inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,

Agreement

UE is not required to monitor a Type2 CSS in a CORESET when the active TCI state is associated with a PCI different from serving cell PCI.

 

Agreement

The following TP for TS 38.214 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

------------------------------------------Start of Text Proposal for TS 38.214--------------------------------------

5.1.5        Antenna ports quasi co-location

-----------------------------Unchanged part omitted--------------------------

For a CSI-RS resource in an NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter repetition, the UE shall expect that a TCI-State indicates one of the following quasi co-location type(s):

-         typeA’ with a CSI-RS resource in a NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter trs-Info and, when applicable, ‘typeD’ with the same CSI-RS resource, or

-         typeA’ with a CSI-RS resource in a NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter trs-Info and, when applicable, typeD with a CSI-RS resource in a NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter repetition, or

-         ‘typeC’ with an SS/PBCH block and, when applicable, ‘typeD’ with the same SS/PBCH block, the reference RS may additionally be an SS/PBCH block having a PCI different from the PCI of the serving cell. UE can assume center frequency, SCS, SFN offset are the same for SS/PBCH block from the serving cell and SS/PBCH block having a PCI different from the serving cell.

------------------------------------------End of Text Proposal for TS 38.214--------------------------------------

 

Agreement

Following revisions on RRC are agreed. Include as part of LS to RAN2

 

R1-2202725        LS on RRC parameters update for IE SSB-MTCAdditionalPCI-r17               RAN1, vivo

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th, the LS to RAN2 is approved.

 

R1-2202660         Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

R1-2202714         Feature lead summary#2 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation               Moderator (vivo)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 28th,

Agreement

From RRC signaling perspective, the number of configured additional PCIs can be {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,

Agreement

For inter-cell mTRP, UE does not transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH in a slot or SRS in the symbols if in time domain the PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH/SRS overlaps with an SSB of a serving cell PCI or an SSB associated with the active additional PCI.

 

Final summary in R1-2202887.

8.1.2.3       Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP

R1-2200932         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2200994         Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception              FUTUREWEI

R1-2201081         Maintenance on MTRP multibeam enhancement        vivo

R1-2201188         Remaining issues on beam management for Multi-TRP            ZTE

R1-2201226         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   OPPO

R1-2201331         Remaining issues on beam failure recovery for multi-TRP       CATT

R1-2201429         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2201435         Remaining issues of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP               Fujitsu

R1-2201466         Remaining issues on beam management for MTRP    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201537         Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201570         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   LG Electronics

R1-2201576         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP             Sony

R1-2201685         Maintenance of multi-TRP beam management            Intel Corporation

R1-2201761         Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement            Apple

R1-2201847         Remaining issues of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP               CMCC

R1-2201944         Remaining issues on beam management for Multi-TRP enhancement    Xiaomi

R1-2201999         Maintenance on Rel-17 Beam Management for Multi-TRP      Samsung

R1-2202059         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2202125         Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202246         Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP             TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2202272         Remaining issues on beam management enhancements for multi-TRP   Ericsson

R1-2202319         Maintenance of enhancements for Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)

Email discussion for maintenance on beam management for multi-TRP

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2202612        Moderator summary #1 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP               Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,

Conclusion

There is no consensus to enhance beam update (beam reset) for PDSCH after receiving gNB response for single DCI based M-TRP beam failure recovery in Rel-17

 

Agreement

TP 3.6.1-1 (from Apple) in section 3.6.1 of R1-2202612 is endorsed for editor’s CR on 38.213.

 

Agreement

TP 3.6.1-7 (from Spreadtrum) in section 3.6.1 of R1-2202612 is endorsed for editor’s CR on 38.213.

 

R1-2202667        Moderator summary #2 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP               Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 28th,

Agreement

Simultaneous configuration of “Rel-15/16 BFR” (i.e., BeamFailureRecoveryConfig/BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16) and “TRP-specific BFR” on one CC is not supported.

 

R1-2202814        Moderator summary #3 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP               Moderator (CATT)

From Mar 2nd GTW session

Agreement

Support to configure/update explicit BFD -RS set by RRC signaling and MAC CE signaling.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,

Agreement

For multi-DCI based MTRP inter-cell, if Rel-17 per-TRP BFR is configured, SSB associated with an additional PCI can be configured as NBI-RS in one NBI -RS set, and the NBI-RS set is associated with the BFD-RS set associated with the additional PCI.

 

Agreement

When the higher layer parameter groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 in CSI -ReportConfig is configured, support the configuration of the same or different CSI -RS triggering offset values for two different CSI Resource Sets.

·        Whether/how to capture the above is up to editor.

Agreement

When the higher layer parameter groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 in CSI -ReportConfig is configured, the UE can be configured with the same or different value(s) of repetition in different CSI Resource Sets.

·        FFS: UE reports CRI regardless of whether repetition is set to ‘on’ or not

·        Whether/how to capture the above is up to editor.

 

R1-2202756        LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters        RAN2, Ericsson

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 4th,

Agreement

For Question 3.3 from RAN2, RAN1 response is as follows:

Question 3.3: When a serving cell use inter-cell mTRP, can the UE be configured with two BFD RS sets? If yes, please explain if there is any relation between a BFD RS set and a PCI (e.g. one set associated with RS of this serving cell and another associated with RS associated with an additional PCI).

Answer: Yes, when a serving cell is configured with inter-cell mTRP, the UE can also be configured with two BFD RS sets, each associated with one different PCI. Periodic CSI-RS which is QCLed with an SSB associated with additional PCI can be configured as BFD RS associated with an additional PCI

 

R1-2202941        [Draft] Additional LS response to RAN2 on beam management for multi-TRP               Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 7th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2202942.

8.1.2.4       Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

R1-2200933         Remaining issues on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2201082         Maintenance on HST-SFN schemes vivo

R1-2201189         Remaining issues on multi-TRP HST enhancements  ZTE

R1-2201227         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      OPPO

R1-2201332         Discussion on remaining issues on Rel-17 HST-SFN  CATT

R1-2201467         Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201538         Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201571         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2201618         Finalizing Multi-TRP HST-SFN enhancements          Ericsson

R1-2201686         Maintenance of HST-SFN enhancements      Intel Corporation

R1-2201848         Remaining issues of enhancements on HST-SFN deployment  CMCC

R1-2201945         Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment enhancement        Xiaomi

R1-2202000         Maintenance on Rel-17 HST-SFN   Samsung

R1-2202088         Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment     Lenovo

R1-2202126         Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202494         Maintenance of enhancements for HST-SFN deployment         Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell      (rev of R1-2202320           )

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)

Email discussion for maintenance on HST-SFN

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2202545        Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Maintenance on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment         Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Feb 22nd GTW session

Agreement

For the response to RAN2 LS (in R1-2200886), the following is agreed

Question: RAN2 would like to ask whether “Enhanced TCI state indication for UE specific PDCCH MAC CE” can be applied to CORESET zero or not.

·        RAN1 response: There is no restriction in RAN1 on whether enhanced TCI state indication for UE specific PDCCH MAC CE can be applied to CORESET zero.

 

Agreement

When SFN is configured for PDSCH and not configured for PDCCH, TCI field should be always present in DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 for SFN PDSCH transmission with scheduling offset larger than threshold timeDurationForQCL if applicable

·        FFS whether the above assumption is applicable for UE not capable of dynamic switching

 

R1-2202649        Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Maintenance on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment         Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th,

Agreement

TPs #2-5 (for TS 38.213) in section 2.3.5 of R1-2202649 and # 2-7 (for TS 38.214) in section 2.3.7 of R1-2202649 are endorsed for editor’s CRs.

 

 

R1-2202755        Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Maintenance on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment         Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Feb 28th GTW session

Agreement

UE doesn’t expect to receive a MAC-CE activating two TCI states for a CORESET that is not configured with SFN scheme.

 

Agreement

When two TCI states are activated for a CORESET, BFR enhancements are applicable to

·        CBRA/CFRA based BFR on SpCell in Rel.15.

·        BFR MAC CE based BFR on Scell in Rel.16.

·        CBRA BFR on SpCell (with BFR MAC CE on Msg.3/A) in Rel.16.

·        Note: the “enhancement” means using RS from two TCI states for implicit BFD and counting one BFD RS pair for SFN CORESET as two BFD RSs

 

R1-2200886        LS on Enhanced TCI state indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE               RAN2, Samsung

R1-2202809        Draft reply LS on Enhanced TCI state indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE         Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd, the draft reply to RAN2 is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2202810.

 

Agreement

The following text proposal is endorsed for the editor’s CR on TS38.214.

<Unchanged parts are omitted>

5.1           UE procedure for receiving the physical downlink shared channel

When a UE is configured with sfnSchemePdsch and/or sfnSchemePdcch for a DL BWP, the UE shall expect that the sfnSchemePdschand/or sfnSchemePdcch configuration are the same in the other all DL BWPs within a CC other than initial BWP [and BWP-DownlinkCommon], and the UE shall expect that the sfnSchemePdsch and/or sfnSchemePdcch configuration are the same in all CCs in a same frequency band if the UE is configured with CA.

 

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

 

R1-2202914         Agreed TPs to TS 38.213 and TS 38.214 for HST-SFN enhancements   Moderator (Intel Corporation)

This document contains the endorsed TPs on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment.

 

Final summary in R1-2202808.

8.1.3        Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity

R1-2200934         Remaining issues on SRS enhancement in Rel-17       Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2200995         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          FUTUREWEI

R1-2201083         Maintenance on SRS enhancement vivo

R1-2201190         Remaining issues on SRS enhancements       ZTE

R1-2201228         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          OPPO

R1-2201333         Discussion on remaining issues on SRS Enhancements for Rel-17          CATT

R1-2201430         Enhancements on SRS       Lenovo, Motorola Mobility

R1-2201468         Remaining issues on SRS enhancement        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201539         Considerations on SRS enhancements           Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201572         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          LG Electronics

R1-2201630         Maintenance for feMIMO SRS        Ericsson

R1-2201687         Remaining Details on SRS enhancements     Intel Corporation

R1-2201762         Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple

R1-2201849         Remaining issues on SRS enhancement        CMCC

R1-2201898         Discussion on remaining issues on SRS enhancement NEC

R1-2201940         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2202001         Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS            Samsung

R1-2202127         Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202321         Maintenance of enhancements for SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)

Email discussion for maintenance on SRS enhancement

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2201201        FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 23rd,

Agreement

The following TPs in Section 5 of R1-2201201 are endorsed for the editors CR

·        TP 2-1 – Part 1: For TS38.214 subclause 6.2.1 on AP SRS triggering

·        TP 4-1: For TS38.211 subclause 6.4.1.4.1 to include SRS repetition with {10, 14} consecutive OFDM symbols

·        TP 4-3: For TS38.211 subclause 6.4.1.4.3 to correct an error on SRS resource mapping formula

Agreement

When RPFS is configured, UE expects the length of the SRS sequence to be a multiple of 6.

 

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption

·        To support 4 ports with Max CS = 6,

·        Port 0 and Port 2 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset k_TC, respectively.

·        Port 1 and Port 3 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset (k_TC + 4) mod 8, respectively.

·        Note: n_CS and k_TC are the configured CS and comb offset values.

 

R1-2202625        FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,

Agreement

Support N = 1 for aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R

·        This new configuration is UE optional.

Agreement

TP 3-1A and TP 4-2 in Section 3 of R1-2202625 are endorsed for the editor’s CR on TS38.214.

 

 

R1-2202767        FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (ZTE)

From Mar 3rd GTW session

Agreement

RPFS is applicable for both frequency hopping and non-frequency hopping cases, where support of RPFS for non-FH case is an optional UE feature for UEs supporting RPFS.

 

Agreement

For inter-set guard period, UE does not transmit any other signal on any symbols of the interval if the interval between SRS resource sets is Y symbols.

·        When both the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols prior to the gap and the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols after the gap are dropped due to collision handling, the gap period is also dropped with same priority and can be used for UL transmission.

o   The above is the only collision handling rule to be introduced in Rel-17 for antenna switching guard period

 

Final summary in R1-2202904.

8.1.4        CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity

R1-2200935         Remaining issues on CSI enhancement in Rel-17        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2201084         Maintenance on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity     vivo

R1-2201191         Remaining issues on CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity               ZTE

R1-2201229         CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity     OPPO

R1-2201334         Maintenance of CSI enhancement on FDD CSI and Multi-TRP/panel Transmission               CATT

R1-2201469         Remaining issues on CSI enhancements        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2201540         Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2201573         CSI enhancements for Rel-17          LG Electronics

R1-2201850         Remaining issues of enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP       CMCC

R1-2202002         Maintenance on Rel-17 CSI enhancements   Samsung

R1-2202089         CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity             Lenovo

R1-2202128         Remaining details of mTRP CSI      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2202276         Remaining issues on multi-TRP CSI              Ericsson

R1-2202322         Maintenance of enhancements for CSI measurement and reporting         Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[108-e-R17-MIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion for maintenance on CSI enhancement

-        1st check point: February 25

-        Final check point: March 3

R1-2202645        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0)       Moderator (Huawei)

R1-2202646        Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1)       Moderator (Huawei)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th,

Agreement

The UE is not expected to be configured with allowed ranks 3 and/or 4 only via RI-restriction-r17,  when α=1/2 (i.e., paramCombination-r17=5) and PCSIRS=4.

 

Conclusion:

·        The UE is not expected to be configured with higher layer parameter cmrGroupingAndPairing-r17 in an NZP CSI-RS resource set that is indicated as the first NZP CSI-RS resource set via resourcesForChannel,  or as the second NZP CSI-RS resource set via higher layer parameter resourcesForChannel2-17 in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo, when both resourcesForChannel and resourcesForChannel2-17  are configured in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo.

·        For a higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement configured with two Periodic or semi-persistent NZP CSI-RS resource sets, the UE is not expected to be configured with higher layer parameter cmrGroupingAndPairing-r17 in any of the two NZP CSI-RS resource sets.

 

R1-2202647        TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement for TS 38.212        Moderator (Huawei)

R1-2202648        TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement for TS 38.214        Moderator (Huawei)

Agreements

·        Text Proposal in Section 2 in R1-2202647 for 38.212 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.

·        Text Proposal in Section 2 in R1-2202648 for 38.214 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.

 

R1-2202771        TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement of FeType II for TS 38.214 Moderator (Huawei)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 2nd,

Agreement

·        Text Proposal in Section 2 in R1-2202771 for FeType II for 38.214 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.

8.1.55        Other

R1-2201763         On Further MIMO enhancement beyond Rel-17         Apple

R1-2201851         Discussion on RRC parameters of Rel-17 FeMIMO   CMCC

R1-2202003         Other Potential Enhancements for Rel-17 Multi-beam Samsung

R1-2202423         Alignment of field names between specifications        Huawei, HiSilicon

 


 RAN1#109-e

8.1       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

R1-2203853         On RAN2 open issues for Rel-17 NR FeMIMO           Samsung

 

R1-2205091        LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters        RAN2, Ericsson

[109-e-R17-MIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on any remaining RAN2 open issues for Rel-17 NR feMIMO by May 12

-        Including potential response for incoming LS (R1-2205091) on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters

R1-2203854        Moderator summary for offline discussion on reply to RAN2 LS R2-2204361               Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2205167        DRAFT LS response on feMIMO RRC parameters             Samsung

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 10th, draft response in R1-2205167 is stable and endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2205168.

 

 

LS received during the meeting in

R1-2205243        LS on TCI state signalling for SRS resource           RAN2, OPPO

R1-2205246        DRAFT LS response on TCI state signaling for SRS resource           Moderator (OPPO)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 13th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2205247.

 

 

By eom, draft LS including RAN1#109-e agreements with RAN2 impact (RRC/MAC-CE)

R1-2205590        DRAFT LS on RAN1#109-e agreements with RAN2 impact              Samsung

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2205591.

8.1.1        Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation

R1-2205130        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 1: multi-beam               Moderator(ZTE)              (rev of R1-2203258)

 

R1-2203064         Enhancement on multi-beam operation         FUTUREWEI

R1-2203105         Remaining issues on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203257         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          ZTE

R1-2203301         Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements          Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203421         Maintenance issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation  CATT

R1-2203505         Maintenance on multi-beam enhancement    vivo

R1-2203673         Discussion on remaining issues on multi-beam operation          NEC

R1-2203764         Maintenance of Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation         Langbo

R1-2203771         Remaining issues on multi-beam operation enhancement          xiaomi

R1-2203855         Maintenance on Rel-17 multi-beam Samsung

R1-2203948         Remaining Issues of Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation OPPO

R1-2204031         Maintenance of multi-beam enhancements   Ericsson

R1-2204137         Text proposal on multi-beam operation         LG Electronics

R1-2204169         Remaining issues on muiti-beam operation   Lenovo

R1-2204192         Maintenance issue of unified TCI power control         ASUSTeK

R1-2204199         Remaining Issues on Beam Management Enhancement            Apple

R1-2204274         Remaining issues of enhancements on multi-beam operation   CMCC

R1-2204335         Remaining issues on multi-beam operation   NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204535         Maintenance of enhancements on Multi-beam Operation          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204680         Maintenance of enhancements on multi-beam operation           Google Inc.

R1-2204682         Maintenance of Rel-17 multi-beam operation              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2204763         Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations    Intel Corporation

R1-2204976         Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation      Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[109-e-R17-MIMO-02] – Bo (ZTE)

Maintenance on beam management (description of issues in R1-2205130)

-        Issues 1-1, 1-2, 1-7, 1-14, 1-15, 1-20, 1-30, 2-2, 2-3, 2-7, 3-1, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-7, 3-10, 4-2 by May 18

-        Editorial Issues: 1-5, 1-6, 1-11, 1-13, 1-19, 1-31, 2-4, 2-5, 2-8, 3-8, 3-11, 4-1 by May 11

R1-2205315         Moderator Summary #0 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam            Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2205316        Endorsed TPs for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam        Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,

Agreement

The text proposals 1-5 (TS 38.213), 1-13 (TS 38.213), 1-19 (TS 38.213), 2-4 (TS 38.214), 2-5 (TS 38.214), 2-8 (TS 38.214), 4-1 (TS 38.214) in R1-2205316 for editorial correction are endorsed for the editors’ CRs.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 14th,

Agreement

The following text proposal (also included in R1-2205316) for TS38.214 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

---------- Start of TP ----------

5.1.5        Antenna ports quasi co-location

The UE receives an   activation command, as described in clause 6.1.3.14 of [10, TS 38.321] or 6.1.3.x of [10, TS   38.321], used to map up to 8 TCI states and/or pairs of TCI states, with one   TCI state for DL channels/signals and one TCI state for UL channels/signals   to the codepoints of the DCI field 'Transmission Configuration   Indication' for one or for a set of CCs /DL BWPs , and if   applicable, for one or for a set of CCs /UL BWPs . When a set of TCI state   IDs are activated for a set of CCs /DL BWPs and if applicable, for a set of   CCs /UL BWPs , where the applicable list of CCs is determined by the   indicated CC in the activation command, the same set of TCI state IDs are   applied for all DL and/or UL BWPs in the indicated CCs . If the activation command maps DLorJointTCIState  and/or UL-TCIState to only one TCI codepoint , UE shall apply the indicated DLorJointTCIState  and/or UL-TCIState in the activation command for one or for a set of CCs /DL BWPs , and if applicable, for one or for a set of CCs /UL BWPs once the indicated mapping for the one single TCI codepoint is applied as described in [TS 38.133].

---------- End of TP ----------

 

R1-2205422         Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam            Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2205630        Further Endorsed TPs for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam        Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 18th,

Agreement

The text proposals 1-1 (TS 38.213), 2-7 (TS 38.214), and 3-10 (TS 38.214) in R1-2205630 are endorsed for the editors’ CRs.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

·        Introduce RRC parameter “additionalPCI-r17” in “PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS”.

o   additionalPCI-r17 can be optionally configured only when the PL-RS is SSB . 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Conclusion

On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, if a UE is configured with CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig for a serving cell the value of the DCI field ‘carrier indicator’ corresponds to the value indicated by CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig .

·        The codepoint indicated by the DCI field ‘Transmission Configuration Indicator’ is applied to the carrier indicated by the DCI field ‘carrier indicator’ and all CCs configured in a same CC list as that carrier, and corresponds to indicated TCI state configured and activated for that carrier and all CCs , respectively.

Agreement

To calculate the Type 1 power headroom based on a reference PUSCH , the UE uses the PUSCH power control parameters (i.e., PL-RS, P0, alpha, closed loop index) associated with the indicated joint/UL-TCI state.

 

Working assumption

On inter-cell beam management, the PDCCH /PDSCH should be rate matched around the SSBs indicated by ssb-PositionsInBurst-r17 for the same PCI as that associated with TCI state of the PDSCH /PDCCH

Send LS to RAN4 (see below) on whether there is requirements in RAN4 that assumes UE to measure SSB for L1-RSRP measurement and receiving PDSCH /PDCCH on the same RE in FR1. Revisit this issue after there is RAN4 feedback.

 

Agreement

On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection, the bitwidth of the capability index reported in beam report is fixed to 2-bit.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th,

Agreement

If scheduling offset < threshold (timeDurationForQCL ), regardless of configuration of followUnifiedTCIstate

·        If the indicated TCI is associated with PCI different from serving cell PCI  (i.e. inter-cell),

o   UE should apply Rel.15 default QCL assumption for both non-UE dedicated and UE dedicated PDSCH (i.e. QCL assumption of the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot)

o   If the QCL -TypeD property for default beams in a slot for CCs in a band are different, the default beam for the CC with lowest ID is prioritized, i.e. the default beam for the CC with lowest ID is applied to all the CCs in a band

·        If the indicated TCI  is associated with serving cell PCI  (i.e. intra-cell), UE  always uses indicated TCI  for both UE -dedicated/non-UE -dedicated PDSCH  (i.e. no need to consider default QCL ) 

o   The same approach above is applied to default beam for aperiodic CSI -RS

o   Note: UE is not expected to receive a non-UE dedicated PDSCH if the source RS of the TCI state of the corresponding PDSCH is not associated with the serving cell PCID . 

 

R1-2205640        LS to RAN4 on SSB measurement for L1-RSRP on inter-cell beam management               RAN1, ZTE

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th, the LS is approved.

 

Final summary in

R1-2205631        Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

8.1.2        Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment

Including maintenance on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment

 

R1-2203106         Remaining issues on enhancements for Multi-TRP deployment              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203259         Remaining issues on multi-TRP deployment ZTE

R1-2203302         Remaining issues on multi-TRP deployment Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203422         Maintenance issues on Rel-17 M-TRP enhancements CATT

R1-2203506         Maintenance on enhancements for multi-TRP Deployment      vivo

R1-2203644         Remaining issues for Multi-TRP Deployment             Ericsson

R1-2203674         Discussion on remaining issues for multi-TRP deployment      NEC

R1-2203765         Maintenance of Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment      Langbo

R1-2203772         Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment enhancement        xiaomi

R1-2203856         Maintenance on Rel-17 multi-TRP and HST-SFN       Samsung

R1-2203949         Maintenance on enhancements for mTRP deployment              OPPO

R1-2204138         Text proposal on multi-TRP deployment      LG Electronics

R1-2204170         Remaining issues on multi-TRP deployment Lenovo

R1-2204193         Remaining issues for mTRP PUSCH              ASUSTeK

R1-2204200         Remaining Issues on Multi-TRP Enhancement           Apple

R1-2204336         Remaining issues on enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204536         Maintenance of enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204683         Maintenance of Rel-17 beam management for multi-TRP         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2204764         MIMO Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment     Intel Corporation

R1-2204977         Remaining Details for Multi-TRP Operation Qualcomm Incorporated

 

 

R1-2205126        Description of issues for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2a DL/UL               Moderator (Nokia)

[109-e-R17-MIMO-03] – Keith (Nokia)

Maintenance on DL/UL mTRP (description of issues in R1-2205126)

-        Issues 2, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15,16 by May 18

-        Editorial Issues 1, 4, 6, 17, 18 by May 11

-        Editorial Issue on DL mTRP: Issue #7 by May 11

R1-2205276        Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2a DL/UL               Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,

Agreement

The following text proposals in R1-2205276 are endorsed for the editor’s CRs.

·        TP for Issue 12

·        TP for Issue 13

·        TP for Issue 16

·        TP for editorial Issues 1, 4, 6, 17, 18, and Issue 7 (for DL mTRP)

 

R1-2205458        Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2a DL/UL               Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 17th,

Agreement

·        The TPs for Issue 8, 10, 15 in R1-2205458 are endorsed for the editor’s CRs.

Note to editors: R1-2205458 is a revision of x5276 and includes all endorsed TPs.

 

 

R1-2205376        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2b: inter-cell mTRP   Moderator (vivo)

[109-e-R17-MIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)

Maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell (description of issues in R1-2205376) by May 18

-        Issues #1, #4, #5 and #8

-        Issues #2 and #3

-        Issue #6

-        Issue #7 (no further discussion in next meeting if no consensus in RAN1#109-e)

R1-2205377         Feature lead Summary#1 [109-e-R17-MIMO-04] Maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell         Moderator (vivo)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Agreement

·        The following TP for 38.214 in section 5.1.6.2 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

---------- Start of TP ----------

5.1.6.2     DM-RS reception procedure

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

If the UE receives the DM-RS for PDSCH and an SS/PBCH block associated with the same PCI in the same OFDM symbol(s), then the UE may assume that the DM-RS and SS/PBCH block are quasi co-located with typeD, if typeD is applicable. Furthermore, the UE shall not expect to receive DM-RS in resource elements that overlap with those of the SS/PBCH block associated with the same PCI as the DM-RS, and the UE can expect that the same or different subcarrier spacing is configured for the DM-RS and SS/PBCH block in a CC except for the case of 240 kHz where only different subcarrier spacing is supported  A DMRS for PDSCH is said to be associated with an additional PCI if the indicated TCI state for the PDSCH is associated with the additional PCI; otherwise, DMRS for PDSCH is associated with serving cell PCI.

---------- End of TP ----------

 

Agreement

·        The following TP for 38.214 in section 5.1.4 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

---------- Start of TP ----------

5.1.4        PDSCH resource mapping

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

When receiving PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI, CS-RNTI, G-RNTI, G-CS-RNTI, MCCH-RNTI or PDSCHs with SPS, the REs corresponding to the configured or dynamically indicated resources in Clauses 5.1.4.1, 5.1.4.2 are not available for PDSCH. Furthermore, the UE assumes SS/PBCH block transmission according to ssb-PositionsInBurst if the PDSCH resource allocation overlaps with PRBs containing SS/PBCH block transmission resources, and the UE shall assume that the PRBs containing SS/PBCH block transmission resources are not available for PDSCH in the OFDM symbols where SS/PBCH block associated with the same PCI is transmitted.

---------- End of TP ----------

R1-2205596        Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2b: inter-cell mTRP               Moderator (vivo)

R1-2205597        Feature lead Summary#2 [109-e-R17-MIMO-04] Maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell             Moderator (vivo)

 

 

[109-e-R17-MIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)

Maintenance on beam management for mTRP by May 18

-        Issues #1, #2, #3, #4&5 (4&5 can be discussed together), #7, #15

R1-2205296        Moderator summary #1 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP               Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 16th,

Agreement

When groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 in CSI -ReportConfig is configured, CRI (s) are not reported when the corresponding resource set is configured with repetition “on”.

 

Agreement

The following text proposal is endorsed for the editor’s CR for TS38.213 (section 6)

If there is at least one For serving cell associated with sets  and , and with sets  and , the UE can provide in a second PUSCH MAC CE index(es) for cell(s) with , and/or with at least one of  and/or  having radio link quality worse than Qout,LR, the index(es) of those  and/or , and indication(s) of presence of  and of index(es) , if any, from  , and/or corresponding sets  and/or  for the serving cells.

 

R1-2205479        Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2c mTRP BM               Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 18th,

Agreement

·        The second TP (issues#4&5) in R1-2205479 is endorsed for the editor’s CR for TS38.213 (section 6).

 

R1-2205490        Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2c mTRP BM (batch 2)           Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

·        The TP in R1-2205490 for TS 38.212 (6.3.1.1.2) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

Agreement

·        The TP in R1-2205490 for TS 38.214 (5.2.1.4) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

 

 

R1-2205145        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2d: HST               Moderator (Intel Corporation)

[109-e-R17-MIMO-06] – Avik (Intel)

Maintenance on HST (description of issues in R1-2205145)

-        Issues 1, 2, 8 and 9 by May 18

-        Editorial Issue 11 by May 11

R1-2205287         Moderator Summary of Round-1 for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO Maintenance on HST               Moderator (Intel Corporation)

R1-2205286        Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance on HST              Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,

Agreement

·        The TP in R1-2205286 for TS 38.214 (Section 5.2.1.5.1) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

 

R1-2205536        Endorsed TP for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance on HST-SFN     Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

·        The TP in R1-2205536 for TS 38.214 (Section 5.1) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.

 

Final summary in R1-2205537.

8.1.33        Other

For any other maintenance issues on further enhancements on MIMO for NR

 

R1-2203260         Remaining issues on SRS and CSI enhancements       ZTE

R1-2203303         Remaining issues on SRS in Rel-17 Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203423         Maintenance issues on SRS              CATT

R1-2203507         Miscellaneous correction on Rel-17 MIMO  vivo

R1-2203675         Discussion on remaining issues on SRS enhancement NEC

R1-2203773         Remaining issues on M-TRP beam management, SRS and CSI enhancement               xiaomi

R1-2203857         Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS and CSI             Samsung

R1-2203950         Other maintenance issues on further MIMO enhancements       OPPO

R1-2204030         Remaining issues on CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP            Ericsson

R1-2204139         Text proposal on SRS enhancement LG Electronics

R1-2204171         Remaining issues on SRS enhancements       Lenovo

R1-2204337         Remaining issues on SRS enhancements       NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204537         Maintenance of miscellaneous Rel-17 MIMO issues  Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204765         Remaining details on SRS enhancement       Intel Corporation

R1-2204904         Remaining issues on SRS enhancement in Rel-17       Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2204978         Remaining issues for SRS enhancement        Qualcomm Incorporated

 

R1-2203261        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 3: SRS               Moderator(ZTE)

[109-e-R17-MIMO-07] – Yang (ZTE)

Maintenance on SRS (description of issues in R1-2203261)

-        Issues #1-5, #2-1, #2-3, #2-4, #3-6 by May 18

-        Editorial Issues #1-1, #1-2, #2-5, #3-2, #3-3, #3-4 by May 11

R1-2205195         Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS          Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2205261        Endorsed TPs for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS       Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,

Agreement

The following text proposals in R1-2205261 are endorsed for the editor’s CRs.

·        TP#1-2.B for TS38.214

·        TP#2-5 for TS38.214

·        TP#3-2 for TS38.211

·        TP#3-3 for TS38.214

·        TP#3-4 for TS38.214

 

R1-2205403         Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS          Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2205538        Further Endorsed TP for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS         Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

·        The text proposal in R1-2205538 is endorsed for the editor’s CR for TS38.214.

Final summary in

 

 

[109-e-R17-MIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)

Maintenance on CSI (description of issues by May 11

R1-2205196        TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement for TS 38.214        Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,

Agreement

·        The text proposal for editorial correction in Section 2 of R1-2205196 for 38.214 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.


 RAN1#110

8.11       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

[110-R17-MIMO] Email to be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc – Eko (Samsung)

 

 

R1-2207377        Draft CR on default QCL for unified TCI state for PDSCH and A-CSI-RS               NTT DOCOMO, INC.

Comeback on Wed

R1-2207896        [Draft] CR on default QCL for unified TCI state for PDSCH and A-CSI-RS               Moderator (ZTE), ZTE, NTT DOCOMO, Google, Qualcomm, [vivo]

Decision: The draft CR is endorsed. Final CR (TS38.214, Rel-17, CR#0314, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2208098        CR on default QCL for unified TCI state for PDSCH and A-CSI-RS               Moderator (ZTE), ZTE, NTT DOCOMO, Google, Qualcomm, vivo

MCC: Delete “Draft” from the title.

 

 

mTRP

R1-2206218         Draft CR on SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl for M-TRP PUSCH power control to TS38.213             Lenovo

R1-2206259         Draft CR for power control for PUSCH repetition      OPPO

R1-2206260         Correction on the description of the SRS resource set indication for PUSCH repetition             OPPO

R1-2206354         Correction on TPMI determination for M-TRP PUSCH transmission     CATT

R1-2206355         Clarification on indication of number of layers for Type 1 CG PUSCH  CATT

R1-2206356         Correction on SRI/TPMI  determination for Type 1 CG PUSCH             CATT

R1-2206357         Correction on codebook subset determination for M-TRP PUSCH transmission               CATT

R1-2206718         Draft CR on information field alignment for BWP switching for MTRP PUSCH repetition             vivo

R1-2206719         Draft CR on PTRS power boosting for MTRP PUSCH repetition           vivo

R1-2206786         Draft CR on PHR enhancement for mTRP PUSCH repetition  Samsung

R1-2207510         Draft CR on default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH               Ericsson

R1-2207593         Motivation for Draft CR on default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH  Ericsson

R1-2207861        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH enhancement     Moderator (Nokia)

Agreement

·        TP provided in R1-2206259 for power control for PUSCH repetition is endorsed.

Final CR (38.213, Rel-17, CR#0345, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2208068        CR for power control of mTRP PUSCH repetition Moderator (Nokia), OPPO

MCC: Delete “Draft” from header and add CR number.

 

Agreement

·        TP provided in R1-2206260 is endorsed.

Final CR (38.212, Rel-17, CR#0117, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2208069        CR on the description of the SRS resource set indication for PUSCH repetition               Moderator (Nokia), OPPO

MCC: Delete “Draft” from header and add CR number.

 

Agreement

·        TP provided in R1-2207510 for default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH is endorsed.

Final CR (38.213, Rel-17, CR#0344, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2208067        CR on default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH               Moderator (Nokia), Ericsson

MCC: Delete “Draft” from header and add CR number.

 

 

HST-SFN

R1-2205934         Draft CR on CSS for Multi-TRP HST-SFN   ZTE

R1-2206222         Draft CR on monitoring Type0/0A/1/2 PDCCH CSS with HST deployment in TS38.213             Lenovo

R1-2206717         Draft CR on SFN-based CORESET#0 issue for HST-SFN        vivo

R1-2206787         Draft CR on default QCL assumption in HST-SFN     Samsung

R1-2207133         Draft CR on QCL assumption for SFN PDSCH           Ericsson

R1-2207539         Draft CR 38.213 BFD-RS Selection in SFN Operation Mode   Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207540         Draft CR 38.213 New Beam Identification Resource Pair for SFN Operation Mode               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207745         Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0)           Moderator (Intel Corporation)

R1-2207890        Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0) Final  Moderator (Intel Corporation)

R1-2207891        Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 1)            Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Agreement

UE does not expect CORESET#0 to be activated with two TCI states when it is associated with SS#0 for Type 0/0A/2 CSS

·        Send an LS to inform RAN2 about this agreement

R1-2208203        LS on TCI state indication of CORESET#0 associated with SS#0     RAN1, Intel Corporation, vivo

Decision: The LS is approved.

R1-2208092        Draft CR on default QCL assumption in HST-SFN               Moderator (Intel Corporation), Samsung, NTT DOCOMO, Qualcomm

Decision For alignment CR:

·        Accept the text proposal in R1-2208092 as an editorial text proposal for TR 38.214 Section 5.1.5.

 

 

SRS

R1-2205764         Correction on Rel-17 aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R    Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2206136         Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214                ZTE        (rev of R1-2205927)

R1-2206261         Correction for the SRS with available slot(s) OPPO

R1-2206481         Draft CR on available slot offset for aperiodic SRS in 38.214  ZTE

R1-2206788         Draft CR on inter-set guard period for SRS enhancement         Samsung

R1-2206865         Draft CR on SRS antenna switching              LG Electronics

R1-2207378         Draft CR on DCI triggering aperiodic SRS only          NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207379         Draft CR on inter-set guard period for antenna switching SRS  NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207500         Correction on higher layer parameter of SRS resource set         ASUSTeK

R1-2207526         Discussion on the definition of inter-set guard period Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2207527         Correction on definition of inter-set guard period       Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2207532         Correction on UE behavior in the interval between SRS resource sets    Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2207542         Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207543         Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location for the first and/or last resource               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207850        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS               Moderator(ZTE)

Agreement

·        The text proposal provided in R1-2205764 on Rel-17 aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R is endorsed.

R1-2207907        Correction on Rel-17 aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R             Moderater (ZTE), Huawei, HiSilicon

Decision: The draft CR is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208252 (TS38.214, Rel-17, CR#0328, Cat F).

MCC: Remove “Draft” from the header.

 

For alignment TS38.214 CR:

Text proposal provided in R1-2206261 on the indicated available slot offset ‘t’ is endorsed for the editorial corrections, i.e. change “availableSlotOffset” to “availableSlotOffsetList and change “SlotOffset” to “slotOffset”.

 

R1-2207963        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 1               Moderator (ZTE)

 

R1-2208240        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 2               Moderator (ZTE)

 

 

 

CSI enhancement

R1-2205933         Draft CR on CPU occupied for MTRP CSI in TS38.214           ZTE

R1-2206257         Draft CR for CSI-RS port restriction for mTRP CSI    OPPO

R1-2207528         Correction on slot offsets of CSI-RS resource pairs for MTRP Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2207568         Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 MTRP-CSI_number of CPUs              Nokia

R1-2207612         Draft CR on channel measurement with two Resource Groups Ericsson

R1-2207613         Motivation for Draft CR on channel measurement with two Resource Groups               Ericsson

R1-2207656         Correction of CSI assumptions over multiplexing NCJT CSI reports in PUCCH               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2207877         Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: CSI Enhancement (Round 0)            Moderator (Huawei)

R1-2207878        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: CSI Enhancement (Round 1)            Moderator (Huawei)

Agreement

Following TP update for 38.214 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208181 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0318, cat F).

·        [If a CSI-ReportConfig is configured with codebookType set to 'typeI-SinglePanel' and the corresponding CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement is configured with two Resource Groups and  Resource Pairs, , where  is the number of CPUs occupied by a pair of CMRs subject to [UE capability] and  is defined in clause 5.2.1.4.2.]

R1-2208181        Correction on the number of CPUs for Multi-TRP CSI       Moderator (Huawei), Ericsson, Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell, ZTE

 

 

Agreement

Following TP update for TS38.214 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208182 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0319, cat F).

·        each resource can contain, subject to UE capability, at most 32 CSI-RS ports. For two Resource Groups with Ki resources (i=1,2), if , the resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet shall contain at most 32 CSI-RS ports; if , each resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet shall contain at most 16 CSI-RS ports; if , each resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet shall contain at most 8 CSI-RS ports.

R1-2208182        Correction on CSI-RS port restriction for mTRP CSI          Moderator (Huawei), OPPO

 

 

Agreement

Following TP is endorsed for TS38.214. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208183 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0320, cat F).

For a CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement configured with two Resource Groups and N Resource Pairs, the slot offsets of the two resources in a Resource Pair are configured within X{1,2} X{1,[2]} slots, without DL/UL switching in between the two resources, where X=1 implies that the two resources are configured in the same slot, and X=2 implies that the two resources are configured within two adjacent slots.

R1-2208183        Correction on slot offsets of CSI-RS resource pairs for MTRP          Moderator (Huawei), HiSilicon

 

 

Agreement

Following TP update is endorsed for TS38.213. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208184 (38.213, Rel-17, CR#0354, Cat F)

If a UE would multiplex CSI reports that include Part 2 CSI reports in a PUCCH resource, the UE determines the PUCCH resource and a number of PRBs for the PUCCH resource or a number of Part 2 CSI reports assuming that each of the CSI reports indicates rank 1, or rank combination of {1, 1} if applicable. If the higher layer parameter csi-ReportMode of CSI reports is set to 'Mode2', the UE determines the PUCCH resource and a number of PRBs for the PUCCH resource or a number of Part 2 CSI reports assuming that each CRI in the CSI report is associated with a resource pair.

R1-2208184        Correction of CSI assumptions over multiplexing NCJT CSI reports in PUCCH               Moderator (Huawei), HiSilicon

 

For alignment CR

---------------TP to 213(for issue #3.2)------------------

6  Link recovery procedures

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

If the UE is not provided  by failureDetectionResourcesToAddModList for a BWP of the serving cell, the UE determines the set  to include periodic CSI-RS resource configuration indexes with same values as the RS indexes in the RS sets indicated by TCI-State or DLorJointTCIState for respective CORESETs that the UE uses for monitoring PDCCH. If the UE is not provided  or and  for a BWP of the serving cell, the UE determines the set  or and  to include periodic CSI-RS resource configuration indexes with same values as the RS indexes in the RS sets indicated by TCI-State for first and second CORESETs that the UE uses for monitoring PDCCH, respectively, where the UE is provided two coresetPoolIndex values 0 and 1 for the first and second CORESETs, or is not provided coresetPoolIndex value for the first CORESETs and is provided coresetPoolIndex value of 1 for the second CORESETs, respectively. If there are two RS indexes in a TCI state, the set  or , or  includes RS indexes configured with qcl-Type set to ‘typeD’ for the corresponding TCI states. If a CORESET that the UE uses for monitoring PDCCH includes two TCI states and the UE is provided sfnSchemePdcch set to ‘sfnSchemeA’ or ‘sfnSchemeB’, the set  includes RS indexes in the RS sets associated with the two TCI states.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

 

For alignment CR

---------------TP to 213(for issue #1)------------------

6 Link recovery procedures

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

A UE can be provided, by schedulingRequestID-BFR-SCell, a configuration for PUCCH transmission with a link recovery request (LRR) as described in clause 9.2.4 for the UE to transmit PUCCH [11, TS 38.321]. If the Pcell or the PSCell is associated with sets  and , and with sets  and , the UE can be provided by schedulingRequestIDForMTRPBFR schedulingRequestID-BFR- r17 a first configuration for PUCCH transmission with a LRR and, if the UE provides twoLRRcapability, the UE can be provided by schedulingRequestID-BFR2- r17 a second configuration for PUCCH transmission with a LRR. If the UE is provided only the first configuration, the UE transmits a PUCCH with LRR for either set  or . If the UE is provided both the first and second configurations, the UE uses the first configuration to transmt a PUCCH with LRR associated with set  and the second configuration to transmit a PUCCH with LRR associated with set  [11, TS 38.321].

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

9.2.4        UE procedure for reporting SR

A UE can be configured by SchedulingRequestResourceConfig a set of configurations for SR in a PUCCH transmission using either PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1.

A UE can be configured by schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell a configuration for LRR in a PUCCH transmission using either PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1.

A UE can be configured by schedulingRequestIDForMTRPBFR schedulingRequestID-BFR- r17 a first configuration for LRR and, if the UE provides twoLRRcapability, the UE can be configured by schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 a second configuration for LRR in a PUCCH transmission using either PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

9.2.5.1     UE procedure for multiplexing HARQ-ACK or CSI and SR in a PUCCH

In the following, a UE is configured to transmit  PUCCHs for respective  SRs in a slot, as determined by a set of schedulingRequestResourceId, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-r17, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 if the UE provides twoLRRcapability and a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-LBT-Scell, with SR transmission occasions that would overlap with a transmission of a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information from the UE in the slot or with a transmission of a PUCCH with CSI report(s) from the UE in the slot.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

If a UE would transmit a PUCCH with  HARQ-ACK information bits in a resource using PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 in a slot, as described in clauses 9.2.1 and 9.2.3,  bits representing a negative or positive SR, in ascending order of the values of schedulingRequestResourceId, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-r17, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 if the UE provides twoLRRcapability and a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-LBT-Scell, are appended to the HARQ-ACK information bits and the UE transmits the combined  UCI bits in a PUCCH using a resource with PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 that the UE determines as described in clauses 9.2.1 and 9.2.3. If one of the SRs is a positive LRR, the value of the  bits indicates the positive LRR. An all-zero value for the  bits represents a negative SR value across all  SRs.

If a UE would transmit a PUCCH with  CSI report bits in a resource using PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 in a slot,  bits representing corresponding negative or positive SR, in ascending order of the values of schedulingRequestResourceId, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-r17, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 if the UE provides twoLRRcapability and a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-LBT-Scell, are prepended to the CSI information bits as described in clause 9.2.5.2 and the UE transmits a PUCCH with the combined  UCI bits in a resource using the PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 for CSI reporting. If one of the SRs is a positive LRR, the value of the  bits indicates the positive LRR. An all-zero value for the  bits represents a negative SR value across all  SRs.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

 

 

mTRP beam management

R1-2206217         Draft CR on SR configured for TRP-specific BFRQ to TS38.213           Lenovo

R1-2206352         Clarification on L1-RSRP reporting for enhanced group based beam reporting               CATT

R1-2206353         Correction on BFD-RS set determination for mTRP BFR          CATT

R1-2206727        Draft CR on the application of the configuration of group-based beam reporting               vivo

R1-2206864         Draft CR on beam failure recovery for M-TRP            LG Electronics

R1-2207176         Draft CR on L1-RSRP reporting for enhanced group based beam report Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207498         Correction on BFD-RS indication MAC CE  ASUSTeK

R1-2207541         Draft CR 38.213 PDCCH Monitoring After m-TRP BFR          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207640         Correction on BFD-RS      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205926         Draft CR on beam and power control update for PUCCH in mTRP-BFR in TS 38.213               ZTE

R1-2207773         Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management        Moderator (CATT)

R1-2208156        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management (Round 1)   Moderator (CATT)

Agreement

The following text proposal is agreed.

---------------TP to 214(for issue #4)------------------

5.2.1.4.1 Resource Setting configuration

For aperiodic CSI, if groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is not configured, each trigger state configured using the higher layer parameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or multiple CSI-ReportConfig where the each CSI-ReportConfig not configured with groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is linked to periodic, or semi-persistent, or aperiodic resource setting(s):

-      When one Resource Setting is configured, the Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement for L1-RSRP or for channel and interference measurement for L1-SINR computation.

-      When two Resource Settings are configured, the first one Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement and the second one (given by either higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference or higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference) is for interference measurement performed on CSI-IM or on NZP CSI-RS.

-      When three Resource Settings are configured, the first Resource Setting (higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement, the second one (given by higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference) is for CSI-IM based interference measurement and the third one (given by higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference) is for NZP CSI-RS based interference measurement.

For aperiodic CSI, and for periodic and semi-persistent CSI resource settings, if groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is configured, each trigger state configured using the higher layer parameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or multiple CSI-ReportConfig where the each CSI-ReportConfig configured with groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is linked to periodic or semi-persistent, setting(s):

-      When one Resource Setting is configured, the Resource setting is given by resourcesForChannelMeasurement for L1-RSRP measurement. In such a case, the number of configured CSI Resource Sets in the Resource Setting is S=2

For aperiodic CSI, and for aperiodic CSI resource settings, if groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is configured, each trigger state configured using the higher layer parameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or multiple CSI-ReportConfig where the CSI-ReportConfig configured with groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is associated with resourcesForChannel and resourcesForChannel2, which correspond to first and second resource sets, respectively, for L1-RSRP measurement.

For semi-persistent or periodic CSI, each CSI-ReportConfig is linked to periodic or semi-persistent Resource Setting(s):

-     When one Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is configured, the Resource Setting is for channel measurement for L1-RSRP or for channel and interference measurement for L1-SINR computation.

-     When two Resource Settings are configured, the first Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement and the second Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference) is used for interference measurement performed on CSI-IM. For L1-SINR computation, the second Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference or higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceForInterference) is used for interference measurement performed on CSI-IM or on NZP CSI-RS.

A UE is not expected to be configured with more than one CSI-RS resource in resource set for channel measurement for a CSI-ReportConfig with the higher layer parameter codebookType set to 'typeII', 'typeII-PortSelection', 'typeII-r16', 'typeII-PortSelection-r16', or 'typeII-PortSelection-r17'. A UE is not expected to be configured with more than 64 NZP CSI-RS resources and/or SS/PBCH block resources in resource setting for channel measurement for a CSI-ReportConfig with the higher layer parameter reportQuantity set to 'none', 'cri-RI-CQI', 'cri-RSRP', 'ssb-Index-RSRP', 'cri-SINR' or 'ssb-Index-SINR', 'cri-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'ssb-Index-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'cri-SINR-Capability[Set]Index' or 'ssb-Index-SINR-Capability[Set]Index'. If interference measurement is performed on CSI-IM, each CSI-RS resource for channel measurement is resource-wise associated with a CSI-IM resource by the ordering of the CSI-RS resource and CSI-IM resource in the corresponding resource sets. The number of CSI-RS resources for channel measurement equals to the number of CSI-IM resources.

An NZP CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement with  resources can be configured with two Resource Groups, with  resources in Group 1 and  resources in Group 2, such that , and with  Resource Pairs. Each Resource Pair consists of one resource from Group 1 and one resource from Group 2. The same resource can be associated with two Resource Pairs in frequency range 1 but not in frequency range 2.

Except for L1-SINR, if interference measurement is performed on NZP CSI-RS, a UE does not expect to be configured with more than one NZP CSI-RS resource in the associated resource set within the resource setting for channel measurement. Except for L1-SINR, the UE configured with the higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference may expect no more than 18 NZP CSI-RS ports configured in a NZP CSI-RS resource set.

For CSI measurement(s) other than L1-SINR, a UE assumes:

-     each NZP CSI-RS port configured for interference measurement corresponds to an interference transmission layer.

-     all interference transmission layers on NZP CSI-RS ports for interference measurement take into account the associated EPRE ratios configured in 5.2.2.3.1;

-     other interference signal on REs of NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, NZP CSI-RS resource for interference measurement, or CSI-IM resource for interference measurement.

For L1-SINR measurement with dedicated interference measurement resources, a UE assumes:

-              the total received power on dedicated NZP CSI-RS resource for interference measurement or dedicated CSI-IM resource for interference measurement corresponds to interference and noise.

---------------End of TP to 214(for issue #4)------------------

Final CR in

R1-2208236        CR on the application of the configuration of group-based beam reporting               Moderator (CATT), vivo

Decision: (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0323, Cat F) is agreed.

MCC: Add missing CR# before submission to plenary.

 

 

Multi-beam

R1-2205762         Correction on conflict resolution for PUSCH TCI-state             Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205929         Draft CR on closed loop power control resetting after BFR in TS38.213 ZTE

R1-2205930         Discussion on issues of cross CC power control for unified TCI              ZTE

R1-2205931         Draft CR on applying default QCL assumption when indicated TCI state is associated with non-serving-cell PCI in TS38.214         ZTE

R1-2205932         Draft editorial CR on unified TCI in TS38.214            ZTE

R1-2206187         Draft CR on default beam for unified TCI framework Google

R1-2206188         Draft CR on Target bandwidth part for indicated unified TCI state         Google

R1-2206220         Draft CR on PHR with unified TCI in TS 38.213        Lenovo

R1-2206254         Corrections on TCI indication of CORESET not following unified TCI state               OPPO

R1-2206255         Corrections on activated TCI state in Unified TCI framework  OPPO

R1-2206256         Corrections on TCI indication of SRS in Unified TCI framework           OPPO

R1-2206358         Editorial corrections on beam reporting in uplink panel selection            CATT

R1-2206359         Correction on UL PC parameter for unified TCI framework     CATT

R1-2206453         Draft CR on DCI based TCI state indication NEC

R1-2206454         Discussion on DCI based TCI state indication             NEC

R1-2206720         Draft CR on power control for configured grant based PUSCH for unified TCI framework           vivo

R1-2206721         Draft CR on the activated unified TCI states for determining the indicated TCI state               vivo

R1-2206722         Draft CR on the application of the indicated unified TCI state for the DL/UL channel over multiple slots             vivo

R1-2206726         Draft CR on the QCL assumption of PDSCH and aperiodic CSI-RS for unified TCI framework           vivo

R1-2206728         Correction on SRS following unified TCI state           vivo

R1-2206729         Correction on RRC parameters for SRS and power control with unified TCI states               vivo

R1-2206784         Draft CR on Unified TCI state of CORESET 0            Samsung

R1-2206785         Draft CR on HARQ-ACK feedback for beam indication           Samsung

R1-2206863         Draft CR on UL PC with common TCI state pool for CA          LG Electronics

R1-2207113         TCI state parameter naming alignment          Ericsson

R1-2207114         TCI state parameter naming alignment          Ericsson

R1-2207115         Clarification of the reference CC functionality            Ericsson

R1-2207116         Discussion on the reference CC functionality              Ericsson

R1-2207174         Draft CR on default beam with unified TCI for cross-carrier scheduling Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207175         Draft CR on SRS power control parameters with unified TCI   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207308         Maintenance of further enhancements on MIMIO       Apple

R1-2207488         Correction on unified TCI state       ASUSTeK

R1-2207489         Correction on spatial filter used for Msg 3 retransmission         ASUSTeK

R1-2207534         Maintenance of enhancements on Multi-beam Operation          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207535         Draft CR 38.213 Rel-17 CORESET Configured with CSS and Follow Unified TCI State      Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207536         Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207537         Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_CG PUSCH type 1 Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207538         Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_default operation correspondence index     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207639         Correction on default power control parameters          Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2206100         Correction on TCI state for RLF      Langbo

R1-2207834         Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 1: multi-beam               Moderator (ZTE)

 

R1-2207955        Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2207897        [Draft] editorial CR on unified TCI in TS38.214    Moderator (ZTE), ZTE

Decision: TP provided in R1-2207897 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208099 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0315, Cat F).

 

R1-2208052        Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

For alignment TS38.214 CR:

·        R1-2207898        [Draft] Correction on RRC parameters for SRS and power control with unified TCI states            Moderator(ZTE), vivo, CATT

o   Text proposal provided in R1-2207898 is endorsed for the editorial corrections

·        R1-2207899        [Draft] Correction on SRS following unified TCI state        Moderator (ZTE), vivo

o   Text proposal provided in R1-2207899 is endorsed for the editorial corrections

·        R1-2207900        TCI state parameter name alignment        Moderator (ZTE), Ericsson, ASUSTeK

o   Text proposal provided R1-2207900 is endorsed for the editorial corrections

·        R1-2207903        Editorial corrections on beam reporting in uplink panel selection               Moderator (ZTE), CATT

o   Text proposal provided R1-2207903 is endorsed for the editorial corrections

For alignment TS38.213 CR:

·        R1-2207901        TCI state parameter naming        Moderator (ZTE), Ericsson, ASUSTeK

o   Text proposal provided R1-2207901 is endorsed for the editorial corrections

·        R1-2207902        [Draft] CR correcting RRC parameter related to unified TCI and inter cell         Moderator (ZTE), Ericsson

o   Text proposal provided R1-2207902 is endorsed for the editorial corrections

 

 

Multi-TRP PDCCH repetition

R1-2205763         Correction on linking of search spaces          Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205928         Draft CR on PDCCH repetition in TS38.213 ZTE

R1-2206452        Draft CR on search space set linking for PDCCH repetition              NEC

R1-2206455         Draft CR on TPC application time window in case of interlaced PDCCH repetition               NEC

R1-2206456         Discussion on TPC application time window in case of interlaced PDCCH repetition               NEC

R1-2206457         Draft CR on DAI value for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions            NEC

R1-2206458         Discussion on DAI value for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions            NEC

R1-2206724        Draft CR on SSSG behavior for PDCCH repetition              vivo

R1-2206725         Clarification on ambiguity of AL8 and AL16              vivo

R1-2207859        Summary of maintenance issues for multi-TRP PDCCH repetition Moderator (Qualcomm)

Agreement

·        TP provided in R1-2206724 for PDCCH repetition with SSSG switching is approved.

R1-2207945        CR on PDCCH repetition with SSSG switching      Moderator (Qualcomm), vivo

Decision: (38.213, Rel-17, CR#332, Cat F) is agreed.

 

For Alignment CR

The text proposal in R1-2206452

 

 

R1-2206723         Draft CR on BAT for CA case         vivo

Agreement

·        The following TP is agreed for TS38.214.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

When the UE would transmit the last symbol of a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information or a PUSCH with HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI State indication and without DL assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH scheduling by the DCI carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated TCI State is different from the previously indicated one, the indicated DLorJointTCIState or UL-TCIstate should be applied starting from the first slot that is at least  symbols after the last symbol of the PUCCH or the PUSCH. The first slot and the  symbols are both determined on the carrieractive BWP with the smallest SCS among the active BWP(s) of the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

Final CR in

R1-2208100        CR on BAT for CA case  Moderator (ZTE), vivo

Decision: (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0316, Cat F) is agreed.

 

 

Intercell-mtrp

R1-2206221         Draft CR on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in TS38.214          Lenovo

R1-2206258         Draft CR for CSI-RS power for inter-cell mTRP         OPPO

R1-2207132         Draft CR correcting RRC parameter related to unified TCI and inter cell               Ericsson

R1-2207134         Draft CR aligning parameter name related to multi-TRP inter cell          Ericsson

R1-2207177         Draft CR on inter-cell mTRP when SSBs of additional PCI overlap with UL               Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207178         Draft CR on inter-cell mTRP with PUSCH repetition TypeB   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2205935         Draft CR on symbols overlapping between UL signal and non-serving cell SSB in 38.213   ZTE

R1-2207916         FL summary on CR on intercell-mtrp            Moderator (vivo)

R1-2207947        FL summary#2 on CR on intercell-mtrp   Moderator (vivo)

For alignment CR (38.214):

·        Text proposals in R1-2207132 and R1-2207134 are agreed as editorial for alignment CR

R1-2208059        FL summary#3 on CR on intercell-mtrp   Moderator (vivo)

Agreement

·        Text proposal in R1-2206258 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208081 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0313, Cat F).

R1-2208081        CR for CSI-RS power for inter-cell mTRP              Moderator (vivo), OPPO

 

R1-2208060        CR on inter-cell multi-TRP operation       Moderator (vivo), Lenovo, OPPO

Decision: Text proposal for 38.214 in R1-2208060 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208082 (38.214, Rel-17, CR# 310r1, Cat F)

R1-2208061        CR on inter-cell mTRP with PUSCH repetition TypeB        Moderator (vivo), Qualcomm

Decision: Text proposal for 38.214 in R1-2208061 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208083 (38.214, Rel-17, CR# 311r1, Cat F)

R1-2208062        CR on inter-cell mTRP when SSBs of additional PCI overlap with UL               Moderator (vivo), Qualcomm, ZTE

Decision: Text proposal for 38.213 in R1-2208062 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208084 (38.213, Rel-17, CR# 343r1, Cat F)

 

 

 

From AI 5

R1-2207911        LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters        RAN2, Ericsson

R1-2208232         Summary for OFFLINE FeMIMO Reply to RAN2 LS RRC     Moderator (ZTE)

 

Agreement

The following responses were agreed for RAN2 LS in R2-2208964.

Question 1

RAN2 would like to ask RAN1

a)      RAN2 would like to ask what is the relation between servingcellindex configured in qcl-Type1/qcl-Type2 and the additionalPCI, when additionalPCI is configured? That is, is it correct understanding that additionalPCI is an index referring to a PCI value configured in a list additionalPCI-ToAddModList under a serving cell configuration and thus depending which serving cell it refers to, the exact PCI value may be different?

b)      RAN2 assumes additionalPCI is per TCI-state and refers to the configured reference signal in case of SSB is configured as reference signal in qcl-Type1 and/or qcl-Type2. That is, there is no such case where qcl-Type1 and qcl-Type2 for the same TCI-state associate with different additionalPCI values. Please confirm whether this is also RAN1’s understanding.

c)       If additionalPCI is configured, can cell be configured for any of the qcl-Type1 or qcl-Type2?

d)      if c) is confirmed, would there be need to state that cell cannot be two different values for qcl-Type1 and for qcl-Type2?

Answer to question 1:

RAN1 confirms the following understanding

a)      The additionalPCI is an index referring to a PCI value configured in a list additionalPCI-ToAddModList under a serving cell configuration and thus depending on which serving cell it refers to, the exact PCI value may be different.

b)      For a given TCI-state, there is no such case where qcl-Type1 and qcl-Type2 for the same TCI-state associate with different additionalPCI values.

c)       It is not precluded that cell be configured for any of the qcl-Type1 or qcl-Type2.

d)      If configured, cell cannot be two different values for qcl-Type1 and for qcl-Type2

Question 2

RAN2 considers the case where a serving cell uses the TCI states defined in another cell, i.e. dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList is set to unifiedTCI-StateRef. and would like to ask RAN1:

a)      When “cell” is absent in QCL-info, is the referenceSignal located in the serving cell where the TCI-state is configured (dl-orJoint-TCI-State-ToAddModList is in IE PDSCH-Config of this serving cell) or in the serving cell where the TCI-state is used ( unifiedTCI-StateRef is in IE PDSCH-Config of this serving cell)? And is the above limited to certain qcl-Type?

b)      Is the configuration of the TCI state of the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef still applicable for the serving cell configured with unifiedTCI-StateRef when the serving cell (e.g. SCell) indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is deactivated?

Answer to question 2:

RAN1 confirms the following understanding

a)      The referenceSignal is located in the serving cell where TCI-state is used (unifiedTCI-StateRef is in IE PDSCH-Config of this serving cell). The above is not limited to any qcl-Type.

b)      Yes, the configuration of the TCI state of the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is still applicable for the serving cell configured with unifiedTCI-StateRef when the serving cell (e.g. SCell) indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is deactivated. UE is not required to track the source RS for the QCL/pathloss indication if the source RS is from a deactivated serving cell.

Question 3

RAN2 would like to ask RAN1

a)      in case the servingCellId is present, does the additionalPCI in IE TCI-UL-State refer to one of additional PCIs configured in the serving cell indicated by the field servingCellId?

b)      is it correct that there is no qcl-Type field in IE TCI-UL-State as the parameter list excel file in R1-2202759 did not advice to include QCL Type for UL TCI state(row4)?

c)       If b) is correct, it is assumed that QCL related limitations should be deleted from the field description of the servingCellId? That is, should. "The RS can be located on a serving cell other than the serving cell in which the TCI-State is configured only if the qcl-Type is configured as typeC or typeD. See TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.1.5." in the field description of servingCellId" be deleted?

Answer to Question 3:

RAN1 confirms the following understanding

a)      Yes. In case the servingCellId is present, the additionalPCI in IE TCI-UL-State refers to one of additional PCIs configured in the serving cell indicated by the field servingCellId.

b)      Correct that there is no qcl-Type field in IE TCI-UL-State as the parameter list excel file in R1-2202759 did not advice to include QCL Type for UL TCI state (row4).

c)       Yes, it should be removed.

Question 4

RAN2 considers the case where a serving cell uses the UL TCI states defined in another cell, i.e. ul-TCIStateList is set to unifiedTCI-StateRef. and would like to ask RAN1:

a)      When ‘servingCellId’ is absent in TCI-UL-State, is the referenceSignal configured in the serving cell where the TCI-UL-state is configured or in the serving cell where the TCI-ULstate is used (in case this serving cell is not directly configured with UL TCI states but is configured with parameter unifiedTCI-StateRef )?

b)      Is the configuration of the UL TCI state of the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef still applicable for the serving cell configured with unifiedTCI-StateRef when the serving cell (e.g. SCell) indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is deactivated?

Answer to Question 4:

RAN1 confirms the following understanding

a)      When ‘servingCellId’ is absent in TCI-UL-State, the referenceSignal is configured in the serving cell where the TCI-ULstate is used (in case this serving cell is not directly configured with UL TCI states but is configured with parameter unifiedTCI-StateRef).

b)      Yes, the configuration can be applicable. UE is not required to track the source RS for the QCL/pathloss indication if the source RS is from a deactivated serving cell.

Question 5

RAN2 would like to ask RAN1 whether current specification is sufficient for UL power control or whether further flexibility, such as case c), should be supported?

Answer to question 5:

From RAN1 perspective, there is no consensus on whether current specification is sufficient for UL power control and whether further flexibility should be supported.

 

Question 6

a)      Does RAN2 have correct understanding for PH report, i.e.:

                            i.          the UE provides two Type 1 PH value for the serving cell if there is actual or reference PUSCH transmission on both TRP for slot n.

                           ii.          the UE provides one Type 3 PH value for the serving cell if there is actual or reference SRS transmission for slot n.

b)      If a) is correct, in which case will the UE report type 3 PH value for this serving cell?

Answer to question 6:

a)      (a).  Yes, RAN2 understanding is correct.

b)      (b).  For type 3 PH value determination, legacy procedure applies.

R1-2208093        Draft reply LS on LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters               Ericsson

R1-2208224        Reply LS on LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN1, Ericsson

 

 

R1-2206219         Draft editorial CR on UCI multiplexing in TS38.212  Lenovo

R1-2207908         Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 Moderater (ZTE), ZTE      (withdrawn)

R1-2207909         Correction for the SRS with available slot(s) Moderater (ZTE), OPPO   (withdrawn)


 RAN1#110-bis-e

8.11       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion to determine maintenance issues to be handled in RAN1#110bis-e by October 12

-        Additional email discussions will be set up once the maintenance issues for RAN1#110bis-e are determined

 

 

/To be handled using NWM – please use 110bis-e-NWM-R17-MIMO-02 as the document name

R1-2208354        LS on active TCI state list for UL TCI       RAN4, Nokia

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-02] – Mihai (Nokia)

Email discussion on incoming RAN4 LS in R1-2208354 on active TCI state list for UL TCI by October 14

R1-2210515        Moderator summary on email discussion on incoming RAN4 LS in R1-2208354 on active TCI state list for UL TCI             Moderator (Nokia)

R1-2210719        Reply LS on active TCI state list for UL TCI           RAN1, Nokia

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th, the LS is approved.

 

 

R1-2208474         Correction on determination of two QCL-TypeD properties     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208475        Correction on PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-ACK      Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208592         Correction on the CORESETs overlapping issue         vivo

R1-2209133        Draft CR on monitoring occasion for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions    NEC

R1-2209134         Discussion on monitoring occasion for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions       NEC

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-03] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)

Email discussion on miscellaneous corrections on DL mTRP for alignment CRs by October 13

R1-2210586        Summary of [110bis-e-R17-MIMO-03] Email discussion on miscellaneous corrections on DL mTRP for alignment CRs           Moderator (Qualcomm)

For the editors:

·        TP in R1-2208475 for 38.213 (Section 9.2.3) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CR.

For the editors:

·        The following text proposal for 38.213 (Section 10.1) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CR.

If a UE

-    

-     is provided two-QCLTypeDforPDCCHRepetition twoQCLTypeDforPDCCHRepetition-r17

the UE monitors PDCCHs only in a first CORESET with qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties and, if any, in a second CORESET with qcl-Type set to second 'typeD' properties that are different than the first 'typeD' properties, and in any other CORESET from the multiple CORESETs with corresponding qcl-Type set to either the first 'typeD' properties and/or to the second 'typeD' properties

-    

-     excluding CSS sets and USS sets associated with CORESETs with qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties, the second CORESET corresponds to the CSS set with the lowest index in the cell with the lowest index containing CSS sets, if any; otherwise, to the USS set with the lowest index in the cell with lowest index, where the CSS set or the USS set includes searchSpaceLinkingId with same value as any CSS set or any USS set associated with CORESETs with qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties

-     the lowest USS set index is determined over all USS sets with at least one PDCCH candidate in overlapping PDCCH monitoring occasions

If a UE

-    

-     one or more CORESETs have two activated TCI states, and

-     reports twoTypeDcapabilityname sfn-QCL-TypeD-Collision-twoTCI-r17

the UE monitors PDCCHs only in a CORESET with a first qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties and, if any, a second qcl-Type set to second 'typeD' properties that are different than the first 'typeD' properties, and in any other CORESET from the multiple CORESETs with corresponding qcl-Type set to the first 'typeD' properties and/or to the second 'typeD' properties

-    

 

 

R1-2208534        Draft CR on PL-RS for unified TCI framework     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208535         Draft CR on PL-RS determination for CA case           Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208588         Discussion on the QCL assumption of the PDSCH not following the indicated TCI state       vivo

R1-2208589        Draft CR on the QCL assumption of the PDSCH not following the indicated TCI state             vivo

R1-2208590        Draft CR on the rate match mechanism for PDSCH for inter-cell beam measurement     vivo

R1-2208591        Draft CR on the UE behavior when PDCCH candidate overlaps with SSBs for inter-cell beam measurement in the same REs        vivo

R1-2208751         Draft CR on beam indication of SRS resource on unified TCI framework to TS38.214             Lenovo

R1-2208753        Draft CR on non codebook SRS resource on unified TCI framework to TS38.214             Lenovo

R1-2208754         Draft CR on reference of MAC CE in TS38.321 for SRS resource on unified TCI framework to TS38.214    Lenovo

R1-2208756         Draft CR on PHR with unified TCI in TS 38.213        Lenovo

R1-2208761         Draft CR on cross CC power control for unified TCI in TS 38.213         ZTE

R1-2208762         Draft CR on SRS closed loop power control shared with PUSCH in TS 38.213   ZTE

R1-2208789        Corrections on TCI indication of CORESET not following unified TCI state               OPPO

R1-2208790        Corrections on activated TCI state in Unified TCI framework          OPPO

R1-2208791        Corrections on TCI indication of SRS in Unified TCI framework    OPPO

R1-2208871         Clarification on active BWP for beam application time             Google

R1-2208889        Draft CR on UL PC with common TCI state pool for CA    LG Electronics

R1-2208918         On joint DL/UL TCI state update in unified TCI framework    CATT

R1-2209228        Draft CR on QCL source for CSI-RS         NEC

R1-2209539         Correction on beam activation and update for multiple CCs      Google

R1-2209559        Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR  Apple

R1-2209824         Correction on conflict resolution for PUSCH TCI-state             Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2209825        Correction on default power control parameters    Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2209937         Draft CR on default beam with unified TCI for cross-carrier scheduling Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2209938        Draft CR on SRS power control parameters with unified TCI           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2209939        Draft CR on reset accumulation of TPC adjustment state for unified TCI               Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210056        Draft CR 38.213 Rel-17 CORESET Configured with CSS and Follow Unified TCI State            Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210057         Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210058         Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_CG PUSCH type 1 Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210079         Draft CR for TCI state parameter name alignment in TS 38.213             ASUSTeK

R1-2210081         Draft CR for TCI state parameter name alignment in TS 38.214             ASUSTeK

R1-2210083         Correction on indicated TCI state    ASUSTeK

R1-2210088         Draft CR to 38.213 on UL TCI state parameter naming             Ericsson

R1-2210089         Draft CR to 38.214 on UL TCI state parameter naming             Ericsson

R1-2210090        Draft CR to 38.213 on unified TCI for PDSCH       Ericsson

R1-2210202        Correction on DCI based TCI indication for cross carrier scheduling               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210215         Clarifying the ambiguous usage of TCI-State              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210216         UL TCI state parameter name alignment       Huawei, HiSilicon

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-04] – Bo (ZTE)

Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on multi-beam enhancement by October 17

·        Issues 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-14, 3-3, 3-4

·        Editorial corrections for alignment CR: 1-2, 1-4, 1-9, 1-10, 1-18, 1-19,

R1-2210438        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: multi-beam               Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: The following issues for Rel-17 multi-beam enhancement summarized in R1-2210438 are considered non-essential and are rejected.

·        Issues 1-1, 1-16, 1-17, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3

·        Issues 1-3,1-8, 1-11, 1-12, 1-13, 1-15, 2-4, 3-1, 3-2, 3-5, 4-1

 

R1-2210439        Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 17th,

For the editors:

The following text proposals are provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.

 

Agreement

·        Following TP for correction on PHR with unified TCI is endorsed for 38.213 (clause 7.7.1)

-------------- Start of TP -----------------

where  is computed assuming MPR=0 dB, A-MPR=0 dB, P-MPR=0 dB. DTC = 0 dB. MPR, A-MPR, P-MPR and DTC are defined in [8-1, TS 38.101-1], [8-2, TS 38.101-2] and [8-3, TS 38.101-3]. The remaining parameters are defined in clause 7.1.1 and, if ul-powerControl is not provided,  and  are obtained using  and p0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId 0,  is obtained using pusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 0, and . If ul-powerControl is provided,   and  are obtained by p0-Alpha-CLID-PUSCH-Set associated with the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State is obtained by PL-RS associated with the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State.

-------------- End of TP -----------------

Final CR (TS 38.213, Rel-17,CR#0391, Cat F) is agreed in:

R1-2210704        CR on PHR with unified TCI in TS 38.213              Moderator(ZTE), Lenovo, Samsung

Post meeting: MCC  to apply correct rev before submission to plenary (should be "-")

 

 

Agreement

On beam application time for unified TCI framework, the active BWP is determined based on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the active BWP(s) from the applying CCs at the end of PUCCH/PUSCH carrying the HARQ-ACK for the TCI indication.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption with the following modification

On inter-cell beam management, the PDCCH /PDSCH should be rate matched around the SSBs indicated by ssb-PositionsInBurst-r17 for the same PCI as that associated with TCI state of the PDSCH /PDCCH

Note 1: From RAN1 perspective, no PDSCH/PDCCH demodulation requirement or L1-RSRP measurement requirement is pursued for simultaneous reception of PDSCH /PDCCH and SSB for L1-RSRP measurement for the case that SSB and PDCCH /PDSCH overlap on the same RE.

Note2: For Note 1, there is no RAN1 spec impact

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

For the editors:

·        The following text proposal is provided to improve the clarity of 38.213. Please include it in the alignment CR.

----------------------------------------------------------------

7             Uplink Power control

<Unchanged part omitted>

In the remaining of this clause, if a UE  is provided TCIState in dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList or UL-TCIstate and for an indicated TCIState or UL-TCIstate as described in [6, TS 38.214]

- in clauses 7.1.1, 7.2.1, and 7.3.1, the RS index  for obtaining the downlink  pathloss  estimate for PUSCH , PUCCH , and SRS  transmission is provided by pathlossReferenceRS-Id-r17 PL-RS associated with or included in the indicated TCIState or UL-TCIstate except for SRS  transmission that is not provided followUnifiedTCIstateSRS

--------------------------------------------------------------

 

For the editors:

·        The following text proposal is provided to improve the clarity of 38.214. Please include it in the alignment CR.

------------------------------------------------------------

5.1.5        Antenna ports quasi co-location

<Unchanged part omitted>

When tci-PresentInDCI is set as 'enabled' or tci-PresentDCI-1-2 is configured for the CORESET , a UE  configured with dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList with activated TCIState  or UL-TCIState receives DCI  format 1_1/1_2 providing indicated TCIState  and/or UL-TCIState for a CC or all CCs  in the same CC list configured by simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r17, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2-r17, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList3-r17, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList4-r17. The DCI  format 1_1/1_2 can be with or without, if applicable, DL  assignment. If the DCI  format 1_1/1_2/ is without DL  assignment, the UE  can assume the following:

-         CS-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC  for the DCI

-         The values of the following DCI  fields are set as follows:

-         RV = all '1's

-         MCS  = all '1's

-         NDI  = 0

-         Set to all '0's for FDRA  Type 0, or all '1's for FDRA  Type 1, or all '0's for dynamicSwitch  (same as in Table 10.2-4 of [6, TS 38.213]).

<Unchanged part omitted>

When the UE  would transmit a PUCCH  with HARQ-ACK information or a PUSCH  with HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the DCI  carrying the TCI State indication and without DL  assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH  scheduled by the DCI  carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated TCI State is different from the previously indicated one, the indicated DLorJointTCIState  and/or UL-TCIstate should be applied starting from the first slot that is at least   symbols after the last symbol of the PUC CH  or the PUSCH . The first slot and the  symbols are both determined on the active BWP with the smallest SCS  among the active BWP (s) of the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.

------------------------------------------------------------

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,

Conclusion

Regarding cross-CC PL-RS indication in unified TCI framework, PL RS is provided by pathlossReferenceRS-Id-r17 in the indicated joint/UL-TCI state on a serving cell to which the indicated TCI state is applied, or, if provided, on a serving cell indicated by a value of pathlossReferenceLinking

 

Final summary in R1-2210754.

 

 

R1-2208763         Draft CR on UE capability parameter for mTRP-CSI in TS 38.214         ZTE

R1-2208916         Clarification of LI reporting for Further Enhanced Type II Port Selection CSI feedback              CATT

R1-2209550         Clarification of LI bitwidth and mapping order of CSI fields for Further Enhanced Type II Port Selection CSI feedback              CATT

R1-2209846         Correction on codebook mode indication for Rel-17 NCJT CSI measurement               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2209847         Correction on codebook mode indication for Rel-17 NCJT CSI measurement               Huawei, HiSilicon

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-05] – Min (Huawei)

Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues for CSI enhancement by October 13

·        For alignment CR: Issue#1 UE capability parameter update (R1-2208763 38.214, ZTE)

R1-2210499        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: CSI Enhancement (Round 0)            Moderator (Huawei)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

For the editors:

·        The following text proposal for TS38.214 (subclause 5.2.1.6) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.

If a CSI-ReportConfig is configured with codebookType set to 'typeI-SinglePanel' and the corresponding CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement is configured with two Resource Groups and N Resource Pairs, O_CPU=XN+M, where X is the number of CPUs occupied by a pair of CMRs subject to mTRP-CSI-numCPU-r17[UE capability] and M is defined in clause 5.2.1.4.2.

 

R1-2210501        Correction on LI reporting for Further Enhanced Type II Port Selection CSI feedback             Moderator (Huawei), CATT, Samsung

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th, the draft CR is endorsed. Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0346, Cat F) is agreed in R1-2210502.

 

Final summary in R1-2210500.

 

 

R1-2209306        Draft editorial CR on beam management for multi-TRP in  TS38.213               CMCC

R1-2209307        Draft editorial CR on beam management for multi-TRP in  TS38.214               CMCC

R1-2209826        Corrections on default beam of CSI-RS for MTRP beam management in 38.214               Huawei, HiSilicon

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-06] – Xin (CATT)

Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on mTRP MB by October 13

·        Issue #2: RRC parameter of the number of reported resource groups in TS38.214 is not aligned with that in TS38.331. (raised by CMCC in R1-2209307)

Both issues are for the alignment CRs.

R1-2210389        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management (Round 1)   Moderator (CATT)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 12th,

For the editors:

The following editorial changes are provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.

·        The TP provided in R1-2209306 for TS 38.213

·        The TP provided in R1-2209307 for TS 38.214

 

R1-2208752         Draft CR on M-TRP Type 1 configured grant PUSCH to TS38.214       Lenovo

R1-2210103         Draft CR to 38.214 on aperiodic CSI reporting on PUSCH       Ericsson

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-07] – Keeth (Nokia)

Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on UL mTRP by October 13

·        Issue #1: Draft CR on M-TRP Type 1 configured grant PUSCH to TS38.214 (R1-2208752 Lenovo)

R1-2208340        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH enhancement            Moderator (Nokia)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

·        The following TP for TS38.214, Section 6.1.2.3 is endorsed.

6.1.2.3     Resource allocation for uplink transmission with configured grant

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

For PUSCH transmissions with a Type 2 configured grant, when two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2, the SRS resource set association to (nominal) repetitions follows MappingPattern in ConfiguredGrantConfig as defined in Clause 6.1.2.1 for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_1 and 0_2. For PUSCH transmissions with a Type 1 configured grant, when two SRS resource sets with usage set to 'codebook' or 'noncodebook' are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2, if two SRS resource indicators and two precoding information are p0-PUSCH-Alpha2 is provided, the SRS resource set association to (nominal) repetitions is determined as follows. When K = 2, the first and second SRS resource sets are applied to the first and second (nominal) repetitions, respectively. 

-     When K > 2 and cyclicMapping in ConfiguredGrantConfig is enabled, the first and second SRS resource sets are applied to the first and second (nominal) repetitions, respectively, and the same SRS resource set mapping pattern continues to the remaining (nominal) repetitions.

-     When K > 2 and sequentialMapping in ConfiguredGrantConfig is enabled, first SRS resource set is applied to the first and second (nominal) repetitions, and the second SRS resource set is applied to the third and fourth (nominal) repetitions, and the same SRS resource set mapping pattern continues to the remaining (nominal) repetitions.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0365, Cat F) is agreed in:

R1-2210755        Correction on Type 1 configured grant PUSCH transmission associated with two SRS resource sets     Moderator (Nokia), Samsung, Lenovo

 

 

R1-2208890         Draft CR on Type0/0A/2 PDCCH CSS for HST-SFN LG Electronics

R1-2208755         Draft CR on not activating two TCI states for CORESET#0 associated with SS#0 for Type 0/0A/2 CSS to TS38.213        Lenovo

R1-2208760        Draft CR on default QCL assumption in HST-SFN in TS 38.214      ZTE

R1-2210076        Draft CR on SFN dynamic switching         Ericsson, Qualcomm

R1-2210077        Draft CR on default UL beam setup for SFN PDCCH          Ericsson

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-08] Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on HST-SFN by October 17 – Avik (Intel)

R1-2210401        Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0)            Moderator (Intel Corporation)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 14th,

For the editors:

·        The TPs provided in R1-2210076 for TS 38.214 Sections 5.1 and 5.1.5, and in R1-2210077 for TS 38.214 Sections 6.1 and 6.2.1, are accepted for alignment CR.

 

Final summary in R1-2210402.

 

 

R1-2208764        Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214           ZTE

R1-2209691        Draft CR on inter-set guard period for SRS enhancement  Samsung

R1-2210059        Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location for the first and/or last resource              Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-09] Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on SRS by October 14 – Yang (ZTE)

·        For alignment CR: Correction on available slot offset ‘t’ without configuration and the transmission timeline of aperiodic SRS (R1-2208764)

R1-2210429        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in preparation phase     Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2210551        Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214           Moderator (ZTE), ZTE, CATT, Intel, Samsung

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 16th,

For the editors:

·        The text proposal on Rel-17 SRS enhancement for TS38.214 in R1-2210551 (Section 6.2.1) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.

 

Final summary in R1-2210552.

 

 

R1-2208759        Draft CR on overlapping symbols between UL signals and non-serving cell SSB in TS 38.213       ZTE


 RAN1#111

8.11       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

[111-R17-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

To be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc

 

 

From AI 5

R1-2210808        LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters        RAN2, Ericsson

R1-2212791        Discussion related to LS on feMIMO RRC parameters       Moderator (Ericsson)

R1-2212884        Draft LS on feMIMO RRC parameters     Ericsson

Decision: As per decision on Nov 17th, the draft reply LS to RAN2 on feMIMO RRC parameters is endorsed, with the revision below.

Question 3

RAN2 assumes RAN1 informs RAN2 in case the above described pathloss reference signal configuration for unified TCI state is not what RAN1 has intended.

Answer 3

RAN1 confirms that RAN2 understanding of RRC pathloss reference signalling configuration of unified TCI is correct.

Final LS is approved in R1-2212925.

 

 

R1-2210944         Discussion on SRS close loop power control for unified TCI    ZTE

R1-2210945         Draft CR on SRS close loop power control for unified TCI in TS 38.213              ZTE

R1-2210946         Draft CR on beam application time for unified TCI in TS 38.214           ZTE

R1-2210968         Discussion on the SRS closed loop power control under unified TCI framework vivo

R1-2210969         Draft CR on the SRS closed lopp power control under unified TCI framweork    vivo

R1-2211116         Draft CR on active BWP for beam indication              Google

R1-2211117         Draft CR on PDCCH monitoring for intercell beam management           Google

R1-2211950         Draft CR on multi slot PDSCH repetition in unified TCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2211951        Draft CR on HARQ-ACK for beam indication in unified TCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212018         On SRS CLPC for unified TCI framework    Samsung

R1-2212165        Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ               Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212166         Discussion on Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ   Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212188         Correction on not support of simultaneous configuration of legacy TCI state and Rel-17 unified TCI state for 38.214       Beijing Xiaomi Electronics

R1-2212468         Clarification on HARQ feedback for TCI state update indication            Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2212716         Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: multi-beam               Moderator (ZTE)

R1-2212717        Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

From Nov 15th session

Agreement

-        If srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates is set to 'separateClosedLoop' in a SRS resource set, the SRS is associated with a separate close loop;

-        Otherwise, closedLoopIndex-r17 for SRS in a joint/UL-TCI state is to indicate a SRS close loop tied with PUSCH

o   Note: In such case, candidate values of 'i0' and 'i1' in closedLoopIndex -r17 for SRS refers to first and second close loop tied with PUSCH

FFS: Whether specification change is required

 

Agreement

The following TP is agreed for 38.213.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10            UE procedure for receiving control information

<Unchanged part omitted>

A UE is not required to monitor PDCCH candidates for a Type0/0A/0B/1/1A/2/2A-PDCCH CSS set when the active TCI state for a corresponding CORESET is not associated with physCellId in ServingCellConfigCommon.

If a UE monitors the PDCCH candidate for a Type0-PDCCH CSS set on the serving cell according to the procedure described in clause 13, the UE may assume that no SS/PBCH block is transmitted in REs used for monitoring the PDCCH candidate on the serving cell.

<Unchanged part omitted>

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Final CR (TS 38.213, Rel-17, CR#0413, Cat F) is agreed in:

R1-2212788        CR on PDCCH monitoring for inter-cell beam management             Moderator (ZTE), Google, Samsung

 

 

Agreement

The following TP is agreed for 38.214.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.1.5        Antenna ports quasi co-location

<Unchanged part omitted>

When the UE would transmit a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information or a PUSCH with HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI State indication and without DL assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated TCI State is different from the previously indicated one, the indicated DLorJointTCIState or UL-TCIstate should be applied starting from the first slot that is at least  symbols after the last symbol of the PUCCH or the PUSCH. The first slot and the  symbols are both determined on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the active BWP(s) from the CCs applying the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State that are active at the end of the PUCCH or the PUSCH carrying the HARQ-ACK information of the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.

<Unchanged part omitted>

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0376, Cat F) is agreed in:

R1-2212789        CR on beam application time for unified TCI in TS 38.214 Moderator(ZTE), ZTE, Google, Huawei, Nokia, Samsung

 

 

For alignment CR:

R1-2212497        Draft CR to 38.214 on capability sets         Ericsson

 

 

Agreement

The following TPs are agreed for 38.213.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.1.2.2     Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook in physical uplink shared channel

If a UE is not provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast or multicast HARQ-ACK information, the UE does not multiplex the unicast or multicast HARQ-ACK information in the PUSCH transmission, respectively.

If a UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast and/or multicast HARQ-ACK information, and would multiplex HARQ-ACK information in a PUSCH transmission that is not scheduled by a DCI format or is scheduled by a DCI format that does not include a DAI field, then

-     if the UE has not received any PDSCH or SPS PDSCH release or TCI state update that the UE multiplexes corresponding HARQ-ACK information in the PUSCH, based on a value of a respective PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in a DCI format scheduling the PDSCH reception or the SPS PDSCH release or the TCI state update, or on the value of dl-DataToUL-ACK or dl-DataToUL-ACK-r16 if the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in DCI format 1_1 or on the value of dl-DataToUL-ACK-DCI-1-2 if the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in DCI format 1_2 and the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast HARQ-ACK information, or on the value of dl-DataToUL-ACK if the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in DCI format 4_2 and the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for multicast HARQ-ACK information, in any of the  occasions for candidate PDSCH receptions by a DCI format or SPS PDSCH on any serving cell , as described in clause 9.1.2.1, the UE does not multiplex HARQ-ACK information in the PUSCH transmission

-     else the UE generates the HARQ-ACK codebook as described in clause 9.1.2.1, except that harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUCCH is replaced by harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUSCH, unless the UE receives only a SPS PDSCH release, or only a SPS PDSCH reception, or only a TCI state update, or only a PDSCH that is scheduled by DCI format 1_0 with a counter DAI field value of 1 if the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast HARQ-ACK information, or is scheduled by DCI format 4_1 with a counter DAI field value of 1 if the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for multicast HARQ-ACK information, on the PCell in the  occasions for candidate PDSCH receptions in which case the UE generates HARQ-ACK information only for the SPS PDSCH release or only for the PDSCH reception or only for the TCI state update as described in clause 9.1.2.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

9.1           HARQ-ACK codebook determination

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

For a HARQ-ACK information bit, a UE generates a positive acknowledgement (ACK) if the UE detects a DCI format that provides a SPS PDSCH release or detects a DCI format that does not schedule PDSCH reception and indicates a TCI state update or correctly decodes a transport block, and generates a negative acknowledgement (NACK) if the UE does not correctly decode the transport block. A HARQ-ACK information bit value of 0 represents a NACK while a HARQ-ACK information bit value of 1 represents an ACK.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Final CR (TS 38.213, Rel-17, CR#0414, Cat F) is agreed in:

R1-2212790        Clarification on HARQ feedback for TCI state update indication    Moderator (ZTE), Huawei, HiSilicon, Samsung

MCC post meeting: "Draft" to be deleted from CR header before submission to RAN.

 

R1-2212787        Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

From Nov 18th session

For the TS38.213 editor:

R1-2211545        Correction on PL-RS for unified TCI framework  Spreadtrum Communications

 

 

R1-2211091         Draft CR on clarifying parameter restriction for SRS resource sets in TS 38.214 ZTE

R1-2211092         Draft editorial CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 ZTE

R1-2211142        Draft CR on aperiodic SRS enhancement in TS 38.212        CATT

R1-2211940        Draft CR on UE capability name alignment of SRS antenna switching in TS 38.214   ZTE

R1-2212704        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in preparation phase     Moderator (ZTE)

From Nov 15th session

For alignment CR:

TS 38.212, draft CR on aperiodic SRS enhancement (R1-2211142)

TS 38.214, draft CR on UE capability name alignment of SRS antenna switching (R1-2211940)

 

Conclusion:

UE does not expect to decode two different DCI formats / DCI payloads from two linked PDCCH candidates and individual PDCCH candidate(s) overlapping with the linked PDCCH candidates, where the overlap is wrt:

·        Same set of CCEs, same DCI size, same scrambling, and same CORESET, or

·        Same start CCE in a non-interleaved CORESET with one OFDM symbol, where one PDCCH candidate has AL8 and the other PDCCH candidate has AL16

 

R1-2212767        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 1               Moderator (ZTE)

From Nov 18th session

For the TS38.214 editor:

·        The following text proposal is provided for the alignment CR

==========Start of TP ==========

6.2.1.2                  UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition

<Unchanged parts are omitted>

When the UE is configured with the higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set as ‘antennaSwitching’, the UE may be configured with only one of the following configurations depending on the indicated UE capability supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch (‘t1r2’ for 1T2R, ‘t1r1-t1r2’ for 1T=1R/1T2R, ‘t2r4’ for 2T4R, ‘t1r4’ for 1T4R, ‘t1r6’ for 1T6R, ‘t1r8’ for 1T8R, ‘t2r6’ for 2T6R, ‘t2r8’ for 2T8R, ‘t4r8’ for 4T8R, ‘t1r1-t1r2-t1r4’ for 1T=1R/1T2R/1T4R, ‘t1r4-t2r4’ for 1T4R/2T4R, ‘t1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t2r4’ for 1T=1R/1T2R/2T=2R/2T4R, ‘t1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t1r4-t2r4’ for 1T=1R/1T2R/2T=2R/1T4R/2T4R, ‘t1r1’ for 1T=1R, ‘t2r2’ for 2T=2R, ‘t1r1-t2r2’ for 1T=1R/2T=2R, ‘t4r4’ for 4T=4R, or ‘t1r1-t2r2-t4r4’ for 1T=1R/2T=2R/4T=4R):

-      For 1T2R, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] and/or a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration]:

-       when the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured, where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time, each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set.

-       when the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ and up to one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured. In the case of two resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, a total of two SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair and the two sets are each configured with one SRS resource. In the case of the one resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ is configured, a total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of one slot and where the SRS port of the second resource in the given set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set. Each SRS resource set with ‘resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set.

-       zero or one or two SRS resource sets configured with different value of resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. An SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set, and

-       zero or one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration], where in the case of one resource set, a total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of one slot and where the SRS port of the second resource in the given set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set. In the case of two resource sets, a total of two SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. The two sets are each configured with one SRS resource, or

-      otherwise, for 1T2R, up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set, where each set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set, or

-      For 2T4R, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] and/or a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration]:

-       when the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured, where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time, each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource.

-       when the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ and up to one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured. In the case of two resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, a total of two SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair and the two sets are each configured with one SRS resource. In the case of one resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ is configured, a total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols in the same slot, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource. Each SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource.

-       zero or one or two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource, and,

-       zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration], where in the case of one resource set, a total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols in the same slot, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource. In the case of two resource sets, a total of two SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. The two sets are each configured with one SRS resource, or

-      otherwise, up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter  resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet, where each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource, or

-      For 1T4R, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] and/or a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration] and/or a capability for 1 aperiodic SRS resource set for 1T4R,

-       zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of each resource is associated with a different UE antenna port, and

-       zero or two SRS resource sets each configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, if the UE is not indicating a capability for extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration or a capability for 1 aperiodic SRS resource set for 1T4R, or zero or one or two or four SRS resource sets each configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration] and a capability for 1 aperiodic SRS resource set for 1T4R, or zero or two or four SRS resource sets each configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration only, or zero or one or two SRS resource sets each configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for 1 aperiodic SRS resource set for 1T4R only. In the case of one resource set, a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols in the same slot, and where the SRS port of each resource in the given set is associated with a different UE antenna port. In the case of two resource sets,  a total of four SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. The two sets are each configured with two SRS resources, or one set is configured with one SRS resource and the other set is configured with three SRS resources. In the case of four resource sets, if UE is capable if supporting four sets, a total of four SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of four different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given four sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. The four sets are each configured with one SRS resource. The UE shall expect that the two or four sets are both configured with the same values of the higher layer parameters alpha, p0, pathlossReferenceRS, and srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates in SRS-ResourceSet. The UE shall expect that the value of the higher layer parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger or the value of an entry in AperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList in each SRS-ResourceSet is the same, and the value of the higher layer parameter slotOffset in each SRS-ResourceSet is different. Or,

-      otherwise, for 1T4R,

-       zero or one SRS resource set configured with higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ with four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of each resource is associated with a different UE antenna port, and

-       zero or two SRS resource sets each configured with higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ and with a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. The two sets are each configured with two SRS resources, or one set is configured with one SRS resource and the other set is configured with three SRS resources.  The UE shall expect that the two sets are both configured with the same values of the higher layer parameters alpha, p0, pathlossReferenceRS, and srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates in SRS-ResourceSet. The UE shall expect that the value of the higher layer parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger or the value of an entry in AperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList in each SRS-ResourceSet is the same, and the value of the higher layer parameter slotOffsetin each SRS-ResourceSet is different.Or,

-      For 1T=1R, or 2T=2R, or 4T=4R, up to two SRS resource sets each with one SRS resource can be configured, where the number of SRS ports for each resource is equal to 1, 2, or 4 if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets]. Two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodiccan be configured and the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time, or up to two SRS resource sets can be configured, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where each SRS resource set has one SRS resource, the number of SRS ports for each resource is equal to 1, 2, or 4, or

-      For 1T6R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’,  where in the case of one resource set has six SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and

-      For 1T6R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has six SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and

-      For 1T6R, zero or one or two or three SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of one resource set a total of six SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of each resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port. In the case of two resource sets, a total of six SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. In the case of three resource sets,  a total of six SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna port, or

-      For 1T8R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has eight SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and

-      For 1T8R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has eight SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and

-      For 1T8R, zero or two or three or four SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of two resource sets a total of eight SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. In the case of three resource sets, a total of eight SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. In the case of four resource sets, a total of eight SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of four different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given four sets is associated with a different UE antenna port, or

-      For 2T6R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has three SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and

-      For 2T6R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time.  Each SRS resource set has three SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and

-      For 2T6R, zero or one or two or three SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic, where in the case of one resource set has three SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. In the case of two resource sets, a total of three SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. One set is configured with two SRS resources and another set with one resource. In the case of three resource sets, a total of three SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, or

-      For 2T8R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and

-      For 2T8R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and

-      For 2T8R, zero or one or two or three or four SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of one resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the  resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. In the case of two resource sets a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. In the case of three resource sets a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. Two sets are configured with one SRS resource in each set and one resource set is configured with two resources. In the case of four resource sets a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of four different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given four sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. Four sets are configured with one SRS resource in each set, or

-      For 4T8R, zero or one or two SRS resource set configured with a different value of resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a four SRS ports, and the SRS ports of the resource in the set are associated with a different UE antenna ports, or

-      For 4T8R, zero or one or two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of one resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a four SRS ports, and the SRS ports of the resource in the set are associated with a different UE antenna ports. In the case of two resource sets a total of two SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS ports of each SRS resource in the given two sets are associated with a different UE antenna ports.

The UE is configured with a guard period of Y symbols, in which the UE does not transmit any other signal, in the case the SRS resources of a set are transmitted in the same slot. The guard period is in-between the SRS resources of the set. For two SRS resource sets of an antenna switching located in two consecutive slots, if UE is capable of transmitting SRS in all symbols in one slot, a guard period of Y symbols exists between the last OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the first slot and the first OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the second slot.

For the inter-set guard period, the UE does not transmit any other signal on any symbols of the interval if the interval between SRS resource sets is Y symbols.

-      When both the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols prior to the gap and the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols after the gap are dropped due to collision handling, the gap period is also dropped with same priority and can be used for UL transmission.

The UE shall expect to be configured with the same number of SRS ports for all SRS resources in the SRS resource set(s) with higher layer parameter usage set as ‘antennaSwitching’.

 

For 1T2R, 1T4R,  or 2T4R, or 1T6R,  or 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, or 4T8R, the UE shall not expect to be configured or triggered with more than one SRS resource set with higher layer parameter usage set as ‘antennaSwitching’ in the same slot. For 1T=1R, 2T=2R or 4T=4R, the UE shall not expect to be configured or triggered with more than one SRS resource set with higher layer parameter usage set as ‘antennaSwitching’ in the same symbol.

<Unchanged parts are omitted>

========== End of TP ==========

 

Final summary in R1-2212991.

 

 

R1-2211433         Draft CR for SRI for PUSCH repetition        OPPO

R1-2212998        Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH enhancement      Moderator (Nokia)

Agreement

The following TP is agreed.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TS 38.214: Section 6.1.1.2      Non-Codebook based UL transmission

---- text omitted---

For non-codebook based transmission, PUSCH can be scheduled by DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 0_2 or semi-statically configured to operate according to Clause 6.1.2.3. If this PUSCH is scheduled by DCI format 0_1, DCI format 0_2, or semi-statically configured to operate according to Clause 6.1.2.3, the UE can determine its PUSCH precoder(s) and transmission rank based on the SRI(s) when multiple SRS resources are configured, where the SRI(s) is given by one or two SRS resource indicator(s) in DCI according to clause 7.3.1.1.2 and 7.3.1.1.3 of [5, 38.212] for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2, or the SRI is given by srs-ResourceIndicator according to clause 6.1.2.3, or two SRIs given by srs-ResourceIndicator and srs-ResourceIndicator2 according to clause 6.1.2.3.. The SRS-ResourceSet(s) applicable for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2 are defined by the entries of the higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 in SRS-config, respectively. The UE shall use one or multiple SRS resources for SRS transmission, where, in a SRS resource set, the maximum number of SRS resources which can be configured to the UE for simultaneous transmission in the same symbol and the maximum number of SRS resources are UE capabilities. The SRS resources transmitted simultaneously occupy the same RBs. Only one SRS port for each SRS resource is configured. Only one or two SRS resource sets can be configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'nonCodebook', and only one or two SRS resource sets can be configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'nonCodebook'. When two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'nonCodebook', one or two SRIs are given by the DCI fields of two SRS resource indicators in clause 7.3.1.1.2 and 7.3.1.1.3 of [5, TS 38.212] for DCI format 0_1 and 0_2. The UE applies the indicated SRI(s) to one or more PUSCH repetitions according to the associated SRS resource set of a PUSCH repetition according to clause 6.1.2.1. The maximum number of SRS resources per SRS resource set that can be configured for non-codebook based uplink transmission is 4. Each of the indicated one or two SRIs in slot n is associated with the most recent transmission of SRS resource(s) of associated SRS resource set identified by the SRI, where the SRS transmission is prior to the PDCCH carrying the SRI. When two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'nonCodebook', the UE is not expected to be configured with different number of SRS resources in the two SRS resource sets.

---- text omitted---

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0377, Cat F) is agreed in:

R1-2212800        Correction on SRI for mTRP PUSCH repetition    Moderator (Nokia), OPPO, Samsung

 

 

R1-2212309         Correction on capability parameter name alignment for feMIMO in TS38.213               Sharp

R1-2212688        Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management (Round 1)   Moderator (CATT)

From Nov 15th session

For the alignment CR on TS38.213

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.            Link recovery procedures

<Unchanged text is omitted>

The UE expects the set  to include up to two RS indexes. If the UE is provided  or , the UE expects the set  or the set  to include up to a number of  RS indexes indicated by capabilityparametername maxBFD-RS-resourcesPerSetPerBWP. If the UE is not provided  or , and if a number of active TCI states for PDCCH receptions in the first or second CORESETs is larger than , the UE determines the set  or  to include periodic CSI-RS resource configuration indexes with same values as the RS indexes in the RS sets associated with the active TCI states for PDCCH receptions in the first or second CORESETs corresponding to search space sets according to an ascending order for PDCCH monitoring periodicity. If more than one first or second CORESETs correspond to search space sets with same monitoring periodicity, the UE determines the order of the first or second CORESETs according to a descending order of a CORESET index.

<Unchanged text is omitted>

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

R1-2210966         Discussion on the number of CSI-IM resources           vivo

R1-2210967        Draft CR on the number of CSI-IM resources        vivo

R1-2212081         Discussion of even and odd CSI subband index definition        Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212346         Draft CR on two detected DCI formats when individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC

R1-2212347         Discussion on two detected DCI formats when individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC


 RAN1#112

8.11       Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR

[112-R17-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

To be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc

 

 

Multi-Beam

R1-2300190         Discussion on SRS closed loop power control shared with PUSCH        ZTE

R1-2300191        Draft CR on SRS closed loop power control shared with PUSCH in TS 38.213               ZTE

R1-2300255         Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.213 OPPO

R1-2300256         Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.214 OPPO

R1-2300388        Draft CR on Default Beam Application Time          Google

R1-2300389         Draft CR on ACK for MAC CE based Unified TCI Indication Google

R1-2300415         Discussion on the SRS closed loop power control under unified TCI framework vivo

R1-2300416        Draft CR on the SRS closed loop power control under unified TCI framework               vivo

R1-2300417         Draft alignment CR on RRC parameters       vivo, Nokia

R1-2300521        Draft CR on the power control for SRS resource set for noncodebook               Lenovo

R1-2300627         Editorial corrections on beam reporting in uplink panel selection            CATT

R1-2301230        Beam application time for cross carrier beam application   Samsung

R1-2301465         Correction on reportQuantity           ASUSTeK

R1-2301469        Discussion on multi-slot PDSCH/PUSCH repetition in unified TCI  NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301722        Correction on application time of TCI indication   Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2301960        Moderator Summary #0 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

From Monday session

·        the following are not pursued as not essential to the majority

o   R1-2300190, R1-2300191, R1-2300415, R1-2300416

o   R1-2300388

o   R1-2300521

o   R1-2301230

o   R1-2301469

o   R1-2301722

For editors:

Include the following in alignment CR in TS 38.213:

R1-2300255        Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.213          OPPO

 

For editors:

Include the following in alignment CR in TS 38.214.

R1-2300256        Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.214          OPPO

 

R1-2300389        Draft CR on ACK for MAC CE based Unified TCI Indication         Google

The draft CR is not pursued:

 

 

R1-2302097        Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam     Moderator (ZTE)

From Wednesday session

R1-2300390         Clarification on HARQ ACK for Unified TCI Indication          Google

R1-2301468         Discussion on HARQ-ACK for beam application timing in unified TCI NTT DOCOMO, INC.

Agreement

The following TP is agreed for 38.214.

-----------------------------------------------------------

5.1.5        Antenna ports quasi co-location

*** Unchanged text is omitted ***

When a UE configured with dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList would transmit a PUCCH with positive HARQ-ACK information or a PUSCH with positive HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI State indication and without DL assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated TCI State is different from the previously indicated one, the indicated TCI-State and/or TCI-UL-State should be applied starting from the first slot that is at least  symbols after the last symbol of the PUCCH or the PUSCH. The first slot and the  symbols are both determined on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the BWP(s) from the CCs applying the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State that are active at the end of the PUCCH or the PUSCH carrying the positive HARQ-ACK information.

*** Unchanged text is omitted ***

----------------------------------------------------------

Final CR (Rel-17, 38.214 CR0409, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2302180        CR on HARQ-ACK for beam indication in unified TCI       Moderator (ZTE), NTT DOCOMO, Google, ZTE, NEC, Samsung, vivo

 

R1-2301229        Corrections for Beam Failure Recover related to unified TCI state framework               Samsung

Agreement

·        The TP in R1-2301229 is endorsed for 38.213. Final CR (Rel-17, 38.213, CR0450, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2302173        Corrections for Beam Failure Recovery related to unified TCI state framework         Moderator(ZTE), Samsung, ZTE

 

For editors:

Include the following TP provided for improving specification clarity in alignment CR in TS 38.213:

R1-2301982        Draft 38.213 CR on parameter name alignment for unified TCI framework               Spreadtrum Communications      (rev of R1-2300197)

 

For editors:

Include the following TP provided for improving specification clarity in alignment CR in TS 38.214:

R1-2301983        Draft 38.214 CR on name alignment for TCI state parameter           Spreadtrum Communications              (rev of R1-2300198)

 

For TS 38.214 editor:

The following TP is provided for improving specification clarity (alignment CR)

------------- Start of TP -------------

5.2.1        Channel state information framework

The procedures on aperiodic CSI reporting described in this clause assume that the CSI reporting is triggered by DCI format 0_1, but they equally apply to CSI reporting triggered by DCI format 0_2, by applying the higher layer parameter reportTriggerSizeDCI-0-2 instead of reportTriggerSize.

The time and frequency resources that can be used by the UE to report CSI are controlled by the gNB. CSI may consist of Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), precoding matrix indicator (PMI), CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI), SS/PBCH Block Resource indicator (SSBRI), layer indicator (LI), rank indicator (RI), L1-RSRP, L1-SINR or CapabilityIndex.

For CQI, PMI, CRI, SSBRI, LI, RI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, Capability[Set]Index a UE is configured by higher layers with N≥1 CSI-ReportConfig Reporting Settings, M≥1 CSI-ResourceConfig Resource Settings, and one or two list(s) of trigger states (given by the higher layer parameters CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList and CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList). Each trigger state in CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList contains a list of associated CSI-ReportConfigs indicating the Resource Set IDs for channel and optionally for interference. Each trigger state in CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList contains one associated CSI-ReportConfig.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

5.2.1.4     Reporting configurations

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

A CSI Reporting Setting is said to have a wideband frequency-granularity if

-     reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’, or ‘cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI’, cqi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandCQI’ and pmi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandPMI’, or

-     reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’, codebookType is set to ‘typeII-PortSelection-r17’ with  and cqi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandCQI’, or

-     reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-i1’ or

-     reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-CQI’ or ‘cri-RI-i1-CQI’ and cqi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandCQI’, or

-     reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RSRP’ or ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’ or ‘cri-SINR’, or ‘ssb-Index-SINR’ or ‘cri-RSRP-CapabilityIndex’ or ‘ssb-Index-RSRP-CapabilityIndex’ or ‘cri-SINR-CapabilityIndex’, or ‘ssb-Index-SINR-CapabilityIndex’

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

5.2.2.5     CSI reference resource definition

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

When DRX is configured, the UE reports a CSI report only if receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for channel measurement and CSI-RS and/or CSI-IM occasion for interference measurement in DRX Active Time no later than CSI reference resource and drops the report otherwise. When DRX is configured and the CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement corresponding to a CSI report is configured with two Resource Groups and  Resource Pairs, as described in clause 5.2.1.4.1, the UE reports a CSI report only if receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for each CSI-RS resource in a Resource Pair within the same DRX Active Time no later than CSI reference resource and drops the report otherwise. When the UE is configured to monitor DCI format 2_6 and if the UE configured by higher layer parameter ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI to report CSI with the higher layer parameter reportConfigType set to ‘periodic’ and reportQuantity set to quantities other than ‘cri-RSRP’, ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, ‘cri-RSRP- Index’, and ‘ssb-Index-RSRP- Index ‘ when drx-onDurationTimer is not started, the UE shall report CSI during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in DRX-Config also outside active time according to the procedure described in Clause 5.2.1.4 if receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for channel measurement and CSI-RS and/or CSI-IM occasion for interference measurement during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in DRX-Config outside DRX active time or in DRX Active Time no later than CSI reference resource and drops the report otherwise. When the UE is configured to monitor DCI format 2_6 and if the UE configured by higher layer parameter ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP to report L1-RSRP with the higher layer parameter reportConfigType set to ‘periodic’ and reportQuantity set to ‘cri-RSRP’, ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, ‘cri-RSRP- Index’, or ‘ssb-Index-RSRP- Index’ when drx-onDurationTimer is not started, the UE shall report L1-RSRP during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in DRX-Config also outside active time according to the procedure described in clause 5.2.1.4 and when reportQuantity set to ‘cri-RSRP’ or cri-RSRP-Capability[Set]Indexif receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for channel measurement during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in DRX-Config outside DRX active time or in DRX Active Time no later than CSI reference resource and drops the report otherwise.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

------------- End of TP -------------

 

 

SRS

R1-2300092        Correction on the limitation of slot offset for aperiodic SRS              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300192        Draft CR on clarifying aperiodic SRS triggering for antenna switching in TS 38.214   ZTE

R1-2300193        Draft CR on clarifying triggering slot for 1T4R antenna switching with multiple AP SRS resource sets in TS 38.214             ZTE

R1-2301231        Draft CR on power control parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets               Samsung

R1-2301232        Draft CR on slot offset parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets               Samsung

R1-2301640        Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location for the first and/or last resource              Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2301720        Correction on the power control alignment for aperiodic SRS           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2301721        Discussion on the power control alignment for aperiodic SRS           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2301759        Correction on the parameter name alignment for SRS in TS 38.212 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2301760         Correction on the parameter name alignment for SRS in TS 38.214        Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2301974        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 0               Moderator (ZTE)

From Monday session

R1-2302093        CR on power control parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets          Moderator (ZTE), Samsung, ZTE, Huawei, HiSilicon

MCC post meeting: Add missing CR# on cover page before submission to plenary.

 

For the editor of 38.212

·        Include the following in the alignment CR on 38.212.

7.3.1.2.3  Format 1_2

========================= Unchanged parts =========================

-     SRS offset indicator – 0, 1 or 2 bits.

1     -           0 bit if higher layer parameter AvailableSlotOffset is not configured for any aperiodic SRS resource set in the scheduled cell, or if higher layer parameter AvailableSlotOffset is configured for at least one aperiodic SRS resource set in the scheduled cell and the maximum number of entries of availableSlotOffsetList configured for all aperiodic SRS resource set(s) is 1;

2     -           otherwise,  bits are used to indicate available slot offset according to Table 7.3.1.1.2-37 and Clause 6.2.1 of [6, TS 38.214], where K is the maximum number of entries of availableSlotOffsetList configured for all aperiodic SRS resource set(s) in the scheduled cell;

========================= Unchanged parts =========================

 

R1-2301999        Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 1               Moderator (ZTE)

From Wednesday session

·        the following are not pursued as not essential to the majority

§  R1-2302122        CR on slot offset parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets        Moderator (ZTE), Samsung, Huawei, HiSilicon, ZTE

MCC post meeting: Add missing CR# on cover page before submission to plenary.

 

 

R1-2301661        Draft CR aligning parameter name related to SFN schemes in 38.214               Ericsson

R1-2301846        Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0)            Moderator (Intel Corporation)

From Monday session

For the editors:

·        The following TP is endorsed for alignment CR on TS38.214:

5.1           UE procedure for receiving the physical downlink shared channel

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

If a UE is configured with sfnSchemePdcch set to 'sfnSchemeA' for a DL BWP and activated with two TCI states by MAC CE, and the UE does not report its capability of sfn-SchemeA-PDCCH-only-r17[nonSfnPdsch-sfnPdcch], the UE is expected to be configured with sfnSchemePdsch set to 'sfnSchemeA' and indicated with two TCI states in a codepoint of the DCI field 'Transmission Configuration Indication', if the PDSCH is scheduled by DCI format 1_1/1_2.

< Unchanged parts are omitted >

 

 

R1-2301385        Draft CR on mTRP PUSCH repetitions with one PHR         Qualcomm Incorporated

From Monday session

Agreement

·        The TP in R1-2301385 is endorsed. Final CR (Rel-17, TS38.213, CR0445, Cat F) is agreed in

R1-2302090        CR on mTRP PUSCH repetitions with one PHR    Moderator (Nokia), Qualcomm Incorporated, Samsung

MCC post meeting: Delete "draft" in title before submission to plenary.

 

R1-2301641        Draft CR on Repetition number for mTRP PUSCH repetition          Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

From Monday session

Conclusion

When two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'codebook' or 'noncodebook', in case K=1 for PUSCH repetition Type A or the number of nominal repetitions equal to one for PUSCH repetition Type B, a DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 is not expected to indicate codepoint "10" or codepoint "11" for the SRS resource set indicator.

 

 

R1-2300520        Draft CR on UE capability description of blind detection number in TS38.213 for enhanced PDCCH with repetition        Lenovo

From Monday session

For the editors:

·        The TP in R1-2300520 is endorsed for alignment CR on TS38.213

 

R1-2301662         Draft CR aligning parameter names related to CSI report procedure in 38.214               Ericsson